It will be needed by the next patch.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to store the index separatedly
since tcf_hashinfo is allocated statically too.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG can be used during early init with
the goal of overriding the wiphy's default regulatory settings
in case the alpha2 of the device is not known. In the case that
the alpha2 becomes known lets avoid having drivers having to
clear the REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG flag by doing it for them
when regulatory_hint() is used.
Cc: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It includes:
* A new NFC driver for Marvell's 8897, and a few NCI fixes and
improvements needed to support this chipset.
* An LLCP fix for how we were setting the default MIU on a p2p link. If
there is no explicit MIU extension announced at connection time, we
must use the default one and not the one announced at LLCP link
establishement time.
* A pn544 EEPROM config update. Some of the currently EEPROM configured
values are overwriting the firmware ones while other should not be set
by the driver itself.
* Some NFC digital stack fixes and improvements. Asynchronous functions
are better documented, RF technologies and CRC functions are set upon
PSL_REQ reception, and a few minor bugs are fixed.
* Minor and miscelaneous pn533, mei_phy and port100 fixes.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.15 (GNU/Linux)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=ydBy
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.14-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> says:
"This is the first NFC pull request for 3.14
It includes:
* A new NFC driver for Marvell's 8897, and a few NCI fixes and
improvements needed to support this chipset.
* An LLCP fix for how we were setting the default MIU on a p2p link. If
there is no explicit MIU extension announced at connection time, we
must use the default one and not the one announced at LLCP link
establishement time.
* A pn544 EEPROM config update. Some of the currently EEPROM configured
values are overwriting the firmware ones while other should not be set
by the driver itself.
* Some NFC digital stack fixes and improvements. Asynchronous functions
are better documented, RF technologies and CRC functions are set upon
PSL_REQ reception, and a few minor bugs are fixed.
* Minor and miscelaneous pn533, mei_phy and port100 fixes."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This new ip_no_pmtu_disc mode only allowes fragmentation-needed errors
to be honored by protocols which do more stringent validation on the
ICMP's packet payload. This knob is useful for people who e.g. want to
run an unmodified DNS server in a namespace where they need to use pmtu
for TCP connections (as they are used for zone transfers or fallback
for requests) but don't want to use possibly spoofed UDP pmtu information.
Currently the whitelisted protocols are TCP, SCTP and DCCP as they check
if the returned packet is in the window or if the association is valid.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: John Heffner <johnwheffner@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Florian Weimer <fweimer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While forwarding we should not use the protocol path mtu to calculate
the mtu for a forwarded packet but instead use the interface mtu.
We mark forwarded skbs in ip_forward with IPSKB_FORWARDED, which was
introduced for multicast forwarding. But as it does not conflict with
our usage in unicast code path it is perfect for reuse.
I moved the functions ip_sk_accept_pmtu, ip_sk_use_pmtu and ip_skb_dst_mtu
along with the new ip_dst_mtu_maybe_forward to net/ip.h to fix circular
dependencies because of IPSKB_FORWARDED.
Because someone might have written a software which does probe
destinations manually and expects the kernel to honour those path mtus
I introduced a new per-namespace "ip_forward_use_pmtu" knob so someone
can disable this new behaviour. We also still use mtus which are locked on a
route for forwarding.
The reason for this change is, that path mtus information can be injected
into the kernel via e.g. icmp_err protocol handler without verification
of local sockets. As such, this could cause the IPv4 forwarding path to
wrongfully emit fragmentation needed notifications or start to fragment
packets along a path.
Tunnel and ipsec output paths clear IPCB again, thus IPSKB_FORWARDED
won't be set and further fragmentation logic will use the path mtu to
determine the fragmentation size. They also recheck packet size with
help of path mtu discovery and report appropriate errors.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: John Heffner <johnwheffner@gmail.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only valid use of preempt_enable_no_resched() is if the very next
line is schedule() or if we know preemption cannot actually be enabled
by that statement due to known more preempt_count 'refs'.
This busy_poll stuff looks to be completely and utterly broken,
sched_clock() can return utter garbage with interrupts enabled (rare
but still) and it can drift unbounded between CPUs.
This means that if you get preempted/migrated and your new CPU is
years behind on the previous CPU we get to busy spin for a _very_ long
time.
There is a _REASON_ sched_clock() warns about preemptability -
papering over it with a preempt_disable()/preempt_enable_no_resched()
is just terminal brain damage on so many levels.
Replace sched_clock() usage with local_clock() which has a bounded
drift between CPUs (<2 jiffies).
There is a further problem with the entire busy wait poll thing in
that the spin time is additive to the syscall timeout, not inclusive.
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: rui.zhang@intel.com
Cc: jacob.jun.pan@linux.intel.com
Cc: Mike Galbraith <bitbucket@online.de>
Cc: hpa@zytor.com
Cc: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Cc: lenb@kernel.org
Cc: rjw@rjwysocki.net
Cc: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20131119151338.GF3694@twins.programming.kicks-ass.net
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
If a uAPSD service period ends with an MMPDU, we currently just
send that MMPDU, but it obviously won't get the EOSP bit set as
it doesn't have a QoS header. This contradicts the standard, so
add a QoS-nulldata frame after the MMPDU to properly terminate
the service period with a frame that has EOSP set.
Also fix a bug wrt. the TID for the MMPDU, it shouldn't be set
to 0 unconditionally but use the actual TID that was assigned.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We don't encode argument types into function names and since besides
nft_do_chain() there are only AF-specific versions, there is no risk
of confusion.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Minor nf_chain_type cleanups:
- reorder struct to plug a hoe
- rename struct module member to "owner" for consistency
- rename nf_hookfn array to "hooks" for consistency
- reorder initializers for better readability
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The chain type module reference handling makes no sense at all: we take
a reference immediately when the module is registered, preventing the
module from ever being unloaded.
Fix by taking a reference when we're actually creating a chain of the
chain type and release the reference when destroying the chain.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add a utility function to get the number of channels supported by
the device, and update the places in the code that need this data.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
[replace another occurrence in libertas, fix kernel-doc, fix bugs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For L3-proto independant rules we need to get at the L4 protocol value
directly. Add it to the nft_pktinfo struct and use the meta expression
to retrieve it.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds a new table family and a new filter chain that you can
use to attach IPv4 and IPv6 rules. This should help to simplify
rule-set maintainance in dual-stack setups.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add support to register chains to multiple hooks for different address
families for mixed IPv4/IPv6 tables.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Multi-family tables need the AF from the hook ops. Add a pointer to the
hook ops and replace usage of the hooknum member in struct nft_pktinfo.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This value is no longer used by mac80211, and practically no
driver ever set it to a correct value anyway, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This change allows to follow a recommandation of RFC4942.
- Add "anycast_src_echo_reply" sysctl to control the use of anycast addresses
as source addresses for ICMPv6 echo reply. This sysctl is false by default
to preserve existing behavior.
- Add inline check ipv6_anycast_destination().
- Use them in icmpv6_echo_reply().
Reference:
RFC4942 - IPv6 Transition/Coexistence Security Considerations
(http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4942#section-2.1.6)
2.1.6. Anycast Traffic Identification and Security
[...]
To avoid exposing knowledge about the internal structure of the
network, it is recommended that anycast servers now take advantage of
the ability to return responses with the anycast address as the
source address if possible.
Signed-off-by: Francois-Xavier Le Bail <fx.lebail@yahoo.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GRO/GSO layers can be enabled on a node, even if said
node is only forwarding packets.
This patch permits GSO (and upcoming GRO) support for GRE
encapsulated packets, even if the host has no GRE tunnel setup.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jesse Gross says:
====================
[GIT net-next] Open vSwitch
Open vSwitch changes for net-next/3.14. Highlights are:
* Performance improvements in the mechanism to get packets to userspace
using memory mapped netlink and skb zero copy where appropriate.
* Per-cpu flow stats in situations where flows are likely to be shared
across CPUs. Standard flow stats are used in other situations to save
memory and allocation time.
* A handful of code cleanups and rationalization.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This API can be used by drivers to send their custom
configuration using SET_CONFIG NCI command to the device.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some drivers require special configuration while initializing.
This patch adds setup handler for this custom configuration.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Allocates a new sk_buff large enough to cover the specified payload
plus required Netlink headers. Will check receiving socket for
memory mapped i/o capability and use it if enabled. Will fall back
to non-mapped skb if message size exceeds the frame size of the ring.
Signed-of-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_sriov_pf.c
net/ipv6/ip6_tunnel.c
net/ipv6/ip6_vti.c
ipv6 tunnel statistic bug fixes conflicting with consolidation into
generic sw per-cpu net stats.
qlogic conflict between queue counting bug fix and the addition
of multiple MAC address support.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says: <pablo@netfilter.org>
====================
nftables updates for net-next
The following patchset contains nftables updates for your net-next tree,
they are:
* Add set operation to the meta expression by means of the select_ops()
infrastructure, this allows us to set the packet mark among other things.
From Arturo Borrero Gonzalez.
* Fix wrong format in sscanf in nf_tables_set_alloc_name(), from Daniel
Borkmann.
* Add new queue expression to nf_tables. These comes with two previous patches
to prepare this new feature, one to add mask in nf_tables_core to
evaluate the queue verdict appropriately and another to refactor common
code with xt_NFQUEUE, from Eric Leblond.
* Do not hide nftables from Kconfig if nfnetlink is not enabled, also from
Eric Leblond.
* Add the reject expression to nf_tables, this adds the missing TCP RST
support. It comes with an initial patch to refactor common code with
xt_NFQUEUE, again from Eric Leblond.
* Remove an unused variable assignment in nf_tables_dump_set(), from Michal
Nazarewicz.
* Remove the nft_meta_target code, now that Arturo added the set operation
to the meta expression, from me.
* Add help information for nf_tables to Kconfig, also from me.
* Allow to dump all sets by specifying NFPROTO_UNSPEC, similar feature is
available to other nf_tables objects, requested by Arturo, from me.
* Expose the table usage counter, so we can know how many chains are using
this table without dumping the list of chains, from Tomasz Bursztyka.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next tree,
they are:
* Add full port randomization support. Some crazy researchers found a way
to reconstruct the secure ephemeral ports that are allocated in random mode
by sending off-path bursts of UDP packets to overrun the socket buffer of
the DNS resolver to trigger retransmissions, then if the timing for the
DNS resolution done by a client is larger than usual, then they conclude
that the port that received the burst of UDP packets is the one that was
opened. It seems a bit aggressive method to me but it seems to work for
them. As a result, Daniel Borkmann and Hannes Frederic Sowa came up with a
new NAT mode to fully randomize ports using prandom.
* Add a new classifier to x_tables based on the socket net_cls set via
cgroups. These includes two patches to prepare the field as requested by
Zefan Li. Also from Daniel Borkmann.
* Use prandom instead of get_random_bytes in several locations of the
netfilter code, from Florian Westphal.
* Allow to use the CTA_MARK_MASK in ctnetlink when mangling the conntrack
mark, also from Florian Westphal.
* Fix compilation warning due to unused variable in IPVS, from Geert
Uytterhoeven.
* Add support for UID/GID via nfnetlink_queue, from Valentina Giusti.
* Add IPComp extension to x_tables, from Fan Du.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They are same, so unify them as one, pcpu_sw_netstats.
Define pcpu_sw_netstat in netdevice.h, remove pcpu_tstats
from if_tunnel and remove br_cpu_netstats from br_private.h
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some controller pretend they support the Delete Stored Link Key command,
but in reality they really don't support it.
< HCI Command: Delete Stored Link Key (0x03|0x0012) plen 7
bdaddr 00:00:00:00:00:00 all 1
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4
Delete Stored Link Key (0x03|0x0012) ncmd 1
status 0x11 deleted 0
Error: Unsupported Feature or Parameter Value
Not correctly supporting this command causes the controller setup to
fail and will make a device not work. However sending the command for
controller that handle stored link keys is important. This quirk
allows a driver to disable the command if it knows that this command
handling is broken.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The llc_sap_list_lock does not need to be global, only acquired
in core.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Namespace related cleaning
* make cred_to_ucred static
* remove unused sock_rmalloc function
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
percpu route cache eliminates share of dst refcnt between CPUs.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid doing a route lookup on every packet being tunneled.
In ip_tunnel.c cache the route returned from ip_route_output if
the tunnel is "connected" so that all the rouitng parameters are
taken from tunnel parms for a packet. Specifically, not NBMA tunnel
and tos is from tunnel parms (not inner packet).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While we're at it and introduced CGROUP_NET_CLASSID, lets also make
NETPRIO_CGROUP more consistent with the rest of cgroups and rename it
into CONFIG_CGROUP_NET_PRIO so that for networking, we now have
CONFIG_CGROUP_NET_{PRIO,CLASSID}. This not only makes the CONFIG
option consistent among networking cgroups, but also among cgroups
CONFIG conventions in general as the vast majority has a prefix of
CONFIG_CGROUP_<SUBSYS>.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Zefan Li <lizefan@huawei.com>
Cc: cgroups@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Zefan Li requested [1] to perform the following cleanup/refactoring:
- Split cgroupfs classid handling into net core to better express a
possible more generic use.
- Disable module support for cgroupfs bits as the majority of other
cgroupfs subsystems do not have that, and seems to be not wished
from cgroup side. Zefan probably might want to follow-up for netprio
later on.
- By this, code can be further reduced which previously took care of
functionality built when compiled as module.
cgroupfs bits are being placed under net/core/netclassid_cgroup.c, so
that we are consistent with {netclassid,netprio}_cgroup naming that is
under net/core/ as suggested by Zefan.
No change in functionality, but only code refactoring that is being
done here.
[1] http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/304825/
Suggested-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Zefan Li <lizefan@huawei.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: cgroups@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The following code is not used in current upstream code.
Some of this seems to be old hooks, other might be used by some
out of tree module (which I don't care about breaking), and
the need_ipv4_conntrack was used by old NAT code but no longer
called.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Introduce xfrm_state_lookup_byspi to find user specified by custom
from "pgset spi xxx". Using this scheme, any flow regardless its
saddr/daddr could be transform by SA specified with configurable
spi.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The SCTP outqueue structure maintains a data chunks
that are pending transmission, the list of chunks that
are pending a retransmission and a length of data in
flight. It also tries to keep the emtpy state so that
it can performe shutdown sequence or notify user.
The problem is that the empy state is inconsistently
tracked. It is possible to completely drain the queue
without sending anything when using PR-SCTP. In this
case, the empty state will not be correctly state as
report by Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>. This
can cause an association to be perminantly stuck in the
SHUTDOWN_PENDING state.
Additionally, SCTP is incredibly inefficient when setting
the empty state. Even though all the data is availaible
in the outqueue structure, we ignore it and walk a list
of trasnports.
In the end, we can completely remove the extra empty
state and figure out if the queue is empty by looking
at 3 things: length of pending data, length of in-flight
data, and exisiting of retransmit data. All of these
are already in the strucutre.
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Tested-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to export functions only used in one file.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
since the prune parameter for fib6_clean_all always is 0, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Running 'make namespacecheck' shows:
net/ipv6/route.o
ipv6_route_table_template
rt6_bind_peer
net/ipv6/icmp.o
icmpv6_route_lookup
ipv6_icmp_table_template
This addresses some of those warnings by:
* make icmpv6_route_lookup static
* move inline's out of ip6_route.h since only used into route.c
* move rt6_bind_peer into route.c
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function __rtnl_af_register is never called outside this
code, and the return value is always 0.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function llc_conn_ac_inc_vr_by_1() evaluates via macro
PDU_GET_NEXT_Vr() into ...
llc_sk(sk)->vR = ++llc_sk(sk)->vR & 0xffffffffffffff7f
... but the order in which the side effects take place is
undefined because there is no intervening sequence point.
As llc_sk(sk)->vR is written in llc_sk(sk)->vR (assignment
left-hand side) and written in ++llc_sk(sk)->vR & 0xffffffffffffff7f
this might possibly yield undefined behavior.
The final value of llc_sk(sk)->vR is ambiguous, because,
depending on the order of expression evaluation, the
increment may occur before, after, or interleaved with
the assignment. In C, evaluating such an expression yields
undefined behavior.
Since we're doing the increment via PDU_GET_NEXT_Vr() macro
and the only place it is being used is from
llc_conn_ac_inc_vr_by_1(), in order to increment vR by 1
with a follow-up optimized modulo, rewrite the expression
into ((vR + 1) & CONST) in order to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In file included from net/socket.c:99:0:
include/net/sock.h: In function ‘sock_rps_record_flow’:
include/net/sock.h:849:30: error: ‘const struct sock’ has no member named ‘sk_rxhash’
include/net/sock.h: In function ‘sock_rps_reset_flow’:
include/net/sock.h:854:29: error: ‘const struct sock’ has no member named ‘sk_rxhash’
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhi Yong Wu <wuzhy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds sock_rps_record_flow_hash and sock_rps_reset_flow_hash
which take a hash value as an argument and sets the sock_flow_table
accordingly. This allows the table to be populated in cases where flow
is being tracked outside of a sock structure.
sock_rps_record_flow and sock_rps_reset_flow call this function
where the hash is taken from sk_rxhash.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhi Yong Wu <wuzhy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch prepares the addition of TCP reset support in
the nft_reject module by moving reusable code into a header
file.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@regit.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The following are only used in one file:
tcp_connect_init
tcp_set_rto
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't export ping_table or ping_v4_sendmsg. Both are only used
inside ping code.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inetpeer_invalidate_family defined but never used
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't export arp_invalidate, only used in arp.c
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new header file include/net/Space.h which contains
prototype declaration of sbni_probe().
Include the new header file in drivers/net/Space.c and
drivers/net/wan/sbni.c because they use this function.
This eliminates the following warning in wan/sbni.c:
drivers/net/wan/sbni.c:224:12: warning: no previous prototype for ‘sbni_probe’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Rashika Kheria <rashika.kheria@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2013-12-19
1) Use the user supplied policy index instead of a generated one
if present. From Fan Du.
2) Make xfrm migration namespace aware. From Fan Du.
3) Make the xfrm state and policy locks namespace aware. From Fan Du.
4) Remove ancient sleeping when the SA is in acquire state,
we now queue packets to the policy instead. This replaces the
sleeping code.
5) Remove FLOWI_FLAG_CAN_SLEEP. This was used to notify xfrm about the
posibility to sleep. The sleeping code is gone, so remove it.
6) Check user specified spi for IPComp. Thr spi for IPcomp is only
16 bit wide, so check for a valid value. From Fan Du.
7) Export verify_userspi_info to check for valid user supplied spi ranges
with pfkey and netlink. From Fan Du.
8) RFC3173 states that if the total size of a compressed payload and the IPComp
header is not smaller than the size of the original payload, the IP datagram
must be sent in the original non-compressed form. These packets are dropped
by the inbound policy check because they are not transformed. Document the need
to set 'level use' for IPcomp to receive such packets anyway. From Fan Du.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows QoS mapping from external networks to be implemented as
defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 10.24.9. APs can use this to advertise
DSCP ranges and exceptions for mapping frames to a specific UP over
Wi-Fi.
The payload of the QoS Map Set element (IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97)
is sent to the driver through the new NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP attribute to
configure the local behavior either on the AP (based on local
configuration) or on a station (based on information received from the
AP).
Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In addition to vendor-specific commands, also support vendor-specific
events. These must be registered with cfg80211 before they can be used.
They're also advertised in nl80211 in the wiphy information so that
userspace knows can be expected. The events themselves are sent on a
new multicast group called "vendor".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IPV6_PMTU_INTERFACE is the same as IPV6_PMTU_PROBE for ipv6. Add it
nontheless for symmetry with IPv4 sockets. Also drop incoming MTU
information if this mode is enabled.
The additional bit in ipv6_pinfo just eats in the padding behind the
bitfield. There are no changes to the layout of the struct at all.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The other field in ipv4_config, log_martians, was converted to a
per-interface setting, so we can just remove the whole structure.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_main.c
drivers/net/macvtap.c
Both minor merge hassles, simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't need to maintain our own singly linked list code.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't need to maintain our own singly linked list code.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that we don't need to play with singly linked list,
and since the code is not on hot path, we can use spinlock
instead of rwlock.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It looks weird to store the lock out of the struct but
still points to a static variable. Just move them into the struct.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These information can be saved in tcf_exts, and this will
simplify the code.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently actions are chained by a singly linked list,
therefore it is a bit hard to add and remove a specific
entry. Convert it to struct list_head so that in the
latter patch we can remove an action without finding
its head.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not used.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In several places 'skb->rxhash = 0' is being done to clear the
rxhash value in an skb. This does not clear l4_rxhash which could
still be set so that the rxhash wouldn't be recalculated on subsequent
call to skb_get_rxhash. This patch adds an explict function to clear
all the rxhash related information in the skb properly.
skb_clear_hash_if_not_l4 clears the rxhash only if it is not marked as
l4_rxhash.
Fixed up places where 'skb->rxhash = 0' was being called.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While investigating performance problems on small RPC workloads,
I noticed linux TCP stack was always splitting the last TSO skb
into two parts (skbs). One being a multiple of MSS, and a small one
with the Push flag. This split is done even if TCP_NODELAY is set,
or if no small packet is in flight.
Example with request/response of 4K/4K
IP A > B: . ack 68432 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6524593 6525001>
IP A > B: . 65537:68433(2896) ack 69632 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6524593 6525001>
IP A > B: P 68433:69633(1200) ack 69632 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6524593 6525001>
IP B > A: . ack 68433 win 2768 <nop,nop,timestamp 6525001 6524593>
IP B > A: . 69632:72528(2896) ack 69633 win 2768 <nop,nop,timestamp 6525001 6524593>
IP B > A: P 72528:73728(1200) ack 69633 win 2768 <nop,nop,timestamp 6525001 6524593>
IP A > B: . ack 72528 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6524593 6525001>
IP A > B: . 69633:72529(2896) ack 73728 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6524593 6525001>
IP A > B: P 72529:73729(1200) ack 73728 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6524593 6525001>
We can avoid this split by including the Nagle tests at the right place.
Note : If some NIC had trouble sending TSO packets with a partial
last segment, we would have hit the problem in GRO/forwarding workload already.
tcp_minshall_update() is moved to tcp_output.c and is updated as we might
feed a TSO packet with a partial last segment.
This patch tremendously improves performance, as the traffic now looks
like :
IP A > B: . ack 98304 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834277 6834685>
IP A > B: P 94209:98305(4096) ack 98304 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834277 6834685>
IP B > A: . ack 98305 win 2768 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834686 6834277>
IP B > A: P 98304:102400(4096) ack 98305 win 2768 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834686 6834277>
IP A > B: . ack 102400 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834279 6834686>
IP A > B: P 98305:102401(4096) ack 102400 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834279 6834686>
IP B > A: . ack 102401 win 2768 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834687 6834279>
IP B > A: P 102400:106496(4096) ack 102401 win 2768 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834687 6834279>
IP A > B: . ack 106496 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834280 6834687>
IP A > B: P 102401:106497(4096) ack 106496 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834280 6834687>
IP B > A: . ack 106497 win 2768 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834688 6834280>
IP B > A: P 106496:110592(4096) ack 106497 win 2768 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834688 6834280>
Before :
lpq83:~# nstat >/dev/null;perf stat ./super_netperf 200 -t TCP_RR -H lpq84 -l 20 -- -r 4K,4K
280774
Performance counter stats for './super_netperf 200 -t TCP_RR -H lpq84 -l 20 -- -r 4K,4K':
205719.049006 task-clock # 9.278 CPUs utilized
8,449,968 context-switches # 0.041 M/sec
1,935,997 CPU-migrations # 0.009 M/sec
160,541 page-faults # 0.780 K/sec
548,478,722,290 cycles # 2.666 GHz [83.20%]
455,240,670,857 stalled-cycles-frontend # 83.00% frontend cycles idle [83.48%]
272,881,454,275 stalled-cycles-backend # 49.75% backend cycles idle [66.73%]
166,091,460,030 instructions # 0.30 insns per cycle
# 2.74 stalled cycles per insn [83.39%]
29,150,229,399 branches # 141.699 M/sec [83.30%]
1,943,814,026 branch-misses # 6.67% of all branches [83.32%]
22.173517844 seconds time elapsed
lpq83:~# nstat | egrep "IpOutRequests|IpExtOutOctets"
IpOutRequests 16851063 0.0
IpExtOutOctets 23878580777 0.0
After patch :
lpq83:~# nstat >/dev/null;perf stat ./super_netperf 200 -t TCP_RR -H lpq84 -l 20 -- -r 4K,4K
280877
Performance counter stats for './super_netperf 200 -t TCP_RR -H lpq84 -l 20 -- -r 4K,4K':
107496.071918 task-clock # 4.847 CPUs utilized
5,635,458 context-switches # 0.052 M/sec
1,374,707 CPU-migrations # 0.013 M/sec
160,920 page-faults # 0.001 M/sec
281,500,010,924 cycles # 2.619 GHz [83.28%]
228,865,069,307 stalled-cycles-frontend # 81.30% frontend cycles idle [83.38%]
142,462,742,658 stalled-cycles-backend # 50.61% backend cycles idle [66.81%]
95,227,712,566 instructions # 0.34 insns per cycle
# 2.40 stalled cycles per insn [83.43%]
16,209,868,171 branches # 150.795 M/sec [83.20%]
874,252,952 branch-misses # 5.39% of all branches [83.37%]
22.175821286 seconds time elapsed
lpq83:~# nstat | egrep "IpOutRequests|IpExtOutOctets"
IpOutRequests 11239428 0.0
IpExtOutOctets 23595191035 0.0
Indeed, the occupancy of tx skbs (IpExtOutOctets/IpOutRequests) is higher :
2099 instead of 1417, thus helping GRO to be more efficient when using FQ packet
scheduler.
Many thanks to Neal for review and ideas.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Tested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Please pull this batch of updates for the 3.14 stream...
For the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"This is the first batch of patches intended for 3.14. There is
nothing big here. Most of the code are refactors, clean up, small
fixes, plus some new device id support."
And...
"More patches to 3.14. Here we have the support for Low Energy
Connection Oriented Channels (LE CoC). Basically, as the name says,
this adds supports for connection oriented channels in the same way
we already have them for BR/EDR connections so profiles/protocols
that work on top of BR/EDR can now work on LE plus a plenty of new
possibilities for LE."
For the ath10k bits, Kalle says:
"Janusz and Marek implemented DFS support to ath10k, but the code is
not enabled yet due to missing cfg80211/mac80211 patches (it will be
enabled in the next pull request). Michal did some device reset fixes
and made it possible for ath10k to share an interrupt with another
device. And lots of smaller fixes from different people."
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"I have here a big rework of the rate control by Eyal. This is obviously
the biggest part of this batch.
I also have enhancement of protection flags by Avri and a few bits for
WoWLAN by Eliad and Luca. Johannes cleans up the debugfs plus a few
fixes. I provided a few things for Bluetooth coexistence.
Besides this we have an implementation for low priority scan."
Along with all that, there are big batches of updates to mwifiex and
ath9k, Jeff Kirsher's FSF address fix patches, and a handful of other
bits here and there.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Members of 'struct association' are not in appropriate order to
reuse compiler added padding on 64bit architectures. In this patch
we reorder those struct members and help reduce the size of the
structure from 2776 bytes to 2720 bytes on 64 bit architectures.
Signed-off-by: Wang Weidong <wangweidong1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add VHT MCS/NSS set support for nl80211_set_tx_bitrate_mask().
This should be used mainly for test purpose, to check
different MCS/NSS VHT combinations.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to check against valid IPcomp spi range, export verify_userspi_info
for both pfkey and netlink interface.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Can be used to add extra IEs (such as P2P NoA) without having to
reallocate the buffer.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, mac80211 allows drivers to keep RCU-protected station
references that are cleared when the station is removed from the
driver and consequently needs to synchronize twice, once before
removing the station from the driver (so it can guarantee that
the station is no longer used in TX towards the driver) and once
after the station is removed from the driver.
Add a new pre-RCU-synchronisation station removal operation to
the API to allow drivers to clear/invalidate their RCU-protected
station pointers before the RCU synchronisation.
This will allow removing the second synchronisation by changing
the driver API so that the driver may no longer assume a valid
RCU-protected pointer after sta_remove/sta_state returns.
The alternative to this would be to synchronize_rcu() in all the
drivers that currently rely on this behaviour (only iwlmvm) but
that would defeat the purpose.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reorder struct netns_ct so that atomic_t "count" changes don't
slowdown users of read mostly fields.
This is based on Eric Dumazet's proposed patch:
"netfilter: conntrack: remove the central spinlock"
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/268758/focus=47306
The tricky part of cache-aligning this structure, that it is getting
inlined in struct net (include/net/net_namespace.h), thus changes to
other netns_xxx structures affects our alignment.
Eric's original patch contained an ambiguity on 32-bit regarding
alignment in struct net. This patch also takes 32-bit into account,
and in case of changed (struct net) alignment sysctl_xxx entries have
been ordered according to how often they are accessed.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
RFC 4191 states in 3.5:
When a host avoids using any non-reachable router X and instead sends
a data packet to another router Y, and the host would have used
router X if router X were reachable, then the host SHOULD probe each
such router X's reachability by sending a single Neighbor
Solicitation to that router's address. A host MUST NOT probe a
router's reachability in the absence of useful traffic that the host
would have sent to the router if it were reachable. In any case,
these probes MUST be rate-limited to no more than one per minute per
router.
Currently, when the neighbour corresponding to a router falls into
NUD_FAILED, it's never considered again. Introduce a new rt6_nud_state
value, RT6_NUD_FAIL_PROBE, which suggests the route should not be used but
should be probed with a single NS. The probe is ratelimited by the existing
code. To better distinguish meanings of the failure values, rename
RT6_NUD_FAIL_SOFT to RT6_NUD_FAIL_DO_RR.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is initial version of
http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-6lo-btle-00
By default the 6LoWPAN support is not activated and user
needs to tweak /sys/kernel/debug/bluetooth/hci0/6lowpan
file.
The kernel needs IPv6 support before 6LoWPAN is usable.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently, sctp associations latch a sockets autoclose value to an association
at association init time, subject to capping constraints from the max_autoclose
sysctl value. This leads to an odd situation where an application may set a
socket level autoclose timeout, but sliently sctp will limit the autoclose
timeout to something less than that.
Fix this by modifying the autoclose setsockopt function to check the limit, cap
it and warn the user via syslog that the timeout is capped. This will allow
getsockopt to return valid autoclose timeout values that reflect what subsequent
associations actually use.
While were at it, also elimintate the assoc->autoclose variable, it duplicates
whats in the timeout array, which leads to multiple sources for the same
information, that may differ (as the former isn't subject to any capping). This
gives us the timeout information in a canonical place and saves some space in
the association structure as well.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: Wang Weidong <wangweidong1@huawei.com>
CC: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't needlessly recompute 'opt[opt_iter + 1]' as we already have it
stored in 'tag_len'.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <pmoore@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And use it if possible.
Signed-off-by: Florent Fourcot <florent.fourcot@enst-bretagne.fr>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Florent Fourcot <florent.fourcot@enst-bretagne.fr>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the behaviour similar to ipv4. This will allow user to set sysctl
default neigh param values and these values will be respected even by
devices registered before (that ones what do not have address set yet).
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously inet devices were only constructed when addresses are added.
Therefore the default neigh parms values they get are the ones at the
time of these operations.
Now that we're creating inet devices earlier, this changes the behaviour
of default neigh parms values in an incompatible way (see bug #8519).
This patch creates a compromise by setting the default values at the
same point as before but only for those that have not been explicitly
set by the user since the inet device's creation.
Introduced by:
commit 8030f54499
Author: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Date: Thu Feb 22 01:53:47 2007 +0900
[IPV4] devinet: Register inetdev earlier.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be needed later on to provide better management of default values.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts the neigh param members to an array. This allows easier
manipulation which will be needed later on to provide better management of
default values.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge 'net' into 'net-next' to get the AF_PACKET bug fix that
Daniel's direct transmit changes depend upon.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 6da7c8fcbc ("qdisc: allow setting default queuing discipline")
added the ability to change default qdisc from pfifo_fast to say fq
But as most modern ethernet devices are multiqueue, we cant really
see all the statistics from "tc -s qdisc show", as the default root
qdisc is mq.
This patch adds the calls to qdisc_list_add() to mq and mqprio
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the LMP feature constants for connectionless slave broadcast
and use them for capability testing.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch prepares the addition of nft_queue module by moving
reusable code into a header file.
This patch also converts NFQUEUE to use prandom_u32 to initialize
the random jhash seed as suggested by Florian Westphal.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@regit.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There is no more space in u8 ifa_flags. So do what davem suffested and
add another netlink attr called IFA_FLAGS for carry more flags.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Haller <thaller@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.14 stream...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"I have various improvements/cleanups/fixes all over, but the shortlog
shows that Luis's regulatory work and mesh work from the cozybit folks
are the biggest ones, along with the CSA fixes."
Along with that, we have big batches of updates to brcmfmac, rtlwifi,
and ath9k. There are updates to wcn36xx, rt2x00, and a handful of
others as well.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the introduction of TCP Small Queues, TSO auto sizing, and TCP
pacing, we can implement Automatic Corking in the kernel, to help
applications doing small write()/sendmsg() to TCP sockets.
Idea is to change tcp_push() to check if the current skb payload is
under skb optimal size (a multiple of MSS bytes)
If under 'size_goal', and at least one packet is still in Qdisc or
NIC TX queues, set the TCP Small Queue Throttled bit, so that the push
will be delayed up to TX completion time.
This delay might allow the application to coalesce more bytes
in the skb in following write()/sendmsg()/sendfile() system calls.
The exact duration of the delay is depending on the dynamics
of the system, and might be zero if no packet for this flow
is actually held in Qdisc or NIC TX ring.
Using FQ/pacing is a way to increase the probability of
autocorking being triggered.
Add a new sysctl (/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_autocorking) to control
this feature and default it to 1 (enabled)
Add a new SNMP counter : nstat -a | grep TcpExtTCPAutoCorking
This counter is incremented every time we detected skb was under used
and its flush was deferred.
Tested:
Interesting effects when using line buffered commands under ssh.
Excellent performance results in term of cpu usage and total throughput.
lpq83:~# echo 1 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_autocorking
lpq83:~# perf stat ./super_netperf 4 -t TCP_STREAM -H lpq84 -- -m 128
9410.39
Performance counter stats for './super_netperf 4 -t TCP_STREAM -H lpq84 -- -m 128':
35209.439626 task-clock # 2.901 CPUs utilized
2,294 context-switches # 0.065 K/sec
101 CPU-migrations # 0.003 K/sec
4,079 page-faults # 0.116 K/sec
97,923,241,298 cycles # 2.781 GHz [83.31%]
51,832,908,236 stalled-cycles-frontend # 52.93% frontend cycles idle [83.30%]
25,697,986,603 stalled-cycles-backend # 26.24% backend cycles idle [66.70%]
102,225,978,536 instructions # 1.04 insns per cycle
# 0.51 stalled cycles per insn [83.38%]
18,657,696,819 branches # 529.906 M/sec [83.29%]
91,679,646 branch-misses # 0.49% of all branches [83.40%]
12.136204899 seconds time elapsed
lpq83:~# echo 0 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_autocorking
lpq83:~# perf stat ./super_netperf 4 -t TCP_STREAM -H lpq84 -- -m 128
6624.89
Performance counter stats for './super_netperf 4 -t TCP_STREAM -H lpq84 -- -m 128':
40045.864494 task-clock # 3.301 CPUs utilized
171 context-switches # 0.004 K/sec
53 CPU-migrations # 0.001 K/sec
4,080 page-faults # 0.102 K/sec
111,340,458,645 cycles # 2.780 GHz [83.34%]
61,778,039,277 stalled-cycles-frontend # 55.49% frontend cycles idle [83.31%]
29,295,522,759 stalled-cycles-backend # 26.31% backend cycles idle [66.67%]
108,654,349,355 instructions # 0.98 insns per cycle
# 0.57 stalled cycles per insn [83.34%]
19,552,170,748 branches # 488.244 M/sec [83.34%]
157,875,417 branch-misses # 0.81% of all branches [83.34%]
12.130267788 seconds time elapsed
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several files refer to an old address for the Free Software Foundation
in the file header comment. Resolve by replacing the address with
the URL <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/> so that we do not have to keep
updating the header comments anytime the address changes.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several files refer to an old address for the Free Software Foundation
in the file header comment. Resolve by replacing the address with
the URL <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/> so that we do not have to keep
updating the header comments anytime the address changes.
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FLOWI_FLAG_CAN_SLEEP was used to notify xfrm about the posibility
to sleep until the needed states are resolved. This code is gone,
so FLOWI_FLAG_CAN_SLEEP is not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We now queue packets to the policy if the states are not yet resolved,
this replaces the ancient sleeping code. Also the sleeping can cause
indefinite task hangs if the needed state does not get resolved.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
By semantics, xfrm layer is fully name space aware,
so will the locks, e.g. xfrm_state/pocliy_lock.
Ensure exclusive access into state/policy link list
for different name space with one global lock is not
right in terms of semantics aspect at first place,
as they are indeed mutually independent with each
other, but also more seriously causes scalability
problem.
One practical scenario is on a Open Network Stack,
more than hundreds of lxc tenants acts as routers
within one host, a global xfrm_state/policy_lock
becomes the bottleneck. But onces those locks are
decoupled in a per-namespace fashion, locks contend
is just with in specific name space scope, without
causing additional SPD/SAD access delay for other
name space.
Also this patch improve scalability while as without
changing original xfrm behavior.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
because the home agent could surely be run on a different
net namespace other than init_net. The original behavior
could lead into inconsistent of key info.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
kill memcg_tcp_enter_memory_pressure. The only function of
memcg_tcp_enter_memory_pressure was to reduce deal with the
unnecessary abstraction that was tcp_memcontrol. Now that struct
tcp_memcontrol is gone remove this unnecessary function, the
unnecessary function pointer, and modify sk_enter_memory_pressure to
set this field directly, just as sk_leave_memory_pressure cleas this
field directly.
This fixes a small bug I intruduced when killing struct tcp_memcontrol
that caused memcg_tcp_enter_memory_pressure to never be called and
thus failed to ever set cg_proto->memory_pressure.
Remove the cg_proto enter_memory_pressure function as it now serves
no useful purpose.
Don't test cg_proto->memory_presser in sk_leave_memory_pressure before
clearing it. The test was originally there to ensure that the pointer
was non-NULL. Now that cg_proto is not a pointer the pointer does not
matter.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code to detect fragments in checksum_setup() was missing for IPv4 and
too eager for IPv6. (It transpires that Windows seems to send IPv6 packets
with a fragment header even if they are not a fragment - i.e. offset is zero,
and M bit is not set).
This patch also incorporates a fix to callers of maybe_pull_tail() where
skb->network_header was being erroneously added to the length argument.
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Zoltan Kiss <zoltan.kiss@citrix.com>
Cc: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Cc: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Cc: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename NL80211_TXRATE_MCS to NL80211_TXRATE_HT and also
rename mcs to ht_mcs in struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The values in l2cap_chan that are used for actually transmitting data
only need to be initialized right after we've received an L2CAP Connect
Request or just before we send one. The only thing that we need to
initialize though bind() and connect() is the chan->mode value. This way
all other initializations can be done in the l2cap_le_flowctl_init
function (which now becomes private to l2cap_core.c) and the
l2cap_le_flowctl_start function can be completely removed.
Also, since the l2cap_sock_init function initializes the imtu and omtu
to adequate values these do not need to be part of l2cap_le_flowctl_init.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
LE CoC used differend CIC ranges than BR/EDR L2CAP. The start of the
range is the same (0x0040) but the range ends at 0x007f (unlike BR/EDR
where it goes all the way to 0xffff).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Unlike BR/EDR, for LE when we're in the BT_CONNECT state we may or may
not have already have sent the Connect Request. This means that we need
some extra tracking of the request. This patch adds an extra channel
flag to prevent the request from being sent a second time.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Setting the BT_SK_SUSPEND socket flag from the L2CAP core is causing a
dependency on the socket. So instead of doing that, use a channel
callback into the socket handling to suspend.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds new socket options for LE sockets since the existing
L2CAP_OPTIONS socket option is not usable for LE. For now, the new
socket options also require LE CoC support to be explicitly enabled to
leave some playroom in case something needs to be changed in a backwards
incompatible way.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds tracking of L2CAP connection oriented channel local and
remote credits to struct l2cap_chan and ensures that connect requests
and responses contain the right values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The LE connection oriented channels have their own mode with its own
data transfer rules. In order to implement this properly we need to
distinguish L2CAP channels operating in this mode from other modes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the necessary boiler plate code to handle receiving
L2CAP connect requests over LE and respond to them with a proper connect
response.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the necessary defines and structs for LE connection
oriented channels.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Along with the L2CAP Connection Oriented Channels features it is now
allowed to use both custom fixed CIDs as well as PSM based (connection
oriented connections). Since the support for this (with the subsequent
patches) is still on an experimental stage, add a module parameter to
enable it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add support for vendor-specific commands to nl80211. This is
intended to be used for really vendor-specific functionality
that can't be implemented in a generic fashion for any reason.
It's *NOT* intended to be used for any normal/generic feature
or any optimisations that could be implemented across drivers.
Currently, only vendor commands (with replies) are supported,
no dump operations or vendor-specific notifications.
Also add a function wdev_to_ieee80211_vif() to mac80211 which
is needed for mac80211-based drivers wanting to implement any
vendor commands.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This attribute is needed for setting Operating Mode Notification
in AP mode from User Space. This functionality is required when
User Space received Assoc Request contains Operation Mode
Notification element.
Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
[fix typos, nl80211 documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit 488b366a45.
The code isn't used by anyone, and the Intel driver isn't planning
to use it either right now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel switch notification should be sent under the
wdev/sdata-lock, preferably in the same moment as the channel change
happens, to avoid races by other callers (e.g. start/stop_ap).
This also adds the previously missing sdata_lock protection in
csa_finalize_work.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change cfg80211 and mac80211 to use cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params
struct to aggregate parameters for mgmt_tx functions.
This makes the functions' signatures less clumsy and allows
less painful parameters extension.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
[fix all other drivers]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently retransmitted DATA chunks could also be used for
RTT measurements since there are no flag to identify whether
the transmitted DATA chunk is a new one or a retransmitted one.
This problem is introduced by commit ae19c5486 ("sctp: remove
'resent' bit from the chunk") which inappropriately removed the
'resent' bit completely, instead of doing this, we should set
the resent bit only for the retransmitted DATA chunks.
Signed-off-by: Xufeng Zhang <xufeng.zhang@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
u8 was used in some other places, just stick to the enum,
this forces us to express the values that are expected.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a new field to ieee80211_chanctx_conf to indicate
the min required channel configuration.
Tuning to a narrower channel might help reducing
the noise level and saving some power.
The min required channel definition is the max of
all min required channel definitions of the interfaces
bound to this channel context.
In AP mode, use 20MHz when there are no connected station.
When a new station is added/removed, calculate the new max
bandwidth supported by any of the stations (e.g. 80MHz when
80MHz and 40MHz stations are connected).
In other cases, simply use bss_conf.chandef as the
min required chandef.
Notify drivers about changes to this field by calling
drv_change_chanctx with a new CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH notification.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Certain vendors may want to disable the processing of
country IEs so that they can continue using the regulatory
domain the driver or user has set. Currently there is no
way to stop the core from processing country IEs, so add
support to the core to ignore country IE hints.
Cc: Mihir Shete <smihir@qti.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Henri Bahini <hbahini@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Tushnim Bhattacharyya <tushnimb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
802.11 cards may have different country IE parsing behavioural
preferences and vendors may want to support these. These preferences
were managed by the REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG and the REGULATORY_STRICT_REG
flags and their combination. Instead of using this existing notation,
split out the country IE behavioural preferences as a new flag. This
will allow us to add more customizations easily and make the code more
maintainable.
Cc: Mihir Shete <smihir@qti.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Henri Bahini <hbahini@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Tushnim Bhattacharyya <tushnimb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[fix up conflicts]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds generic cipher scheme support to mac80211, such schemes
are fully under control by the driver. On hw registration drivers
may specify additional HW ciphers with a scheme how these ciphers
have to be handled by mac80211 TX/RR. A cipher scheme specifies a
cipher suite value, a size of the security header to be added to
or stripped from frames and how the PN is to be verified on RX.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To report channel width correctly we have
to send correct channel parameters from
mac80211 when calling cfg80211_cac_event().
This is required in case of using channel width
higher than 20MHz and we have to set correct
dfs channel state after CAC (NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE).
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() implies WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY
but we never enforced it, do that now and warn if the driver
didn't set it. All drivers should be following this today already.
Having WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY does not however mean you will
use wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() though, you may have your own
_orig value set up tools / helpers. The intel drivers are examples
of this type of driver.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These two flags are used for the same purpose, just
combine them into a no-ir flag to annotate no initiating
radiation is allowed.
Old userspace sending either flag will have it treated as
the no-ir flag. To be considerate to older userspace we
also send both the no-ir flag and the old no-ibss flags.
Newer userspace will have to be aware of older kernels.
Update all places in the tree using these flags with the
following semantic patch:
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_PASSIVE_SCAN
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IBSS
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR)
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR)
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
Along with some hand-optimisations in documentation, to
remove duplicates and to fix some indentation.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[do all the driver updates in one go]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit bceaa90240 ("inet: prevent leakage
of uninitialized memory to user in recv syscalls") conditionally updated
addr_len if the msg_name is written to. The recv_error and rxpmtu
functions relied on the recvmsg functions to set up addr_len before.
As this does not happen any more we have to pass addr_len to those
functions as well and set it to the size of the corresponding sockaddr
length.
This broke traceroute and such.
Fixes: bceaa90240 ("inet: prevent leakage of uninitialized memory to user in recv syscalls")
Reported-by: Brad Spengler <spender@grsecurity.net>
Reported-by: Tom Labanowski
Cc: mpb <mpb.mail@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix another really stupid bug - I introduced genl_set_err()
precisely to be able to adjust the group and reject invalid
ones, but then forgot to do so.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unfortunately, I introduced a tremendously stupid bug into
genlmsg_multicast() when doing all those multicast group
changes: it adjusts the group number, but then passes it
to genlmsg_multicast_netns() which does that again.
Somehow, my tests failed to catch this, so add a warning
into genlmsg_multicast_netns() and remove the offending
group ID adjustment.
Also add a warning to the similar code in other functions
so people who misuse them are more loudly warned.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Mostly these are fixes for fallout due to merge window changes, as
well as cures for problems that have been with us for a much longer
period of time"
1) Johannes Berg noticed two major deficiencies in our genetlink
registration. Some genetlink protocols we passing in constant
counts for their ops array rather than something like
ARRAY_SIZE(ops) or similar. Also, some genetlink protocols were
using fixed IDs for their multicast groups.
We have to retain these fixed IDs to keep existing userland tools
working, but reserve them so that other multicast groups used by
other protocols can not possibly conflict.
In dealing with these two problems, we actually now use less state
management for genetlink operations and multicast groups.
2) When configuring interface hardware timestamping, fix several
drivers that simply do not validate that the hwtstamp_config value
is one the driver actually supports. From Ben Hutchings.
3) Invalid memory references in mwifiex driver, from Amitkumar Karwar.
4) In dev_forward_skb(), set the skb->protocol in the right order
relative to skb_scrub_packet(). From Alexei Starovoitov.
5) Bridge erroneously fails to use the proper wrapper functions to make
calls to netdev_ops->ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid. Fix from Toshiaki
Makita.
6) When detaching a bridge port, make sure to flush all VLAN IDs to
prevent them from leaking, also from Toshiaki Makita.
7) Put in a compromise for TCP Small Queues so that deep queued devices
that delay TX reclaim non-trivially don't have such a performance
decrease. One particularly problematic area is 802.11 AMPDU in
wireless. From Eric Dumazet.
8) Fix crashes in tcp_fastopen_cache_get(), we can see NULL socket dsts
here. Fix from Eric Dumzaet, reported by Dave Jones.
9) Fix use after free in ipv6 SIT driver, from Willem de Bruijn.
10) When computing mergeable buffer sizes, virtio-net fails to take the
virtio-net header into account. From Michael Dalton.
11) Fix seqlock deadlock in ip4_datagram_connect() wrt. statistic
bumping, this one has been with us for a while. From Eric Dumazet.
12) Fix NULL deref in the new TIPC fragmentation handling, from Erik
Hugne.
13) 6lowpan bit used for traffic classification was wrong, from Jukka
Rissanen.
14) macvlan has the same issue as normal vlans did wrt. propagating LRO
disabling down to the real device, fix it the same way. From Michal
Kubecek.
15) CPSW driver needs to soft reset all slaves during suspend, from
Daniel Mack.
16) Fix small frame pacing in FQ packet scheduler, from Eric Dumazet.
17) The xen-netfront RX buffer refill timer isn't properly scheduled on
partial RX allocation success, from Ma JieYue.
18) When ipv6 ping protocol support was added, the AF_INET6 protocol
initialization cleanup path on failure was borked a little. Fix
from Vlad Yasevich.
19) If a socket disconnects during a read/recvmsg/recvfrom/etc that
blocks we can do the wrong thing with the msg_name we write back to
userspace. From Hannes Frederic Sowa. There is another fix in the
works from Hannes which will prevent future problems of this nature.
20) Fix route leak in VTI tunnel transmit, from Fan Du.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (106 commits)
genetlink: make multicast groups const, prevent abuse
genetlink: pass family to functions using groups
genetlink: add and use genl_set_err()
genetlink: remove family pointer from genl_multicast_group
genetlink: remove genl_unregister_mc_group()
hsr: don't call genl_unregister_mc_group()
quota/genetlink: use proper genetlink multicast APIs
drop_monitor/genetlink: use proper genetlink multicast APIs
genetlink: only pass array to genl_register_family_with_ops()
tcp: don't update snd_nxt, when a socket is switched from repair mode
atm: idt77252: fix dev refcnt leak
xfrm: Release dst if this dst is improper for vti tunnel
netlink: fix documentation typo in netlink_set_err()
be2net: Delete secondary unicast MAC addresses during be_close
be2net: Fix unconditional enabling of Rx interface options
net, virtio_net: replace the magic value
ping: prevent NULL pointer dereference on write to msg_name
bnx2x: Prevent "timeout waiting for state X"
bnx2x: prevent CFC attention
bnx2x: Prevent panic during DMAE timeout
...
Register generic netlink multicast groups as an array with
the family and give them contiguous group IDs. Then instead
of passing the global group ID to the various functions that
send messages, pass the ID relative to the family - for most
families that's just 0 because the only have one group.
This avoids the list_head and ID in each group, adding a new
field for the mcast group ID offset to the family.
At the same time, this allows us to prevent abusing groups
again like the quota and dropmon code did, since we can now
check that a family only uses a group it owns.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This doesn't really change anything, but prepares for the
next patch that will change the APIs to pass the group ID
within the family, rather than the global group ID.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a static inline to generic netlink to wrap netlink_set_err()
to make it easier to use here - use it in openvswitch (the only
generic netlink user of netlink_set_err()).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no reason to have the family pointer there since it
can just be passed internally where needed, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are no users of this API remaining, and we'll soon
change group registration to be static (like ops are now)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As suggested by David Miller, make genl_register_family_with_ops()
a macro and pass only the array, evaluating ARRAY_SIZE() in the
macro, this is a little safer.
The openvswitch has some indirection, assing ops/n_ops directly in
that code. This might ultimately just assign the pointers in the
family initializations, saving the struct genl_family_and_ops and
code (once mcast groups are handled differently.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the ops assignment is just two variables rather than a
long list iteration etc., there's no reason to separately export
__genl_register_family() and __genl_register_family_with_ops().
Unify the two functions into __genl_register_family() and make
genl_register_family_with_ops() call it after assigning the ops.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull trivial tree updates from Jiri Kosina:
"Usual earth-shaking, news-breaking, rocket science pile from
trivial.git"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (23 commits)
doc: usb: Fix typo in Documentation/usb/gadget_configs.txt
doc: add missing files to timers/00-INDEX
timekeeping: Fix some trivial typos in comments
mm: Fix some trivial typos in comments
irq: Fix some trivial typos in comments
NUMA: fix typos in Kconfig help text
mm: update 00-INDEX
doc: Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt fix typo
DRM: comment: `halve' -> `half'
Docs: Kconfig: `devlopers' -> `developers'
doc: typo on word accounting in kprobes.c in mutliple architectures
treewide: fix "usefull" typo
treewide: fix "distingush" typo
mm/Kconfig: Grammar s/an/a/
kexec: Typo s/the/then/
Documentation/kvm: Update cpuid documentation for steal time and pv eoi
treewide: Fix common typo in "identify"
__page_to_pfn: Fix typo in comment
Correct some typos for word frequency
clk: fixed-factor: Fix a trivial typo
...
To save some space in the struct on 32-bit systems,
make the flags a u8 (only 4 bits are used) and also
move them to the end of the struct.
This has no impact on 64-bit systems as alignment of
the struct in an array uses up the space anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow making the ops array const by not modifying the ops
flags on registration but rather only when ops are sent
out in the family information.
No users are updated yet except for the pre_doit/post_doit
calls in wireless (the only ones that exist now.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using a linked list, use an array. This reduces
the data size needed by the users of genetlink, for example
in wireless (net/wireless/nl80211.c) on 64-bit it frees up
over 1K of data space.
Remove the attempted sending of CTRL_CMD_NEWOPS ctrl event
since genl_ctrl_event(CTRL_CMD_NEWOPS, ...) only returns
-EINVAL anyway, therefore no such event could ever be sent.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
genl_register_ops() is still needed for internal registration,
but is no longer available to users of the API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pushing original fragments through causes several problems. For example
for matching, frags may not be matched correctly. Take following
example:
<example>
On HOSTA do:
ip6tables -I INPUT -p icmpv6 -j DROP
ip6tables -I INPUT -p icmpv6 -m icmp6 --icmpv6-type 128 -j ACCEPT
and on HOSTB you do:
ping6 HOSTA -s2000 (MTU is 1500)
Incoming echo requests will be filtered out on HOSTA. This issue does
not occur with smaller packets than MTU (where fragmentation does not happen)
</example>
As was discussed previously, the only correct solution seems to be to use
reassembled skb instead of separete frags. Doing this has positive side
effects in reducing sk_buff by one pointer (nfct_reasm) and also the reams
dances in ipvs and conntrack can be removed.
Future plan is to remove net/ipv6/netfilter/nf_conntrack_reasm.c
entirely and use code in net/ipv6/reassembly.c instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is already possible to set/put/renew a label
with IPV6_FLOWLABEL_MGR and setsockopt. This patch
add the possibility to get information about this
label (current value, time before expiration, etc).
It helps application to take decision for a renew
or a release of the label.
v2:
* Add spin_lock to prevent race condition
* return -ENOENT if no result found
* check if flr_action is GET
v3:
* move the spin_lock to protect only the
relevant code
Signed-off-by: Florent Fourcot <florent.fourcot@enst-bretagne.fr>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function has usage beside IPsec so move it to the core skbuff code.
While doing so, give it some documentation and change its return type to
'unsigned char *' to be in line with skb_put().
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <mathias.krause@secunet.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just an unnecessary semicolon that should be removed...
Whitespace neatening of macro too.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sockets marked with IP_PMTUDISC_INTERFACE won't do path mtu discovery,
their sockets won't accept and install new path mtu information and they
will always use the interface mtu for outgoing packets. It is guaranteed
that the packet is not fragmented locally. But we won't set the DF-Flag
on the outgoing frames.
Florian Weimer had the idea to use this flag to ensure DNS servers are
never generating outgoing fragments. They may well be fragmented on the
path, but the server never stores or usees path mtu values, which could
well be forged in an attack.
(The root of the problem with path MTU discovery is that there is
no reliable way to authenticate ICMP Fragmentation Needed But DF Set
messages because they are sent from intermediate routers with their
source addresses, and the IMCP payload will not always contain sufficient
information to identify a flow.)
Recent research in the DNS community showed that it is possible to
implement an attack where DNS cache poisoning is feasible by spoofing
fragments. This work was done by Amir Herzberg and Haya Shulman:
<https://sites.google.com/site/hayashulman/files/fragmentation-poisoning.pdf>
This issue was previously discussed among the DNS community, e.g.
<http://www.ietf.org/mail-archive/web/dnsext/current/msg01204.html>,
without leading to fixes.
This patch depends on the patch "ipv4: fix DO and PROBE pmtu mode
regarding local fragmentation with UFO/CORK" for the enforcement of the
non-fragmentable checks. If other users than ip_append_page/data should
use this semantic too, we have to add a new flag to IPCB(skb)->flags to
suppress local fragmentation and check for this in ip_finish_output.
Many thanks to Florian Weimer for the idea and feedback while implementing
this patch.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suggested-by: Florian Weimer <fweimer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Please accept the following pull request intended for the 3.13 tree...
I had intended to pass most of these to you as much as two weeks ago.
Unfortunately, I failed to account for the effects of bad Internet
connections and my own fatique/laziness while traveling. On the bright
side, at least these have been baking in linux-next for some time!
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"This time I have two fixes for P2P (which requires not using CCK rates)
and a workaround for APs with broken WMM information."
For the iwlwifi bits, Johannes says:
"I have a few fixes for warnings/issues: one from Alex, fixing scan
timings, one from Emmanuel fixing a WARN_ON in the DVM driver, one from
Stanislaw removing a trigger-happy WARN_ON in the MVM driver and a
change from myself to try to recover when the device isn't processing
commands quickly."
And:
"For this round, I have a lot of changes:
* power management improvements
* BT coexistence improvements/updates
* new device support
* VHT support
* IBSS support (though due to a small bug it requires new firmware)
* various other fixes/improvements."
For the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"More patches for 3.12, busy times for Bluetooth. More than a 100 commits since
the last pull. The bulk of work comes from Johan and Marcel, they are doing
fixes and improvements all over the Bluetooth subsystem, as the diffstat can
show."
For the ath10k and ath6kl bits, Kalle says:
"Bartosz added support to ath10k for our 10.x AP firmware branch, which
gives us AP specific features and fixes. We still support the main
firmware branch as well just like before, ath10k detects runtime what
firmware is used. Unfortunately the firmware interface in 10.x branch is
somewhat different so there was quite a lot of changes in ath10k for
this.
Michal and Sujith did some performance improvements in ath10k. Vladimir
fixed a compiler warning and Fengguang removed an extra semicolon."
For the NFC bits, Samuel says:
"It's a fairly big one, with the following highlights:
- NFC digital layer implementation: Most NFC chipsets implement the NFC
digital layer in firmware, but others have more basic functionalities
and expect the host to implement the digital layer. This layer sits
below the NFC core.
- Sony's port100 support: This is "soft" NFC USB dongle that expects the
digital layer to be implemented on the host. This is the first user of
our NFC digital stack implementation.
- Secure element API: We now provide a netlink API for enabling,
disabling and discovering NFC attached (embedded or UICC ones) secure
elements. With some userspace help, this allows us to support NFC
payments.
Only the pn544 driver currently supports that API.
- NCI SPI fixes and improvements: In order to support NCI devices over
SPI, we fixed and improved our NCI/SPI implementation. The currently
most deployed NFC NCI chipset, Broadcom's bcm2079x, supports that mode
and we're planning to use our NCI/SPI framework to implement a
driver for it.
- pn533 fragmentation support in target mode: This was the only missing
feature from our pn533 impementation. We now support fragmentation in
both Tx and Rx modes, in target mode."
On top of all that, brcmfmac and rt2x00 both get the usual flurry
of updates. A few other drivers get hit here or there as well.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As described in commit 5a581b367 (jiffies: Avoid undefined
behavior from signed overflow), according to the C standard
3.4.3p3, overflow of a signed integer results in undefined
behavior.
To fix this, do as the above commit, and do an unsigned
subtraction, and interpreting the result as a signed
two's-complement number. This is based on the theory from
RFC 1982 and is nicely described in wikipedia here:
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Serial_number_arithmetic#General_Solution
A side-note, I have seen practical issues with the previous logic
when dealing with 16-bit, on a 64-bit machine (gcc version
4.4.5). This were 32-bit, which I have not observed issues with.
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <netoptimizer@brouer.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Slow start now increases cwnd by 1 if an ACK acknowledges some packets,
regardless the number of packets. Consequently slow start performance
is highly dependent on the degree of the stretch ACKs caused by
receiver or network ACK compression mechanisms (e.g., delayed-ACK,
GRO, etc). But slow start algorithm is to send twice the amount of
packets of packets left so it should process a stretch ACK of degree
N as if N ACKs of degree 1, then exits when cwnd exceeds ssthresh. A
follow up patch will use the remainder of the N (if greater than 1)
to adjust cwnd in the congestion avoidance phase.
In addition this patch retires the experimental limited slow start
(LSS) feature. LSS has multiple drawbacks but questionable benefit. The
fractional cwnd increase in LSS requires a loop in slow start even
though it's rarely used. Configuring such an increase step via a global
sysctl on different BDPS seems hard. Finally and most importantly the
slow start overshoot concern is now better covered by the Hybrid slow
start (hystart) enabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
This is another batch containing Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next
tree, they are:
* Six patches to make the ipt_CLUSTERIP target support netnamespace,
from Gao feng.
* Two cleanups for the nf_conntrack_acct infrastructure, introducing
a new structure to encapsulate conntrack counters, from Holger
Eitzenberger.
* Fix missing verdict in SCTP support for IPVS, from Daniel Borkmann.
* Skip checksum recalculation in SCTP support for IPVS, also from
Daniel Borkmann.
* Fix behavioural change in xt_socket after IP early demux, from
Florian Westphal.
* Fix bogus large memory allocation in the bitmap port set type in ipset,
from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Fix possible compilation issues in the hash netnet set type in ipset,
also from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Define constants to identify netlink callback data in ipset dumps,
again from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Use sock_gen_put() in xt_socket to replace xt_socket_put_sk,
from Eric Dumazet.
* Improvements for the SH scheduler in IPVS, from Alexander Frolkin.
* Remove extra delay due to unneeded rcu barrier in IPVS net namespace
cleanup path, from Julian Anastasov.
* Save some cycles in ip6t_REJECT by skipping checksum validation in
packets leaving from our stack, from Stanislav Fomichev.
* Fix IPVS_CMD_ATTR_MAX definition in IPVS, larger that required, from
Julian Anastasov.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a build warning in skb_checksum() by wrapping the
csum_partial() usage in skb_checksum(). The problem is that on a few
architectures, csum_partial is used with prefix asmlinkage whereas
on most architectures it's not. So fix this up generically as we did
with csum_block_add_ext() to match the signature. Introduced by
2817a336d4 ("net: skb_checksum: allow custom update/combine for
walking skb").
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be.h
drivers/net/netconsole.c
net/bridge/br_private.h
Three mostly trivial conflicts.
The net/bridge/br_private.h conflict was a function signature (argument
addition) change overlapping with the extern removals from Joe Perches.
In drivers/net/netconsole.c we had one change adjusting a printk message
whilst another changed "printk(KERN_INFO" into "pr_info(".
Lastly, the emulex change was a new inline function addition overlapping
with Joe Perches's extern removals.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes an outstanding bug found through IPVS, where SCTP packets
with skb->data_len > 0 (non-linearized) and empty frag_list, but data
accumulated in frags[] member, are forwarded with incorrect checksum
letting SCTP initial handshake fail on some systems. Linearizing each
SCTP skb in IPVS to prevent that would not be a good solution as
this leads to an additional and unnecessary performance penalty on
the load-balancer itself for no good reason (as we actually only want
to update the checksum, and can do that in a different/better way
presented here).
The actual problem is elsewhere, namely, that SCTP's checksumming
in sctp_compute_cksum() does not take frags[] into account like
skb_checksum() does. So while we are fixing this up, we better reuse
the existing code that we have anyway in __skb_checksum() and use it
for walking through the data doing checksumming. This will not only
fix this issue, but also consolidates some SCTP code with core
sk_buff code, bringing it closer together and removing respectively
avoiding reimplementation of skb_checksum() for no good reason.
As crc32c() can use hardware implementation within the crypto layer,
we leave that intact (it wraps around / falls back to e.g. slice-by-8
algorithm in __crc32c_le() otherwise); plus use the __crc32c_le_combine()
combinator for crc32c blocks.
Also, we remove all other SCTP checksumming code, so that we only
have to use sctp_compute_cksum() from now on; for doing that, we need
to transform SCTP checkumming in output path slightly, and can leave
the rest intact.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, skb_checksum walks over 1) linearized, 2) frags[], and
3) frag_list data and calculats the one's complement, a 32 bit
result suitable for feeding into itself or csum_tcpudp_magic(),
but unsuitable for SCTP as we're calculating CRC32c there.
Hence, in order to not re-implement the very same function in
SCTP (and maybe other protocols) over and over again, use an
update() + combine() callback internally to allow for walking
over the skb with different algorithms.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Encapsulate counters for both directions into nf_conn_acct. During
that process also consistently name pointers to the extend 'acct',
not 'counters'. This patch is a cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Conflicts:
net/xfrm/xfrm_policy.c
Minor merge conflict in xfrm_policy.c, consisting of overlapping
changes which were trivial to resolve.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the burden from the NIC drivers to check if the
vxlan driver is enabled in the kernel and also makes available
the vxlan headrooms to them.
Signed-off-by: Joseph Gasparakis <joseph.gasparakis@intel.com>
Tested-by: Kavindya Deegala <kavindya.s.deegala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
struct esp_data consists of a single pointer, vanishing the need for it
to be a structure. Fold the pointer into 'data' direcly, removing one
level of pointer indirection.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <mathias.krause@secunet.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The padlen member of struct esp_data is always zero. Get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <mathias.krause@secunet.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The code for privacy extentions is very mature, and making it
configurable only gives marginal memory/code savings in exchange
for obfuscation and hard to read code via CPP ifdef'ery.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This can be used by a driver to prepare skbs for transmission, which were
obtained via functions such as ieee80211_probereq_get or
ieee80211_nullfunc_get.
This is useful for drivers that want to send those frames directly, but
need rate control information to be prepared first.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers can now use this to parse the regulatory request and
be more verbose when needed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Document the IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES flag.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To use DFS in IBSS mode, userspace is required to react to radar events.
It can inform nl80211 that it is capable of doing so by adding a
NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS attribute when joining the IBSS.
This attribute is supplied to let the kernelspace know that the
userspace application can and will handle radar events, e.g. by
intiating channel switches to a valid channel. DFS channels may
only be used if this attribute is supplied and the driver supports
it. Driver support will be checked even if a channel without DFS
will be initially joined, as a DFS channel may be chosen later.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[fix attribute name in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On receiving a packet too big icmp error we update the expire value by
calling rt6_update_expires. This function uses dst_set_expires which is
implemented that it can only reduce the expiration value of the dst entry.
If we insert new routing non-expiry information into the ipv6 fib where
we already have a matching rt6_info we only clear the RTF_EXPIRES flag
in rt6i_flags and leave the dst.expires value as is.
When new mtu information arrives for that cached dst_entry we again
call dst_set_expires. This time it won't update the dst.expire value
because we left the dst.expire value intact from the last update. So
dst_set_expires won't touch dst.expires.
Fix this by resetting dst.expires when clearing the RTF_EXPIRE flag.
dst_set_expires checks for a zero expiration and updates the
dst.expires.
In the past this (not updating dst.expires) was necessary because
dst.expire was placed in a union with the dst_entry *from reference
and rt6_clean_expires did assign NULL to it. This split happend in
ecd9883724 ("ipv6: fix race condition
regarding dst->expires and dst->from").
Reported-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com>
Reported-by: Valentijn Sessink <valentyn@blub.net>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Valentijn Sessink <valentyn@blub.net>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All fragmentation hash secrets now get initialized by their
corresponding hash function with net_get_random_once. Thus we can
eliminate the initial seeding.
Also provide a comment that hash secret seeding happens at the first
call to the corresponding hashing function.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the fragmentation hash secret initialization for IPv6 like the
previous patch did for IPv4.
Because the netfilter logic reuses the hash secret we have to split it
first. Thus introduce a new nf_hash_frag function which takes care to
seed the hash secret.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
include/net/dst.h
Trivial merge conflicts, both were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2e685cad57 (tcp_memcontrol: Kill struct tcp_memcontrol) falsly modified
the access to memory_pressure of sk->sk_prot->memory_pressure. The patch
did modify the memory_pressure-field of struct cg_proto, but not the one
of struct proto.
So, the access to sk_prot->memory_pressure should not be changed.
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
What sk_reset_txq() does is just calls function sk_tx_queue_reset(),
and sk_reset_txq() is used only in sock.h, by dst_negative_advice().
Let dst_negative_advice() calls sk_tx_queue_reset() directly so we
can remove unneeded sk_reset_txq().
Signed-off-by: ZHAO Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This has no other impact than a cosmetic one.
Signed-off-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace the pointers in struct cg_proto with actual data fields and kill
struct tcp_memcontrol as it is not fully redundant.
This removes a confusing, unnecessary layer of abstraction.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code that is implemented is per memory cgroup not per netns, and
having per netns bits is just confusing. Remove the per netns bits to
make it easier to see what is really going on.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code is broken and does not constrain sysctl_tcp_mem as
tcp_update_limit does. With the result that it allows the cgroup tcp
memory limits to be bypassed.
The semantics are broken as the settings are not per netns and are in a
per netns table, and instead looks at current.
Since the code is broken in both design and implementation and does not
implement the functionality for which it was written remove it.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function is never called. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure rt6i_gateway contains nexthop information in
all routes returned from lookup or when routes are directly
attached to skb for generated ICMP packets.
The effect of this patch should be a faster version of
rt6_nexthop() and the consideration of local addresses as
nexthop.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In v3.9 6fd6ce2056 ("ipv6: Do not depend on rt->n in
ip6_finish_output2()." changed the behaviour of ip6_finish_output2()
such that the recently introduced rt6_nexthop() is used
instead of an assigned neighbor.
As rt6_nexthop() prefers rt6i_gateway only for gatewayed
routes this causes a problem for users like IPVS, xt_TEE and
RAW(hdrincl) if they want to use different address for routing
compared to the destination address.
Another case is when redirect can create RTF_DYNAMIC
route without RTF_GATEWAY flag, we ignore the rt6i_gateway
in rt6_nexthop().
Fix the above problems by considering the rt6i_gateway if
present, so that traffic routed to address on local subnet is
not wrongly diverted to the destination address.
Thanks to Simon Horman and Phil Oester for spotting the
problematic commit.
Thanks to Hannes Frederic Sowa for his review and help in testing.
Reported-by: Phil Oester <kernel@linuxace.com>
Reported-by: Mark Brooks <mark@loadbalancer.org>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no access to chan->sk in L2CAP core now. This change marks the
end of the task of splitting L2CAP between Core and Socket, thus sk is now
gone from struct l2cap_chan.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Adding the channel to the skb private data makes possible to us know which
channel the skb we have came from.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Changed key initialization of tcp_fastopen cookies to net_get_random_once.
If the user sets a custom key net_get_random_once must be called at
least once to ensure we don't overwrite the user provided key when the
first cookie is generated later on.
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialize the ehash and ipv6_hash_secrets with net_get_random_once.
Each compilation unit gets its own secret now:
ipv4/inet_hashtables.o
ipv4/udp.o
ipv6/inet6_hashtables.o
ipv6/udp.o
rds/connection.o
The functions still get inlined into the hashing functions. In the fast
path we have at most two (needed in ipv6) if (unlikely(...)).
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch splits the secret key for syncookies for ipv4 and ipv6 and
initializes them with net_get_random_once. This change was the reason I
did this series. I think the initialization of the syncookie_secret is
way to early.
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch splits the inet6_ehashfn into separate ones in
ipv6/inet6_hashtables.o and ipv6/udp.o to ease the introduction of
seperate secrets keys later.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This duplicates a bit of code but let's us easily introduce
separate secret keys later. The separate compilation units are
ipv4/inet_hashtabbles.o, ipv4/udp.o and rds/connection.o.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes gre_handle_offloads() more generic
and rename it to iptunnel_handle_offloads()
This will be used to add GSO/TSO support to IPIP tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_NETLABEL is disabled, the cipso_v4_validate() function could loop
forever in the main loop if opt[opt_iter +1] == 0, this will causing a kernel
crash in an SMP system, since the CPU executing this function will
stall /not respond to IPIs.
This problem can be reproduced by running the IP Stack Integrity Checker
(http://isic.sourceforge.net) using the following command on a Linux machine
connected to DUT:
"icmpsic -s rand -d <DUT IP address> -r 123456"
wait (1-2 min)
Signed-off-by: Seif Mazareeb <seif@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Device Under Test (DUT) mode is useful for doing certification
testing and so expose this as debugfs option.
This mode is actually special since you can only enter it. Restoring
normal operation means that a HCI Reset is required. The current mode
value gets tracked as a new device flag and when disabling it, the
correct command to reset the controller is sent.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For testing purposes expose the default LE connection interval values
via debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Enabling and disabling SSP debug mode is useful for development. This
adds a debugfs entry that allows to configure the SSP debug mode.
On purpose this has been implemented as debugfs entry and not a public
API since it is really only useful during testing and development.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The conn->interval parameter of HCI connections is not used at all
and so just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The own address type is based on the fact if the controller has
a public address or not. This means that this detail can be just
configured once during setup phase.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Drivers can now use this to parse the regulatory request and
be more verbose when needed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's a fairly big one, with the following highlights:
- NFC digital layer implementation: Most NFC chipsets implement the NFC
digital layer in firmware, but others have more basic functionalities
and expect the host to implement the digital layer. This layer sits
below the NFC core.
- Sony's port100 support: This is "soft" NFC USB dongle that expects the
digital layer to be implemented on the host. This is the first user of
our NFC digital stack implementation.
- Secure element API: We now provide a netlink API for enabling,
disabling and discovering NFC attached (embedded or UICC ones) secure
elements. With some userspace help, this allows us to support NFC
payments.
Only the pn544 driver currently supports that API.
- NCI SPI fixes and improvements: In order to support NCI devices over
SPI, we fixed and improved our NCI/SPI implementation. The currently
most deployed NFC NCI chipset, Broadcom's bcm2079x, supports that mode
and we're planning to use our NCI/SPI framework to implement a
driver for it.
- pn533 fragmentation support in target mode: This was the only missing
feature from our pn533 impementation. We now support fragmentation in
both Tx and Rx modes, in target mode.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.14 (GNU/Linux)
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJSUqvzAAoJEIqAPN1PVmxKKHEP/1mK8kWx9ZZ8egkrkzaTw4lW
J9uJq2kTGv5tfEfWjuigAhz5kHB6qLTJLx8FEBZAHazLfa4Az0Zm2G7I7+GTQAMV
Mw+uAAI22GGnNgdTNzXDAqgS76Eul2PiWf2UwAbKFZWiyEj5Vf/eZBJAS9nTKLM3
En37wBjvMpVgj6ZwOHKsqPR801NSa3HiM653tkmgSsk3QVL3b7s+kynSuAtshsmA
twzymUoJFfYePVnQNRnT3PVPR6w0tRNs4vdq8j5UUuoj1vgKC0/h6nIz2aCURwyE
j1pQlSy4ykASM8QZNI2jv3VaOFxmASig2GOgzvCeBZOmCBdlNq13ZY/T0SmmiYES
LTbg6Pmh5BXID95GqcFcJaC+iS+QNZK+RWhNYmj+JWCuqZ9Qcja3++IoQ7m/pAip
WfyQsO7lD7wPhXUu4IMxfyKNu8u4nCiHdBMp7TBVXiWIVUMxIcoM0auNW4O1qSvW
eLq0f1oqQXE9hIrJ4oYUZmn9D5CKRLIXr9SVcmat+VxmV/+jFgV5cMQIGRdDAEUq
4g5g7Avbpkkccn9wdFaIm0VpxMebaNFSWVfBOw4L7PF56lqns6shBcq3W3OvDf60
/Tn0oe9Qqvr17xarJackFkF8beBkJaKOJv9M5+KjlVgGexcNMMTIiwj8aPl6+mqC
t5n6tCp0g941jB3qAV2G
=K1A5
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.13-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> says:
"This is the first NFC pull request for the 3.13 kernel.
It's a fairly big one, with the following highlights:
- NFC digital layer implementation: Most NFC chipsets implement the NFC
digital layer in firmware, but others have more basic functionalities
and expect the host to implement the digital layer. This layer sits
below the NFC core.
- Sony's port100 support: This is "soft" NFC USB dongle that expects the
digital layer to be implemented on the host. This is the first user of
our NFC digital stack implementation.
- Secure element API: We now provide a netlink API for enabling,
disabling and discovering NFC attached (embedded or UICC ones) secure
elements. With some userspace help, this allows us to support NFC
payments.
Only the pn544 driver currently supports that API.
- NCI SPI fixes and improvements: In order to support NCI devices over
SPI, we fixed and improved our NCI/SPI implementation. The currently
most deployed NFC NCI chipset, Broadcom's bcm2079x, supports that mode
and we're planning to use our NCI/SPI framework to implement a
driver for it.
- pn533 fragmentation support in target mode: This was the only missing
feature from our pn533 impementation. We now support fragmentation in
both Tx and Rx modes, in target mode."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
1) Don't use a wildcard SA if a more precise one is in acquire state,
from Fan Du.
2) Simplify the SA lookup when using wildcard source. We need to check
only the destination in this case, from Fan Du.
3) Add a receive path hook for IPsec virtual tunnel interfaces
to xfrm6_mode_tunnel.
4) Add support for IPsec virtual tunnel interfaces to ipv6.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename tcp_tso_segment() to tcp_gso_segment(), to better reflect
what is going on, and ease grep games.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device_add handling can be done directly in hci_register_dev and
device_remove within hci_unregister_dev.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The device blacklist is not taking care of the address type. Actually
store the address type in the list entries and also use them when
looking up addresses in the table.
This is actually a serious bug. When adding a LE public address to
the blacklist, then it would be blocking a device on BR/EDR. And this
is not the expected behavior.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
John W. Linville says:
====================
This is a batch of updates intended for the 3.13 stream...
The biggest item of interest in here is wcn36xx, the new mac80211
driver for Qualcomm WCN3660/WCN3680 hardware.
Regarding the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"We have an assortment of cleanups and new features, of which the
biggest one is probably the channel-switch support in IBSS. Nothing
else really stands out much."
On top of that, the ath9k and rt2x00 get a lot of update action from
Felix Fietkau and Gabor Juhos, respectively. There are a handful of
updates to other drivers here and there as well.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Half of the rt_cache_stat fields are no longer used after IP
route cache removal, lets shrink this per cpu area.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix (a few hundred) build errors due to missing semi-colon when
KMEMCHECK is enabled:
include/net/inet_timewait_sock.h:139:2: error: expected ',', ';' or '}' before 'int'
include/net/inet_timewait_sock.h:148:28: error: 'const struct inet_timewait_sock' has no member named 'tw_death_node'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dst->xfrm is conditionally defined. Provide accessor funtion that
is always available.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
netfilter updates: nf_tables pull request
The following patchset contains the current original nf_tables tree
condensed in 17 patches. I have organized them by chronogical order
since the original nf_tables code was released in 2009 and by
dependencies between the different patches.
The patches are:
1) Adapt all existing hooks in the tree to pass hook ops to the
hook callback function, required by nf_tables, from Patrick McHardy.
2) Move alloc_null_binding to nf_nat_core, as it is now also needed by
nf_tables and ip_tables, original patch from Patrick McHardy but
required major changes to adapt it to the current tree that I made.
3) Add nf_tables core, including the netlink API, the packet filtering
engine, expressions and built-in tables, from Patrick McHardy. This
patch includes accumulated fixes since 2009 and minor enhancements.
The patch description contains a list of references to the original
patches for the record. For those that are not familiar to the
original work, see [1], [2] and [3].
4) Add netlink set API, this replaces the original set infrastructure
to introduce a netlink API to add/delete sets and to add/delete
set elements. This includes two set types: the hash and the rb-tree
sets (used for interval based matching). The main difference with
ipset is that this infrastructure is data type agnostic. Patch from
Patrick McHardy.
5) Allow expression operation overload, this API change allows us to
provide define expression subtypes depending on the configuration
that is received from user-space via Netlink. It is used by follow
up patches to provide optimized versions of the payload and cmp
expressions and the x_tables compatibility layer, from Patrick
McHardy.
6) Add optimized data comparison operation, it requires the previous
patch, from Patrick McHardy.
7) Add optimized payload implementation, it requires patch 5, from
Patrick McHardy.
8) Convert built-in tables to chain types. Each chain type have special
semantics (filter, route and nat) that are used by userspace to
configure the chain behaviour. The main chain regarding iptables
is that tables become containers of chain, with no specific semantics.
However, you may still configure your tables and chains to retain
iptables like semantics, patch from me.
9) Add compatibility layer for x_tables. This patch adds support to
use all existing x_tables extensions from nf_tables, this is used
to provide a userspace utility that accepts iptables syntax but
used internally the nf_tables kernel core. This patch includes
missing features in the nf_tables core such as the per-chain
stats, default chain policy and number of chain references, which
are required by the iptables compatibility userspace tool. Patch
from me.
10) Fix transport protocol matching, this fix is a side effect of the
x_tables compatibility layer, which now provides a pointer to the
transport header, from me.
11) Add support for dormant tables, this feature allows you to disable
all chains and rules that are contained in one table, from me.
12) Add IPv6 NAT support. At the time nf_tables was made, there was no
NAT IPv6 support yet, from Tomasz Bursztyka.
13) Complete net namespace support. This patch register the protocol
family per net namespace, so tables (thus, other objects contained
in tables such as sets, chains and rules) are only visible from the
corresponding net namespace, from me.
14) Add the insert operation to the nf_tables netlink API, this requires
adding a new position attribute that allow us to locate where in the
ruleset a rule needs to be inserted, from Eric Leblond.
15) Add rule batching support, including atomic rule-set updates by
using rule-set generations. This patch includes a change to nfnetlink
to include two new control messages to indicate the beginning and
the end of a batch. The end message is interpreted as the commit
message, if it's missing, then the rule-set updates contained in the
batch are aborted, from me.
16) Add trace support to the nf_tables packet filtering core, from me.
17) Add ARP filtering support, original patch from Patrick McHardy, but
adapted to fit into the chain type infrastructure. This was recovered
to be used by nft userspace tool and our compatibility arptables
userspace tool.
There is still work to do to fully replace x_tables [4] [5] but that can
be done incrementally by extending our netlink API. Moreover, looking at
netfilter-devel and the amount of contributions to nf_tables we've been
getting, I think it would be good to have it mainstream to avoid accumulating
large patchsets skip continuous rebases.
I tried to provide a reasonable patchset, we have more than 100 accumulated
patches in the original nf_tables tree, so I collapsed many of the small
fixes to the main patch we had since 2009 and provide a small batch for
review to netdev, while trying to retain part of the history.
For those who didn't give a try to nf_tables yet, there's a quick howto
available from Eric Leblond that describes how to get things working [6].
Comments/reviews welcome.
Thanks!
[1] http://lwn.net/Articles/324251/
[2] http://workshop.netfilter.org/2013/wiki/images/e/ee/Nftables-osd-2013-developer.pdf
[3] http://lwn.net/Articles/564095/
[4] http://people.netfilter.org/pablo/map-pending-work.txt
[4] http://people.netfilter.org/pablo/nftables-todo.txt
[5] https://home.regit.org/netfilter-en/nftables-quick-howto/
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes a comment mentioning IRQF_DISABLED,
which is deprecated.
Signed-off-by: Michael Opdenacker <michael.opdenacker@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to use a timer since the entire Bluetooth subsystem
runs using workqueues these days.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since the entire Bluetooth subsystem runs in workqueues these days there
is no need to use a timer for deferring work.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This seems to be a left-over. The module parameter enable_hs has
been removed, but its extern declaration is still present. It is
not needed anymore, so just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The constants for advertising event types have been defined twice. So
remove one copy of it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
On controller power on and when enabling LE functionality,
make sure that also the scan response data is correctly set.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The scan response data needs to be stored in HCI device and so
add a buffer for it and also ensure to clear it when resetting
the controller.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_new_ltk() function is not used and
so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_read_local_oob_data_reply_complete() function
is not used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_set_local_name_complete() function is
not used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_set_class_of_dev_complete() function is
not used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_ssp_enable_complete() function is not
used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_auth_enable_complete() function is not
used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_auth_failed() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_pin_code_neg_reply_complete() function is
not used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_pin_code_reply_complete() function is not
used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_pin_code_request() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The wait_ack code has a heavy dependency on the socket data structures
and, as of now, it won't be worthless change it to use non-socket
structures as the only user of such feature is a socket.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to remove all direct access of struct sock from L2CAP core.
This change is pretty simple and just add a new L2CAP channel callback to
do the work in the L2CAP socket side.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As part of the work to remove struct sock from l2cap_core.c and make it
more generic we remove in this commit the direct access to sk->sk_sndtimeo
member. This objective of this change is purely remove sk usage from
l2cap_core.c
Now we have a new l2cap ops to get the current value of sk->sndtimeo. A
l2cap_chan_no_get_sndtimeo was added for users of L2CAP that doesn't need
to set a timeout.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Instead of creating an new function pointer to report errors we are just
reusing state_change for that and there is a simple reason for this, one
place in the l2cap_core.c code needs, in a locked sk, set both the sk_state
and sk_err. If we create two different functions for this we would need to
release the lock between the two operation putting the socket in non
desired state.
The change is transparent to the l2cap_core.c code, user that only needs
to set the state won't need any modification.
This is another step of an ongoing work to make l2cap_core.c totally
independent from l2cap's struct sock.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the discoverable timeout triggers and limited discoverable mode
was used, then the class of device needs to be updated to remove
the limited discoverable bit.
To keep the class of device logic in a central place, expose a new
function mgmt_discoverable_timeout that can be called from the
timeout callback. In case the class of device value needs updating,
it will add the HCI command to the transaction.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The eir_get_length() function is only used from hci_event.c and so
instead of having a public function move it to the location where
it is used.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The eir_append_data() function is only used from mgmt.c and so
instead of having a public function move it to the location where
it is used.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_new_link_key() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch just adds the HCI command structure for configuring the
current IAC LAP setting. The length of the command is variable and
supports more than two IAC. However since there is only general
discoverable and limited discoverable modes, this can be limited
to two possible IACs.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_write_scan_failed() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_connectable() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_discoverable() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Add a new flag that can be set when in limited discoverable mode. This
flag will cause the limited discoverable bit in the class of device
value to bet set.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Magically updating the advertising data when some random command enables
advertising in the controller is not really a good idea. It also caused
a bit of complicated code with the exported hci_udpate_ad function that
is shared from many places.
This patch consolidates the advertising data update into the management
core. It also makes sure that when powering on with LE enabled or later
on enabling LE the controller has a good default for advertising data.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
commit 578bc3ef1e ("ipvs: reorganize dest trash") added
rcu_barrier() on cleanup to wait dest users and schedulers
like LBLC and LBLCR to put their last dest reference.
Using rcu_barrier with many namespaces is problematic.
Trying to fix it by freeing dest with kfree_rcu is not
a solution, RCU callbacks can run in parallel and execution
order is random.
Fix it by creating new function ip_vs_dest_put_and_free()
which is heavier than ip_vs_dest_put(). We will use it just
for schedulers like LBLC, LBLCR that can delay their dest
release.
By default, dests reference is above 0 if they are present in
service and it is 0 when deleted but still in trash list.
Change the dest trash code to use ip_vs_dest_put_and_free(),
so that refcnt -1 can be used for freeing. As result,
such checks remain in slow path and the rcu_barrier() from
netns cleanup can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Read the current IAC LAP values when initializing the controller. The
values are not used, but it is good to have them in the trace files
for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When initializing a controller make sure to read out the number of
supported IAC and store its result. This value is needed to determine
if limited discoverable for BR/EDR can be configured or not.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds support for tracing the packet travel through
the ruleset, in a similar fashion to x_tables.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds a batch support to nfnetlink. Basically, it adds
two new control messages:
* NFNL_MSG_BATCH_BEGIN, that indicates the beginning of a batch,
the nfgenmsg->res_id indicates the nfnetlink subsystem ID.
* NFNL_MSG_BATCH_END, that results in the invocation of the
ss->commit callback function. If not specified or an error
ocurred in the batch, the ss->abort function is invoked
instead.
The end message represents the commit operation in nftables, the
lack of end message results in an abort. This patch also adds the
.call_batch function that is only called from the batch receival
path.
This patch adds atomic rule updates and dumps based on
bitmask generations. This allows to atomically commit a set of
rule-set updates incrementally without altering the internal
state of existing nf_tables expressions/matches/targets.
The idea consists of using a generation cursor of 1 bit and
a bitmask of 2 bits per rule. Assuming the gencursor is 0,
then the genmask (expressed as a bitmask) can be interpreted
as:
00 active in the present, will be active in the next generation.
01 inactive in the present, will be active in the next generation.
10 active in the present, will be deleted in the next generation.
^
gencursor
Once you invoke the transition to the next generation, the global
gencursor is updated:
00 active in the present, will be active in the next generation.
01 active in the present, needs to zero its future, it becomes 00.
10 inactive in the present, delete now.
^
gencursor
If a dump is in progress and nf_tables enters a new generation,
the dump will stop and return -EBUSY to let userspace know that
it has to retry again. In order to invalidate dumps, a global
genctr counter is increased everytime nf_tables enters a new
generation.
This new operation can be used from the user-space utility
that controls the firewall, eg.
nft -f restore
The rule updates contained in `file' will be applied atomically.
cat file
-----
add filter INPUT ip saddr 1.1.1.1 counter accept #1
del filter INPUT ip daddr 2.2.2.2 counter drop #2
-EOF-
Note that the rule 1 will be inactive until the transition to the
next generation, the rule 2 will be evicted in the next generation.
There is a penalty during the rule update due to the branch
misprediction in the packet matching framework. But that should be
quickly resolved once the iteration over the commit list that
contain rules that require updates is finished.
Event notification happens once the rule-set update has been
committed. So we skip notifications is case the rule-set update
is aborted, which can happen in case that the rule-set is tested
to apply correctly.
This patch squashed the following patches from Pablo:
* nf_tables: atomic rule updates and dumps
* nf_tables: get rid of per rule list_head for commits
* nf_tables: use per netns commit list
* nfnetlink: add batch support and use it from nf_tables
* nf_tables: all rule updates are transactional
* nf_tables: attach replacement rule after stale one
* nf_tables: do not allow deletion/replacement of stale rules
* nf_tables: remove unused NFTA_RULE_FLAGS
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Register family per netnamespace to ensure that sets are
only visible in its approapriate namespace.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds the x_tables compatibility layer. This allows you
to use existing x_tables matches and targets from nf_tables.
This compatibility later allows us to use existing matches/targets
for features that are still missing in nf_tables. We can progressively
replace them with native nf_tables extensions. It also provides the
userspace compatibility software that allows you to express the
rule-set using the iptables syntax but using the nf_tables kernel
components.
In order to get this compatibility layer working, I've done the
following things:
* add NFNL_SUBSYS_NFT_COMPAT: this new nfnetlink subsystem is used
to query the x_tables match/target revision, so we don't need to
use the native x_table getsockopt interface.
* emulate xt structures: this required extending the struct nft_pktinfo
to include the fragment offset, which is already obtained from
ip[6]_tables and that is used by some matches/targets.
* add support for default policy to base chains, required to emulate
x_tables.
* add NFTA_CHAIN_USE attribute to obtain the number of references to
chains, required by x_tables emulation.
* add chain packet/byte counters using per-cpu.
* support 32-64 bits compat.
For historical reasons, this patch includes the following patches
that were posted in the netfilter-devel mailing list.
From Pablo Neira Ayuso:
* nf_tables: add default policy to base chains
* netfilter: nf_tables: add NFTA_CHAIN_USE attribute
* nf_tables: nft_compat: private data of target and matches in contiguous area
* nf_tables: validate hooks for compat match/target
* nf_tables: nft_compat: release cached matches/targets
* nf_tables: x_tables support as a compile time option
* nf_tables: fix alias for xtables over nftables module
* nf_tables: add packet and byte counters per chain
* nf_tables: fix per-chain counter stats if no counters are passed
* nf_tables: don't bump chain stats
* nf_tables: add protocol and flags for xtables over nf_tables
* nf_tables: add ip[6]t_entry emulation
* nf_tables: move specific layer 3 compat code to nf_tables_ipv[4|6]
* nf_tables: support 32bits-64bits x_tables compat
* nf_tables: fix compilation if CONFIG_COMPAT is disabled
From Patrick McHardy:
* nf_tables: move policy to struct nft_base_chain
* nf_tables: send notifications for base chain policy changes
From Alexander Primak:
* nf_tables: remove the duplicate NF_INET_LOCAL_OUT
From Nicolas Dichtel:
* nf_tables: fix compilation when nf-netlink is a module
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch converts built-in tables/chains to chain types that
allows you to deploy customized table and chain configurations from
userspace.
After this patch, you have to specify the chain type when
creating a new chain:
add chain ip filter output { type filter hook input priority 0; }
^^^^ ------
The existing chain types after this patch are: filter, route and
nat. Note that tables are just containers of chains with no specific
semantics, which is a significant change with regards to iptables.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add an optimized payload expression implementation for small (up to 4 bytes)
aligned data loads from the linear packet area.
This patch also includes original Patrick McHardy's entitled (nf_tables:
inline nft_payload_fast_eval() into main evaluation loop).
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add an optimized version of nft_data_cmp() that only handles values of to
4 bytes length.
This patch includes original Patrick McHardy's patch entitled (nf_tables:
inline nft_cmp_fast_eval() into main evaluation loop).
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Split the expression ops into two parts and support overloading of
the runtime expression ops based on the requested function through
a ->select_ops() callback.
This can be used to provide optimized implementations, for instance
for loading small aligned amounts of data from the packet or inlining
frequently used operations into the main evaluation loop.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds the new netlink API for maintaining nf_tables sets
independently of the ruleset. The API supports the following operations:
- creation of sets
- deletion of sets
- querying of specific sets
- dumping of all sets
- addition of set elements
- removal of set elements
- dumping of all set elements
Sets are identified by name, each table defines an individual namespace.
The name of a set may be allocated automatically, this is mostly useful
in combination with the NFT_SET_ANONYMOUS flag, which destroys a set
automatically once the last reference has been released.
Sets can be marked constant, meaning they're not allowed to change while
linked to a rule. This allows to perform lockless operation for set
types that would otherwise require locking.
Additionally, if the implementation supports it, sets can (as before) be
used as maps, associating a data value with each key (or range), by
specifying the NFT_SET_MAP flag and can be used for interval queries by
specifying the NFT_SET_INTERVAL flag.
Set elements are added and removed incrementally. All element operations
support batching, reducing netlink message and set lookup overhead.
The old "set" and "hash" expressions are replaced by a generic "lookup"
expression, which binds to the specified set. Userspace is not aware
of the actual set implementation used by the kernel anymore, all
configuration options are generic.
Currently the implementation selection logic is largely missing and the
kernel will simply use the first registered implementation supporting the
requested operation. Eventually, the plan is to have userspace supply a
description of the data characteristics and select the implementation
based on expected performance and memory use.
This patch includes the new 'lookup' expression to look up for element
matching in the set.
This patch includes kernel-doc descriptions for this set API and it
also includes the following fixes.
From Patrick McHardy:
* netfilter: nf_tables: fix set element data type in dumps
* netfilter: nf_tables: fix indentation of struct nft_set_elem comments
* netfilter: nf_tables: fix oops in nft_validate_data_load()
* netfilter: nf_tables: fix oops while listing sets of built-in tables
* netfilter: nf_tables: destroy anonymous sets immediately if binding fails
* netfilter: nf_tables: propagate context to set iter callback
* netfilter: nf_tables: add loop detection
From Pablo Neira Ayuso:
* netfilter: nf_tables: allow to dump all existing sets
* netfilter: nf_tables: fix wrong type for flags variable in newelem
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds nftables which is the intended successor of iptables.
This packet filtering framework reuses the existing netfilter hooks,
the connection tracking system, the NAT subsystem, the transparent
proxying engine, the logging infrastructure and the userspace packet
queueing facilities.
In a nutshell, nftables provides a pseudo-state machine with 4 general
purpose registers of 128 bits and 1 specific purpose register to store
verdicts. This pseudo-machine comes with an extensible instruction set,
a.k.a. "expressions" in the nftables jargon. The expressions included
in this patch provide the basic functionality, they are:
* bitwise: to perform bitwise operations.
* byteorder: to change from host/network endianess.
* cmp: to compare data with the content of the registers.
* counter: to enable counters on rules.
* ct: to store conntrack keys into register.
* exthdr: to match IPv6 extension headers.
* immediate: to load data into registers.
* limit: to limit matching based on packet rate.
* log: to log packets.
* meta: to match metainformation that usually comes with the skbuff.
* nat: to perform Network Address Translation.
* payload: to fetch data from the packet payload and store it into
registers.
* reject (IPv4 only): to explicitly close connection, eg. TCP RST.
Using this instruction-set, the userspace utility 'nft' can transform
the rules expressed in human-readable text representation (using a
new syntax, inspired by tcpdump) to nftables bytecode.
nftables also inherits the table, chain and rule objects from
iptables, but in a more configurable way, and it also includes the
original datatype-agnostic set infrastructure with mapping support.
This set infrastructure is enhanced in the follow up patch (netfilter:
nf_tables: add netlink set API).
This patch includes the following components:
* the netlink API: net/netfilter/nf_tables_api.c and
include/uapi/netfilter/nf_tables.h
* the packet filter core: net/netfilter/nf_tables_core.c
* the expressions (described above): net/netfilter/nft_*.c
* the filter tables: arp, IPv4, IPv6 and bridge:
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_tables_ipv4.c
net/ipv6/netfilter/nf_tables_ipv6.c
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_tables_arp.c
net/bridge/netfilter/nf_tables_bridge.c
* the NAT table (IPv4 only):
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_table_nat_ipv4.c
* the route table (similar to mangle):
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_table_route_ipv4.c
net/ipv6/netfilter/nf_table_route_ipv6.c
* internal definitions under:
include/net/netfilter/nf_tables.h
include/net/netfilter/nf_tables_core.h
* It also includes an skeleton expression:
net/netfilter/nft_expr_template.c
and the preliminary implementation of the meta target
net/netfilter/nft_meta_target.c
It also includes a change in struct nf_hook_ops to add a new
pointer to store private data to the hook, that is used to store
the rule list per chain.
This patch is based on the patch from Patrick McHardy, plus merged
accumulated cleanups, fixes and small enhancements to the nftables
code that has been done since 2009, which are:
From Patrick McHardy:
* nf_tables: adjust netlink handler function signatures
* nf_tables: only retry table lookup after successful table module load
* nf_tables: fix event notification echo and avoid unnecessary messages
* nft_ct: add l3proto support
* nf_tables: pass expression context to nft_validate_data_load()
* nf_tables: remove redundant definition
* nft_ct: fix maxattr initialization
* nf_tables: fix invalid event type in nf_tables_getrule()
* nf_tables: simplify nft_data_init() usage
* nf_tables: build in more core modules
* nf_tables: fix double lookup expression unregistation
* nf_tables: move expression initialization to nf_tables_core.c
* nf_tables: build in payload module
* nf_tables: use NFPROTO constants
* nf_tables: rename pid variables to portid
* nf_tables: save 48 bits per rule
* nf_tables: introduce chain rename
* nf_tables: check for duplicate names on chain rename
* nf_tables: remove ability to specify handles for new rules
* nf_tables: return error for rule change request
* nf_tables: return error for NLM_F_REPLACE without rule handle
* nf_tables: include NLM_F_APPEND/NLM_F_REPLACE flags in rule notification
* nf_tables: fix NLM_F_MULTI usage in netlink notifications
* nf_tables: include NLM_F_APPEND in rule dumps
From Pablo Neira Ayuso:
* nf_tables: fix stack overflow in nf_tables_newrule
* nf_tables: nft_ct: fix compilation warning
* nf_tables: nft_ct: fix crash with invalid packets
* nft_log: group and qthreshold are 2^16
* nf_tables: nft_meta: fix socket uid,gid handling
* nft_counter: allow to restore counters
* nf_tables: fix module autoload
* nf_tables: allow to remove all rules placed in one chain
* nf_tables: use 64-bits rule handle instead of 16-bits
* nf_tables: fix chain after rule deletion
* nf_tables: improve deletion performance
* nf_tables: add missing code in route chain type
* nf_tables: rise maximum number of expressions from 12 to 128
* nf_tables: don't delete table if in use
* nf_tables: fix basechain release
From Tomasz Bursztyka:
* nf_tables: Add support for changing users chain's name
* nf_tables: Change chain's name to be fixed sized
* nf_tables: Add support for replacing a rule by another one
* nf_tables: Update uapi nftables netlink header documentation
From Florian Westphal:
* nft_log: group is u16, snaplen u32
From Phil Oester:
* nf_tables: operational limit match
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Correct common misspelling of "identify" as "indentify" throughout
the kernel
Signed-off-by: Maxime Jayat <maxime@artisandeveloppeur.fr>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Clearing the BT_SK_SUSPEND socket flag from the L2CAP core is causing
a dependency on the socket. So intead of doing that, use a channel
callback into the socket handling to resume.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The L2CAP core should not look into the socket flags to figure out the
setting of defer setup. So introduce a L2CAP channel flag that mirrors
the socket flag.
Since the defer setup option is only set in one place this becomes a
really easy thing to do.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Similar to nat_decode_session, alloc_null_binding is needed for both
ip_tables and nf_tables, so move it to nf_nat_core.c. This change
is required by nf_tables.
This is an adapted version of the original patch from Patrick McHardy.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The L2CAP connectionless channels use SOCK_DGRAM and recvmsg() and need
to receive the remote BD_ADDR and PSM information via msg_name from
the recvmsg() system call.
So in case the L2CAP socket is for connectionless channels, provide
a msg_name callback that can update the data. Also store the remote
BD_ADDR and PSM in the skb so it can be extracted later on.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This allows to add a per socket msg_name callback that can be used
for updating the msg_name information for recvmsg() system calls.
This feature is used by another patch to support address information
on L2CAP connectionless channels.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Every socket protocol now stores its own address information. So
just remove the generic src and dst fields since they are no longer
needed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The address information of RFCOMM sockets should be stored in its
own socket structure. Trying to generalize them is not helpful since
different transports have different address types.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The address information of SCO sockets should be stored in its own
socket structure. Trying to generalize them is not helpful since
different transports have different address types.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of storing a pointer to the addresses for the HCI device
and HCI connection, use them directly. With the recent changes
to address tracking of HCI connections, this becomes simple.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The L2CAP sockets can use BR/EDR public, LE public and LE random
addresses for various combinations of source and destination
devices. So make sure that getsockname(), getpeername() and
accept() return the correct address type.
For this the address type of the source and destination is stored
with the L2CAP channel information. The stored address type is
not the one specific for the HCI protocol. It is the address
type used for the L2CAP sockets and the management interface.
The underlying HCI connections store the HCI address type. If
needed, it gets converted to the socket address type.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the effort of abstracting the L2CAP socket from the underlying
L2CAP channel it is important to store the source and destination
address information directly in the L2CAP channel structure.
Direct access to the HCI connection address information is not
possible since they might not be avaiable at L2CAP channel
creation time. The address information will be updated when
the underlying BR/EDR or LE connection status changes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The source addressed was based on the public address of the HCI device,
but with LE connections this not always the case. For example single
mode LE-only controllers would use a static random address. And this
address is configured by userspace.
To not complicate the lookup of what kind of address is in use, store
the correct source address for each HCI connection.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When establishing LE connections, it is possible to use a public
address (if available) or a random address. The type of address
is only known when creating connections, so make sure it is
stored in hci_conn structure.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The bdaddr_to_le() function tries to convert the internal address
type to one that matches the HCI address type for LE. It does not
handle any address types not used by LE and in the end just make
the code a lot harder to read.
So instead of just hiding behind a magic function, just convert
the internal address type where it needs to be converted. And it
turns out that these are only two cases anyway. One when creating
new LE connections and the other when loading the long term keys.
In both cases this makes it more clear on what it going on.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The l2cap_conn->src and l2cap_conn->dst pointers are no longer in use
and so just remove them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The implementation actually supports the L2CAP connectionless data
channel. So set it as supported in the fixed channels bitmask.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The PSM 0x0021 is dedicated to the 3D profile and has permission to
use security mode 4 level 0 for L2CAP connectionless unicast data
transfers.
When establishing a L2CAP connectionless channel on PSM 0x0021, it
will no longer force Secure Simple Pairing.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The scan interval and window parameters are used for LE passive
background scanning and connection establishment. This allows
userspace to change the values.
These two values should be kept in sync with whatever is used for
the scan parameters service on remote devices. And it puts the
controlling daemon (for example bluetoothd) in charge of setting
the values.
Main use case would be to switch between two sets of values. One
for foreground applications and one for background applications.
At this moment, the values are only used for manual connection
establishment, but soon that should be extended to background
scanning and automatic connection establishment.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The scan interval and window for LE passive scanning and connection
establishment should be configurable on a per controller basis. So
introduce a setting that later on will allow modifying it.
This setting does not affect LE active scanning during device
discovery phase. As long as that phase uses interleaved discovery,
it will continuously scan.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of masking hdev inside the skb->dev parameter, hand it
directly to the driver as a parameter to hdev->send. This makes
the driver interface more clear and simpler.
This patch fixes all drivers to accept and handle the new parameter
of hdev->send callback. Special care has been taken for bpa10x
and btusb drivers that require having skb->dev set to hdev for
the URB transmit complete handlers.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The information of the peer's supported channels and supported operating
classes are required for the driver to perform TDLS off channel
operations. This commit enhances the function nl80211_(new)set_station
to pass this information of the peer to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <c_duttus@qti.qualcomm.com>
[return errors for malformed tuples]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To avoid casting skb->dev into hdev, just let the drivers provide
the hdev directly when calling hci_recv_frame() function.
This patch also fixes up all drivers to provide the hdev.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The smp.h header file is only used internally by the bluetooth.ko
module and is not a public API. So make it local to the core
Bluetooth module.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The a2mp.h header file is only used internally by the bluetooth.ko
module and is not a public API. So make it local to the core
Bluetooth module.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The amp.h header file is only used internally by the bluetooth.ko
module and is not a public API. So make it local to the core
Bluetooth module.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Since there is no use of hdev->ioctl by any Bluetooth driver since
ever, so just lets remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
In commit 634fb979e8 ("inet: includes a sock_common in request_sock")
I forgot that the two ports in sock_common do not have same byte order :
skc_dport is __be16 (network order), but skc_num is __u16 (host order)
So sparse complains because ir_loc_port (mapped into skc_num) is
considered as __u16 while it should be __be16
Let rename ir_loc_port to ireq->ir_num (analogy with inet->inet_num),
and perform appropriate htons/ntohs conversions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP listener refactoring, part 5 :
We want to be able to insert request sockets (SYN_RECV) into main
ehash table instead of the per listener hash table to allow RCU
lookups and remove listener lock contention.
This patch includes the needed struct sock_common in front
of struct request_sock
This means there is no more inet6_request_sock IPv6 specific
structure.
Following inet_request_sock fields were renamed as they became
macros to reference fields from struct sock_common.
Prefix ir_ was chosen to avoid name collisions.
loc_port -> ir_loc_port
loc_addr -> ir_loc_addr
rmt_addr -> ir_rmt_addr
rmt_port -> ir_rmt_port
iif -> ir_iif
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CONFIG_IPV6=n is still a valid choice ;)
It appears we can remove dead code.
Reported-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP listener refactoring, part 4 :
To speed up inet lookups, we moved IPv4 addresses from inet to struct
sock_common
Now is time to do the same for IPv6, because it permits us to have fast
lookups for all kind of sockets, including upcoming SYN_RECV.
Getting IPv6 addresses in TCP lookups currently requires two extra cache
lines, plus a dereference (and memory stall).
inet6_sk(sk) does the dereference of inet_sk(__sk)->pinet6
This patch is way bigger than its IPv4 counter part, because for IPv4,
we could add aliases (inet_daddr, inet_rcv_saddr), while on IPv6,
it's not doable easily.
inet6_sk(sk)->daddr becomes sk->sk_v6_daddr
inet6_sk(sk)->rcv_saddr becomes sk->sk_v6_rcv_saddr
And timewait socket also have tw->tw_v6_daddr & tw->tw_v6_rcv_saddr
at the same offset.
We get rid of INET6_TW_MATCH() as INET6_MATCH() is now the generic
macro.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP listener refactoring, part 3 :
Our goal is to hash SYN_RECV sockets into main ehash for fast lookup,
and parallel SYN processing.
Current inet_ehash_bucket contains two chains, one for ESTABLISH (and
friend states) sockets, another for TIME_WAIT sockets only.
As the hash table is sized to get at most one socket per bucket, it
makes little sense to have separate twchain, as it makes the lookup
slightly more complicated, and doubles hash table memory usage.
If we make sure all socket types have the lookup keys at the same
offsets, we can use a generic and faster lookup. It turns out TIME_WAIT
and ESTABLISHED sockets already have common lookup fields for IPv4.
[ INET_TW_MATCH() is no longer needed ]
I'll provide a follow-up to factorize IPv6 lookup as well, to remove
INET6_TW_MATCH()
This way, SYN_RECV pseudo sockets will be supported the same.
A new sock_gen_put() helper is added, doing either a sock_put() or
inet_twsk_put() [ and will support SYN_RECV later ].
Note this helper should only be called in real slow path, when rcu
lookup found a socket that was moved to another identity (freed/reused
immediately), but could eventually be used in other contexts, like
sock_edemux()
Before patch :
dmesg | grep "TCP established"
TCP established hash table entries: 524288 (order: 11, 8388608 bytes)
After patch :
TCP established hash table entries: 524288 (order: 10, 4194304 bytes)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
include/linux/netdevice.h
net/core/sock.c
Trivial merge issues.
Removal of "extern" for functions declaration in netdevice.h
at the same time "const" was added to an argument.
Two parallel line additions in net/core/sock.c
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The since the removal of the routing cache computing
fib_compute_spec_dst() does a fib_table lookup for each UDP multicast
packet received. This has introduced a performance regression for some
UDP workloads.
This change skips populating the packet info for sockets that do not have
IP_PKTINFO set.
Benchmark results from a netperf UDP_RR test:
Before 89789.68 transactions/s
After 90587.62 transactions/s
Benchmark results from a fio 1 byte UDP multicast pingpong test
(Multicast one way unicast response):
Before 12.63us RTT
After 12.48us RTT
Signed-off-by: Shawn Bohrer <sbohrer@rgmadvisors.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The removal of the routing cache introduced a performance regression for
some UDP workloads since a dst lookup must be done for each packet.
This change caches the dst per socket in a similar manner to what we do
for TCP by implementing early_demux.
For UDP multicast we can only cache the dst if there is only one
receiving socket on the host. Since caching only works when there is
one receiving socket we do the multicast socket lookup using RCU.
For UDP unicast we only demux sockets with an exact match in order to
not break forwarding setups. Additionally since the hash chains may be
long we only check the first socket to see if it is a match and not
waste extra time searching the whole chain when we might not find an
exact match.
Benchmark results from a netperf UDP_RR test:
Before 87961.22 transactions/s
After 89789.68 transactions/s
Benchmark results from a fio 1 byte UDP multicast pingpong test
(Multicast one way unicast response):
Before 12.97us RTT
After 12.63us RTT
Signed-off-by: Shawn Bohrer <sbohrer@rgmadvisors.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dhd_bus.h
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8188ee/phy.h
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8192ce/phy.h
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8192de/phy.h
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/phy.h
Just some minor conflicts between the wireless-next changes
and Joe Perches's "extern" removal from function prototypes
in header files.
John W. Linville says:
====================
Regarding the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"The big work here is from Marcel and Johan. They did a lot of work
in the L2CAP, HCI and MGMT layers. The most important ones are the
addition of a new MGMT command to enable/disable LE advertisement
and the introduction of the HCI user channel to allow applications
to get directly and exclusive access to Bluetooth devices."
As to the ath10k bits, Kalle says:
"Bartosz dropped support for qca98xx hw1.0 hardware from ath10k, it's
just too much to support it. Michal added support for the new firmware
interface. Marek fixed WEP in AP and IBSS mode. Rest of the changes are
minor fixes or cleanups."
And also:
"Major changes are:
* throughput improvements including aligning the RX frames correctly and
optimising HTT layer (Michal)
* remove qca98xx hw1.0 support (Bartosz)
* add support for firmware version 999.999.0.636 (Michal)
* firmware htt statistics support (Kalle)
* fix WEP in AP and IBSS mode (Marek)
* fix a mutex unlock balance in debugfs file (Shafi)
And of course there's a lot of smaller fixes and cleanup."
For the wl12xx bits, Luca says:
"Here are some patches intended for 3.13. Eliad is upstreaming a bunch
of patches that have been pending in the internal tree. Mostly bugfixes
and other small improvements."
Along with that...
Arend and friends bring us a batch of brcmfmac updates, Larry Finger
offers some rtlwifi refactoring, and Sujith sends the usual batch of
ath9k updates. As usual, there are a number of other small updates
from a variety of players as well.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When initializing an AMP controller, read its current known location
data so that it can be analyzed later on.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_discovering() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_remote_name() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_device_found() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_device_disconnected() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_device_connected() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_connect_failed() function is not used
so change it to just return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_disconnect_failed() function is not used
so change it to just return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_set_powered_failed() function is never used
and so make the function just return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value from mgmt_index_added() and mgmt_index_removed()
functions is never used. So do not pretend that returning an error
would actually be handled and just make both functions return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The helper function mgmt_valid_hdev() is more obfuscating the code
then it makes it easier to read. So intead of this helper, use the
direct check for BR/EDR device type.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The mgmt_new_settings() function was only needed to handle the
error case when re-enabling advertising failed. Since that is
now handled internally inside the management core, this function
is not needed anymore. So just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the all LE connections have been disconneted, then it is up to
the host to re-enable advertising at that point. To ensure that the
correct advertising parameters are used, force the usage of the
common helper to enable advertising.
The change just moves the manual enabling of advertising from the
event handler into the management core so that the helper can
be actually shared.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Add the basic HCI structure for building the LE advertising parameters
command.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_amp_capable() function has only a single user inside the L2CAP
core. Instead of exporting the function, place it next to its user.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The AMP controller status constants need to be actually used to avoid
crypted hardcoded numbers.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The special AMP controller id 0 is reserved for the BR/EDR controller
that has the main link. It is a fixed value and so use a constant for
this throughout the code to make it more visible when the handling is
for the BR/EDR channel or when it is for the AMP channel.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There are two defined HCI device types. One is for BR/EDR controllers
and the other is for AMP controllers. The HCI device type is not the
same as the AMP controller type. It just happens that currently the
defined types match, but that is not guaranteed.
Split the usage of AMP controller type into its own domain so that
it is possible to separate between BR/EDR controllers, 802.11 AMP
controllers and any other AMP technology that might be defined in
the future.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Add the constants for BR/EDR and 802.11 AMP controller types.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The list of controllers can be counted ahead of time and inline
inside the AMP discover handling. There is no need to export such
a function at all.
In addition just count the AMP controller and only allocated space
for a single mandatory BR/EDR controller. No need to allocate more
space than needed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
A function is needed so that the HCI event processing can ask the mgmt
code to emit a new settings event. This is necessary e.g. when the event
processing does updates to mgmt related states without any dependency of
actual mgmt commands.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This flag is used to indicate whether we want to have advertising
enabled or not, so give it a more suitable name.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
While working on tcp listener refactoring, I found that it
would really make things easier if sock_common could include
the IPv6 addresses needed in the lookups, instead of doing
very complex games to get their values (depending on sock
being SYN_RECV, ESTABLISHED, TIME_WAIT)
For this to happen, I need to be sure that tcp6_timewait_sock
and tcp_timewait_sock consume same number of cache lines.
This is possible if we only use 32bits for tw_ttd, as we remove
one 32bit hole in inet_timewait_sock
inet_tw_time_stamp() is defined and used, even if its current
implementation looks like tcp_time_stamp : We might need finer
resolution for tcp_time_stamp in the future.
Before patch : sizeof(struct tcp6_timewait_sock) = 0xc8
After patch : sizeof(struct tcp6_timewait_sock) = 0xc0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor out the code that extracts the ports from skb_flow_dissect and
add a new function skb_flow_get_ports which can be re-used.
Suggested-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP listener refactoring, part 2 :
We can use a generic lookup, sockets being in whatever state, if
we are sure all relevant fields are at the same place in all socket
types (ESTABLISH, TIME_WAIT, SYN_RECV)
This patch removes these macros :
inet_addrpair, inet_addrpair, tw_addrpair, tw_portpair
And adds :
sk_portpair, sk_addrpair, sk_daddr, sk_rcv_saddr
Then, INET_TW_MATCH() is really the same than INET_MATCH()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Slave Page Response Timeout event indicates to the Host that a
slave page response timeout has occurred in the BR/EDR Controller.
The Core Spec Addendum 4 adds this command in part B Connectionless
Slave Broadcast.
Bluetooth Core Specification Addendum 4 - Page 110
"7.7.72 Slave Page Response Timeout Event [New Section]
...
Note: this event will be generated if the slave BR/EDR Controller
responds to a page but does not receive the master FHS packet
(see Baseband, Section 8.3.3) within pagerespTO.
Event Parameters: NONE"
Signed-off-by: Dohyun Pyun <dh79.pyun@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: C S Bhargava <cs.bhargava@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Synchronization Train Complete event indicates that the Start
Synchronization Train command has completed.
The Core Spec Addendum 4 adds this command in part B Connectionless
Slave Broadcast.
Bluetooth Core Specification Addendum 4 - Page 103
"7.7.67 Synchronization Train Complete Event [New Section]
...
Event Parameters:
Status 0x00 Start Synchronization Train command completed
successfully.
0x01-0xFF Start Synchronization Train command failed.
See Part D, Error Codes, for error codes and
descriptions."
Signed-off-by: Dohyun Pyun <dh79.pyun@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: C S Bhargava <cs.bhargava@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Start_Synchronization_Train command controls the Synchronization
Train functionality in the BR/EDR Controller.
The Core Spec Addendum 4 adds this command in part B Connectionless
Slave Broadcast.
Bluetooth Core Specification Addendum 4 - Page 86
"7.1.51 Start Synchronization Train Command [New Section]
...
If connectionless slave broadcast mode is not enabled, the Command
Disallowed (0x0C) error code shall be returned. After receiving this
command and returning a Command Status event, the Baseband starts
attempting to send synchronization train packets containing information
related to the enabled Connectionless Slave Broadcast packet timing.
Note: The AFH_Channel_Map used in the synchronization train packets is
configured by the Set_AFH_Channel_Classification command and the local
channel classification in the BR/EDR Controller.
The synchronization train packets will be sent using the parameters
specified by the latest Write_Synchronization_Train_Parameters command.
The Synchronization Train will continue until synchronization_trainTO
slots (as specified in the last Write_Synchronization_Train command)
have passed or until the Host disables the Connectionless Slave Broadcast
logical transport."
Signed-off-by: Dohyun Pyun <dh79.pyun@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: C S Bhargava <cs.bhargava@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
he Set_Connectionless_Slave_Broadcast command controls the
Connectionless Slave Broadcast functionality in the BR/EDR
Controller.
The Core Spec Addendum 4 adds this command in part B Connectionless
Slave Broadcast.
Bluetooth Core Specification Addendum 4 - Page 78
"7.1.49 Set Connectionless Slave Broadcast Command [New Section]
...
The LT_ADDR indicated in the Set_Connectionless_Slave_Broadcast shall be
pre-allocated using the HCI_Set_Reserved_LT_ADDR command. If the
LT_ADDR has not been reserved, the Unknown Connection Identifier (0x02)
error code shall be returned. If the controller is unable to reserve
sufficient bandwidth for the requested activity, the Connection Rejected
Due to Limited Resources (0x0D) error code shall be returned.
The LPO_Allowed parameter informs the BR/EDR Controller whether it is
allowed to sleep.
The Packet_Type parameter specifies which packet types are allowed. The
Host shall either enable BR packet types only, or shall enable EDR and DM1
packet types only.
The Interval_Min and Interval_Max parameters specify the range from which
the BR/EDR Controller must select the Connectionless Slave Broadcast
Interval. The selected Interval is returned."
Signed-off-by: Dohyun Pyun <dh79.pyun@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: C S Bhargava <cs.bhargava@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Write_Synchronization_Train_Parameters command configures
the Synchronization Train functionality in the BR/EDR Controller.
The Core Spec Addendum 4 adds this command in part B Connectionless
Slave Broadcast.
Bluetooth Core Specification Addendum 4 - Page 97
"7.3.90 Write Synchronization Train Parameters Command [New Section]
...
Note: The AFH_Channel_Map used in the Synchronization Train packets is
configured by the Set_AFH_Channel_Classification command and the local
channel classification in the BR/EDR Controller.
Interval_Min and Interval_Max specify the allowed range of
Sync_Train_Interval. Refer to [Vol. 2], Part B, section 2.7.2 for
a detailed description of Sync_Train_Interval. The BR/EDR Controller shall
select an interval from this range and return it in Sync_Train_Interval.
If the Controller is unable to select a value from this range, it shall
return the Invalid HCI Command Parameters (0x12) error code.
Once started (via the Start_Synchronization_Train Command) the
Synchronization Train will continue until synchronization_trainTO slots have
passed or Connectionless Slave Broadcast has been disabled."
Signed-off-by: Dohyun Pyun <dh79.pyun@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: C S Bhargava <cs.bhargava@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Set_Connectionless_Slave_Broadcast_Data command provides the
ability for the Host to set Connectionless Slave Broadcast data in
the BR/EDR Controller.
The Core Spec Addendum 4 adds this command in part B Connectionless
Slave Broadcast.
Bluetooth Core Specification Addendum 4 - Page 93
"7.3.88 Set Connectionless Slave Broadcast Data Command [New Section]
...
If connectionless slave broadcast mode is disabled, this data shall be
kept by the BR/EDR Controller and used once connectionless slave broadcast
mode is enabled. If connectionless slave broadcast mode is enabled,
and this command is successful, this data will be sent starting with
the next Connectionless Slave Broadcast instant.
The Data_Length field may be zero, in which case no data needs to be
provided.
The Host may fragment the data using the Fragment field in the command. If
the combined length of the fragments exceeds the capacity of the largest
allowed packet size specified in the Set Connectionless Slave Broadcast
command, all fragments associated with the data being assembled shall be
discarded and the Invalid HCI Command Parameters error (0x12) shall be
returned."
Signed-off-by: Dohyun Pyun <dh79.pyun@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: C S Bhargava <cs.bhargava@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Delete_Reserved_LT_ADDR command requests that the BR/EDR
Controller cancel the reservation for a specific LT_ADDR reserved for the
purposes of Connectionless Slave Broadcast.
The Core Spec Addendum 4 adds this command in part B Connectionless
Slave Broadcast.
Bluetooth Core Specification Addendum 4 - Page 92
"7.3.87 Delete Reserved LT_ADDR Command [New Section]
...
If the LT_ADDR indicated in the LT_ADDR parameter is not reserved by the
BR/EDR Controller, it shall return the Unknown Connection Identifier (0x02)
error code.
If connectionless slave broadcast mode is still active, then the Controller
shall return the Command Disallowed (0x0C) error code."
Signed-off-by: Dohyun Pyun <dh79.pyun@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: C S Bhargava <cs.bhargava@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Set_Reserved_LT_ADDR command allows the host to request that the
BR/EDR Controller reserve a specific LT_ADDR for Connectionless Slave
Broadcast.
The Core Spec Addendum 4 adds this command in part B Connectionless
Slave Broadcast.
Bluetooth Core Specification Addendum 4 - Page 90
"7.3.86 Set Reserved LT_ADDR Command [New Section]
...
If the LT_ADDR indicated in the LT_ADDR parameter is already in use by the
BR/EDR Controller, it shall return the ACL Connection Already Exists (0x0B)
error code. If the LT_ADDR indicated in the LT_ADDR parameter is out of
range, the controller shall return the Invalid HCI Command Parameters (0x12)
error code. If the command succeeds, then the reserved LT_ADDR shall be
used when issuing subsequent Set Connectionless Slave Broadcast Data and
Set Connectionless Slave Broadcast commands.
To ensure that the reserved LT_ADDR is not already allocated, it is
recommended that this command be issued at some point after HCI_Reset is
issued but before page scanning is enabled or paging is initiated."
Signed-off-by: Dohyun Pyun <dh79.pyun@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: C S Bhargava <cs.bhargava@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Limit the current implementation to a single channel context used by
a single vif, thereby avoiding multi-vif/channel complexities.
Reuse the main function from AP CSA code, but move a portion out in
order to fit the STA scenario.
Add a new mac80211 HW flag so we don't break devices that don't support
channel switch with channel-contexts. The new behavior will be opt-in.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On dual-mode BR/EDR/LE and LE only controllers it is possible
to configure a random address. There are two types or random
addresses, one is static and the other private. Since the
random private addresses require special privacy feature to
be supported, the configuration of these two are kept separate.
This command allows for setting the static random address. It is
only supported on controllers with LE support. The static random
address is suppose to be valid for the lifetime of the controller
or at least until the next power cycle. To ensure such behavior,
setting of the address is limited to when the controller is
powered off.
The special BDADDR_ANY address (00:00:00:00:00:00) can be used to
disable the static address. This is also the default value.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch introduces a new mgmt command for enabling/disabling BR/EDR
functionality. This can be convenient when one wants to make a dual-mode
controller behave like a single-mode one. The command is only available
for dual-mode controllers and requires that LE is enabled before using
it. The BR/EDR setting can be enabled at any point, however disabling it
requires the controller to be powered off (otherwise a "rejected"
response will be sent).
Disabling the BR/EDR setting will automatically disable all other BR/EDR
related settings.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To allow treating dual-mode (BR/EDR/LE) controllers as single-mode ones
(LE-only) we want to introduce a new HCI_BREDR_ENABLED flag to track
whether BR/EDR is enabled or not (previously we simply looked at the
feature bit with lmp_bredr_enabled).
This patch add the new flag and updates the relevant places to test
against it instead of using lmp_bredr_enabled. The flag is by default
enabled when registering an adapter and only cleared if necessary once
the local features have been read during the HCI init procedure.
We cannot completely block BR/EDR usage in case user space uses raw HCI
sockets but the patch tries to block this in places where possible, such
as the various BR/EDR specific ioctls.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Hiding the Bluetooth high speed support behind a module parameter is
not really useful. This can be enabled and disabled at runtime via
the management interface. This also has the advantage that this can
now be changed per controller and not just global.
This patch removes the module parameter and exposes the high speed
setting of the management interface to all controllers.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The BDADDR_LOCAL is a relict from userspace and has never been used
within the kernel. So remove that constant and replace it with a new
BDADDR_NONE that is similar to HCI_DEV_NONE with all bits set.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be.h
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dhd_bus.h
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_synproxy.h
include/net/secure_seq.h
The conflicts are of two varieties:
1) Conflicts with Joe Perches's 'extern' removal from header file
function declarations. Usually it's an argument signature change
or a function being added/removed. The resolutions are trivial.
2) Some overlapping changes in qmi_wwan.c and be.h, one commit adds
a new value, another changes an existing value. That sort of
thing.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net
tree, they are:
* Fix BUG_ON splat due to malformed TCP packets seen by synproxy, from
Patrick McHardy.
* Fix possible weight overflow in lblc and lblcr schedulers due to
32-bits arithmetics, from Simon Kirby.
* Fix possible memory access race in the lblc and lblcr schedulers,
introduced when it was converted to use RCU, two patches from
Julian Anastasov.
* Fix hard dependency on CPU 0 when reading per-cpu stats in the
rate estimator, from Julian Anastasov.
* Fix race that may lead to object use after release, when invoking
ipvsadm -C && ipvsadm -R, introduced when adding RCU, from Julian
Anastasov.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some devices may not be able to report A-MSDUs in
single buffers. Drivers for such devices were
forced to re-assemble A-MSDUs which would then
be eventually disassembled by mac80211. This could
lead to CPU cache thrashing and poor performance.
Since A-MSDU has a single sequence number all
subframes share it. This was in conflict with
retransmission/duplication recovery
(IEEE802.11-2012: 9.3.2.10).
Patch introduces a new flag that is meant to be
set for all individually reported A-MSDU subframes
except the last one. This ensures the
last_seq_ctrl is updated after the last subframe
is processed. If an A-MSDU is actually a duplicate
transmission all reported subframes will be
properly discarded.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[johannes: add braces that were missing even before]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can be useful for drivers if they have any failure cases
when joining an IBSS. Also move setting the queue parameters
to before this new call, in case the new driver op needs them
already.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Warning(include/net/sock.h:411): No description found for parameter
'sk_max_pacing_rate'
Lets please "make htmldocs" and kbuild bot.
Reported-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Move sysctl_local_ports from a global variable into struct netns_ipv4.
- Modify inet_get_local_port_range to take a struct net, and update all
of the callers.
- Move the initialization of sysctl_local_ports into
sysctl_net_ipv4.c:ipv4_sysctl_init_net from inet_connection_sock.c
v2:
- Ensure indentation used tabs
- Fixed ip.h so it applies cleanly to todays net-next
v3:
- Compile fixes of strange callers of inet_get_local_port_range.
This patch now successfully passes an allmodconfig build.
Removed manual inlining of inet_get_local_port_range in ipv4_local_port_range
Originally-by: Samya <samya@twitter.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
include/net/xfrm.h
Simple conflict between Joe Perches "extern" removal for function
declarations in header files and the changes in Steffen's tree.
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
Two patches that are left from the last development cycle.
Manual merging of include/net/xfrm.h is needed. The conflict
can be solved as it is currently done in linux-next.
1) We announce the creation of temporary acquire state via an asyc event,
so the deletion should be annunced too. From Nicolas Dichtel.
2) The VTI tunnels do not real tunning, they just provide a routable
IPsec tunnel interface. So introduce and use xfrm_tunnel_notifier
instead of xfrm_tunnel for xfrm tunnel mode callback. From Fan Du.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use of RCU api makes vxlan code easier to understand. It also
fixes bug due to missing ACCESS_ONCE() on sk_user_data dereference.
In rare case without ACCESS_ONCE() compiler might omit vs on
sk_user_data dereference.
Compiler can use vs as alias for sk->sk_user_data, resulting in
multiple sk_user_data dereference in rcu read context which
could change.
CC: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP packets hitting the SYN proxy through the SYNPROXY target are not
validated by TCP conntrack. When th->doff is below 5, an underflow happens
when calculating the options length, causing skb_header_pointer() to
return NULL and triggering the BUG_ON().
Handle this case gracefully by checking for NULL instead of using BUG_ON().
Reported-by: Martin Topholm <mph@one.com>
Tested-by: Martin Topholm <mph@one.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
As mentioned in commit afe4fd0624 ("pkt_sched: fq: Fair Queue packet
scheduler"), this patch adds a new socket option.
SO_MAX_PACING_RATE offers the application the ability to cap the
rate computed by transport layer. Value is in bytes per second.
u32 val = 1000000;
setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_MAX_PACING_RATE, &val, sizeof(val));
To be effectively paced, a flow must use FQ packet scheduler.
Note that a packet scheduler takes into account the headers for its
computations. The effective payload rate depends on MSS and retransmits
if any.
I chose to make this pacing rate a SOL_SOCKET option instead of a
TCP one because this can be used by other protocols.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Steinar H. Gunderson <sesse@google.com>
Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If IP_TOS or IP_TTL are specified as ancillary data, then sendmsg() sends out
packets with the specified TTL or TOS overriding the socket values specified
with the traditional setsockopt().
The struct inet_cork stores the values of TOS, TTL and priority that are
passed through the struct ipcm_cookie. If there are user-specified TOS
(tos != -1) or TTL (ttl != 0) in the struct ipcm_cookie, these values are
used to override the per-socket values. In case of TOS also the priority
is changed accordingly.
Two helper functions get_rttos and get_rtconn_flags are defined to take
into account the presence of a user specified TOS value when computing
RT_TOS and RT_CONN_FLAGS.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Fusco <ffusco@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables the IP_TTL and IP_TOS values passed from userspace to
be stored in the ipcm_cookie struct. Three fields are added to the struct:
- the TTL, expressed as __u8.
The allowed values are in the [1-255].
A value of 0 means that the TTL is not specified.
- the TOS, expressed as __s16.
The allowed values are in the range [0,255].
A value of -1 means that the TOS is not specified.
- the priority, expressed as a char and computed when
handling the ancillary data.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Fusco <ffusco@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A host might need net_secret[] and never open a single socket.
Problem added in commit aebda156a5
("net: defer net_secret[] initialization")
Based on prior patch from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
Reported-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@strressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is currently serialization network namespaces exiting and
network devices exiting as the final part of netdev_run_todo does not
happen under the rtnl_lock. This is compounded by the fact that the
only list of devices unregistering in netdev_run_todo is local to the
netdev_run_todo.
This lack of serialization in extreme cases results in network devices
unregistering in netdev_run_todo after the loopback device of their
network namespace has been freed (making dst_ifdown unsafe), and after
the their network namespace has exited (making the NETDEV_UNREGISTER,
and NETDEV_UNREGISTER_FINAL callbacks unsafe).
Add the missing serialization by a per network namespace count of how
many network devices are unregistering and having a wait queue that is
woken up whenever the count is decreased. The count and wait queue
allow default_device_exit_batch to wait until all of the unregistration
activity for a network namespace has finished before proceeding to
unregister the loopback device and then allowing the network namespace
to exit.
Only a single global wait queue is used because there is a single global
lock, and there is a single waiter, per network namespace wait queues
would be a waste of resources.
The per network namespace count of unregistering devices gives a
progress guarantee because the number of network devices unregistering
in an exiting network namespace must ultimately drop to zero (assuming
network device unregistration completes).
The basic logic remains the same as in v1. This patch is now half
comment and half rtnl_lock_unregistering an expanded version of
wait_event performs no extra work in the common case where no network
devices are unregistering when we get to default_device_exit_batch.
Reported-by: Francesco Ruggeri <fruggeri@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a router is doing DNAT for 6to4/6rd packets the latest
anti-spoofing commit 218774dc ("ipv6: add anti-spoofing checks for
6to4 and 6rd") will drop them because the IPv6 address embedded does
not match the IPv4 destination. This patch will allow them to pass by
testing if we have an address that matches on 6to4/6rd interface. I
have been hit by this problem using Fedora and IPV6TO4_IPV4ADDR.
Also, log the dropped packets (with rate limit).
Signed-off-by: Catalin(ux) M. BOIE <catab@embedromix.ro>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dumping routes on a system with lots rt6_infos in the fibs causes up to
11-order allocations in seq_file (which fail). While we could switch
there to vmalloc we could just implement the streaming interface for
/proc/net/ipv6_route. This patch switches /proc/net/ipv6_route from
single_open_net to seq_open_net.
loff_t *pos tracks dst entries.
Also kill never used struct rt6_proc_arg and now unused function
fib6_clean_all_ro.
Cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will be used later by the IBSS CSA implementation of mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If it is needed to disconnect multiple virtual interfaces after
(WoWLAN-) suspend, the most obvious approach would be to iterate
all interfaces by calling ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces()
and then call ieee80211_resume_disconnect() for each one. This
is what the iwlmvm driver does.
Unfortunately, this causes a locking dependency from mac80211's
iflist_mtx to the key_mtx. This is problematic as the former is
intentionally never held while calling any driver operation to
allow drivers to iterate with their own locks held. The key_mtx
is held while installing a key into the driver though, so this
new lock dependency means drivers implementing the logic above
can no longer hold their own lock while iterating.
To fix this, add a new ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl()
function that iterates while the RTNL is already held. This is
true during suspend/resume, so that then the locking dependency
isn't introduced.
While at it, also refactor the various interface iterators and
keep only a single implementation called by the various cases.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds a new mgmt command for enabling and disabling
LE advertising. The command depends on the LE setting being enabled
first and will return a "rejected" response otherwise. The patch also
adds safeguards so that there will ever only be one set_le or
set_advertising command pending per adapter.
The response handling and new_settings event sending is done in an
asynchronous request callback, meaning raw HCI access from user space to
enable advertising (e.g. hciconfig leadv) will not trigger the
new_settings event. This is intentional since trying to support mixed
raw HCI and mgmt access would mean adding extra state tracking or new
helper functions, essentially negating the benefit of using the
asynchronous request framework. The HCI_LE_ENABLED and HCI_LE_PERIPHERAL
flags however are updated correctly even with raw HCI access so this
will not completely break subsequent access over mgmt.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds a new mgmt setting for LE advertising and hooks up the
necessary places in the mgmt code to operate on the HCI_LE_PERIPHERAL
flag (which corresponds to this setting). This patch does not yet add
any new command for enabling the setting - that is left for a subsequent
patch.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch updates the code to use an asynchronous request for handling
the enabling and disabling of LE support. This refactoring is necessary
as a preparation for adding advertising support, since when LE is
disabled we should also disable advertising, and the cleanest way to do
this is to perform the two respective HCI commands in the same
asynchronous request.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The NFC Forum NCI specification defines both a hardware and software
protocol when using a SPI physical transport to connect an NFC NCI
Chipset. The hardware requirement is that, after having raised the chip
select line, the SPI driver must wait for an INT line from the NFC
chipset to raise before it sends the data. The chip select must be
raised first though, because this is the signal that the NFC chipset
will detect to wake up and then raise its INT line. If the INT line
doesn't raise in a timely fashion, the SPI driver should abort
operation.
When data is transferred from Device host (DH) to NFC Controller (NFCC),
the signaling sequence is the following:
Data Transfer from DH to NFCC
• 1-Master asserts SPI_CSN
• 2-Slave asserts SPI_INT
• 3-Master sends NCI-over-SPI protocol header and payload data
• 4-Slave deasserts SPI_INT
• 5-Master deasserts SPI_CSN
When data must be transferred from NFCC to DH, things are a little bit
different.
Data Transfer from NFCC to DH
• 1-Slave asserts SPI_INT -> NFC chipset irq handler called -> process
reading from SPI
• 2-Master asserts SPI_CSN
• 3-Master send 2-octet NCI-over-SPI protocol header
• 4-Slave sends 2-octet NCI-over-SPI protocol payload length
• 5-Slave sends NCI-over-SPI protocol payload
• 6-Master deasserts SPI_CSN
In this case, SPI driver should function normally as it does today. Note
that the INT line can and will be lowered anytime between beginning of
step 3 and end of step 5. A low INT is therefore valid after chip select
has been raised.
This would be easily implemented in a single driver. Unfortunately, we
don't write the SPI driver and I had to imagine some workaround trick to
get the SPI and NFC drivers to work in a synchronized fashion. The trick
is the following:
- send an empty spi message: this will raise the chip select line, and
send nothing. We expect the /CS line will stay arisen because we asked
for it in the spi_transfer cs_change field
- wait for a completion, that will be completed by the NFC driver IRQ
handler when it knows we are in the process of sending data (NFC spec
says that we use SPI in a half duplex mode, so we are either sending or
receiving).
- when completed, proceed with the normal data send.
This has been tested and verified to work very consistently on a Nexus
10 (spi-s3c64xx driver). It may not work the same with other spi
drivers.
The previously defined nci_spi_ops{} whose intended purpose were to
address this problem are not used anymore and therefore totally removed.
The nci_spi_send() takes a new optional write_handshake_completion
completion pointer. If non NULL, the nci spi layer will run the above
trick when sending data to the NFC Chip. If NULL, the data is sent
normally all at once and it is then the NFC driver responsibility to
know what it's doing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Previously, nci_spi_recv_frame() would directly transmit incoming frames
to the NCI Core. However, it turns out that some NFC NCI Chips will add
additional proprietary headers that must be handled/removed before NCI
Core gets a chance to handle the frame. With this modification, the chip
phy or driver are now responsible to transmit incoming frames to NCI
Core after proper treatment, and NCI SPI becomes a driver helper instead
of sitting between the NFC driver and NCI Core.
As a general rule in NFC, *_recv_frame() APIs are used to deliver an
incoming frame to an upper layer. To better suit the actual purpose of
nci_spi_recv_frame(), and go along with its nci_spi_send()
counterpart, the function is renamed to nci_spi_read()
The skb is returned as the function result
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
In order to send and receive ISO7816 APDUs to and from NFC embedded
secure elements, we define a specific netlink command.
On a typical SE use case, host applications will send very few APDUs
(Less than 10) per transaction. This is why we decided to go for a
simple netlink API. Defining another NFC socket protocol for such low
traffic would have been overengineered.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
SENS_RES has no specific endiannes attached to it, the kernel ABI is the
following one: Byte 2 (As described by the NFC Forum Digital spec) is
the u16 most significant byte.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This adds support for NFC-A technology at 106 kbits/s. The stack can
detect tags of type 1 and 2. There is no support for collision
detection. Tags can be read and written by using a user space
application or a daemon like neard.
The flow of polling operations for NFC-A detection is as follow:
1 - The digital stack sends the SENS_REQ command to the NFC device.
2 - The NFC device receives a SENS_RES response from a peer device and
passes it to the digital stack.
3 - If the SENS_RES response identifies a type 1 tag, detection ends.
NFC core is notified through nfc_targets_found().
4 - Otherwise, the digital stack sets the cascade level of NFCID1 to
CL1 and sends the SDD_REQ command.
5 - The digital stack selects SEL_CMD and SEL_PAR according to the
cascade level and sends the SDD_REQ command.
4 - The digital stack receives a SDD_RES response for the cascade level
passed in the SDD_REQ command.
5 - The digital stack analyses (part of) NFCID1 and verify BCC.
6 - The digital stack sends the SEL_REQ command with the NFCID1
received in the SDD_RES.
6 - The peer device replies with a SEL_RES response
7 - Detection ends if NFCID1 is complete. NFC core notified of new
target by nfc_targets_found().
8 - If NFCID1 is not complete, the cascade level is incremented (up
to and including CL3) and the execution continues at step 5 to
get the remaining bytes of NFCID1.
Once target detection is done, type 1 and 2 tag commands must be
handled by a user space application (i.e neard) through the NFC core.
Responses for type 1 tag are returned directly to user space via NFC
core.
Responses of type 2 commands are handled differently. The digital stack
doesn't analyse the type of commands sent through im_transceive() and
must differentiate valid responses from error ones.
The response process flow is as follow:
1 - If the response length is 16 bytes, it is a valid response of a
READ command. the packet is returned to the NFC core through the
callback passed to im_transceive(). Processing stops.
2 - If the response is 1 byte long and is a ACK byte (0x0A), it is a
valid response of a WRITE command for example. First packet byte
is set to 0 for no-error and passed back to the NFC core.
Processing stops.
3 - Any other response is treated as an error and -EIO error code is
returned to the NFC core through the response callback.
Moreover, since the driver can't differentiate success response from a
NACK response, the digital stack has to handle CRC calculation.
Thus, this patch also adds support for CRC calculation. If the driver
doesn't handle it, the digital stack will calculate CRC and will add it
to sent frames. CRC will also be checked and removed from received
frames. Pointers to the correct CRC calculation functions are stored in
the digital stack device structure when a target is detected. This
avoids the need to check the current target type for every call to
im_transceive() and for every response received from a peer device.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This implements the mechanism used to send commands to the driver in
initiator mode through in_send_cmd().
Commands are serialized and sent to the driver by using a work item
on the system workqueue. Responses are handled asynchronously by
another work item. Once the digital stack receives the response through
the command_complete callback, the next command is sent to the driver.
This also implements the polling mechanism. It's handled by a work item
cycling on all supported protocols. The start poll command for a given
protocol is sent to the driver using the mechanism described above.
The process continues until a peer is discovered or stop_poll is
called. This patch implements the poll function for NFC-A that sends a
SENS_REQ command and waits for the SENS_RES response.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This is the initial commit of the NFC Digital Protocol stack
implementation.
It offers an interface for devices that don't have an embedded NFC
Digital protocol stack. The driver instantiates the digital stack by
calling nfc_digital_allocate_device(). Within the nfc_digital_ops
structure, the driver specifies a set of function pointers for driver
operations. These functions must be implemented by the driver and are:
in_configure_hw:
Hardware configuration for RF technology and communication framing in
initiator mode. This is a synchronous function.
in_send_cmd:
Initiator mode data exchange using RF technology and framing previously
set with in_configure_hw. The peer response is returned through
callback cb. If an io error occurs or the peer didn't reply within the
specified timeout (ms), the error code is passed back through the resp
pointer. This is an asynchronous function.
tg_configure_hw:
Hardware configuration for RF technology and communication framing in
target mode. This is a synchronous function.
tg_send_cmd:
Target mode data exchange using RF technology and framing previously
set with tg_configure_hw. The peer next command is returned through
callback cb. If an io error occurs or the peer didn't reply within the
specified timeout (ms), the error code is passed back through the resp
pointer. This is an asynchronous function.
tg_listen:
Put the device in listen mode waiting for data from the peer device.
This is an asynchronous function.
tg_listen_mdaa:
If supported, put the device in automatic listen mode with mode
detection and automatic anti-collision. In this mode, the device
automatically detects the RF technology and executes the
anti-collision detection using the command responses specified in
mdaa_params. The mdaa_params structure contains SENS_RES, NFCID1, and
SEL_RES for 106A RF tech. NFCID2 and system code (sc) for 212F and
424F. The driver returns the NFC-DEP ATR_REQ command through cb. The
digital stack deducts the RF tech by analyzing the SoD of the frame
containing the ATR_REQ command. This is an asynchronous function.
switch_rf:
Turns device radio on or off. The stack does not call explicitly
switch_rf to turn the radio on. A call to in|tg_configure_hw must turn
the device radio on.
abort_cmd:
Discard the last sent command.
Then the driver registers itself against the digital stack by using
nfc_digital_register_device() which in turn registers the digital stack
against the NFC core layer. The digital stack implements common NFC
operations like dev_up(), dev_down(), start_poll(), stop_poll(), etc.
This patch is only a skeleton and NFC operations are just stubs.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
NCI SPI layer should not manage the nci dev, this is the job of the nci
chipset driver. This layer should be limited to frame/deframe nci
packets, and optionnaly check integrity (crc) and manage the ack/nak
protocol.
The NCI SPI must not be mixed up with an NCI dev. spi_[dev|device] are
therefore renamed to a simple spi for more clarity.
The header and crc sizes are moved to nci.h so that drivers can use
them to reserve space in outgoing skbs.
nci_spi_send() is exported to be accessible by drivers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
struct nfc_phy_ops is not an HCI structure only, it can also be used by
NCI or direct NFC Core drivers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
An hci dev is an hdev. An nci dev is an ndev. Calling an nci spi dev an
ndev is misleading since it's not the same thing. The nci dev contained
in the nci spi dev is also named inconsistently.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Use a more standard kernel style macro logging name.
Standardize the spacing of the "NFC: " prefix.
Add \n to uses, remove from macro.
Fix the defective uses that already had a \n.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Use the generic kernel function instead of a home-grown
one that does the same thing.
Add \n to uses not at the macro. Don't add \n where
the nfc_dev_dbg macro mistakenly had them already.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This will be needed by all NFC driver implementing the SE ops.
Signed-off-by: Arron Wang <arron.wang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
We currently accept cookies that were created less than 4 minutes ago
(ie, cookies with counter delta 0-3). Combined with the 8 mss table
values, this yields 32 possible values (out of 2**32) that will be valid.
Reducing the lifetime to < 2 minutes halves the guessing chance while
still providing a large enough period.
While at it, get rid of jiffies value -- they overflow too quickly on
32 bit platforms.
getnstimeofday is used to create a counter that increments every 64s.
perf shows getnstimeofday cost is negible compared to sha_transform;
normal tcp initial sequence number generation uses getnstimeofday, too.
Reported-by: Jakob Lell <jakob@jakoblell.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MRP doesn't implement the periodictimer in 802.1Q, so it never retries
if packets get lost. I ran into this problem when MRP sent a MVRP
JoinIn before the interface was fully up. The JoinIn was lost, MRP
didn't retry, and MVRP registration failed.
Tested against Juniper QFabric switches
Signed-off-by: Noel Burton-Krahn <noel@burton-krahn.com>
Acked-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an extra u64 rate parameter to psched_ratecfg_precompute()
so that some qdisc can opt-in for 64bit rates in the future,
to overcome the ~34 Gbits limit.
psched_ratecfg_getrate() reports a legacy structure to
tc utility, so if actual rate is above the 32bit rate field,
cap it to the 34Gbit limit.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If local fragmentation is allowed, then ip_select_ident() and
ip_select_ident_more() need to generate unique IDs to ensure
correct defragmentation on the peer.
For example, if IPsec (tunnel mode) has to encrypt large skbs
that have local_df bit set, then all IP fragments that belonged
to different ESP datagrams would have used the same identificator.
If one of these IP fragments would get lost or reordered, then
peer could possibly stitch together wrong IP fragments that did
not belong to the same datagram. This would lead to a packet loss
or data corruption.
Signed-off-by: Ansis Atteka <aatteka@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For those controller that support the HCI_Set_Event_Mask_Page_2 command
we should include it in the init sequence. This patch implements sending
of the command and enables the events in it based on supported features
(currently only CSB is checked).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds support for reading the synchronization train parameters
for controllers that support the feature. Since the feature is
detectable through the local features page 2, which is retreived only in
stage 3 of the HCI init sequence, there is no other option than to add a
fourth stage to the init sequence.
For now the patch doesn't yet add storing of the parameters, but it is
nevertheless convenient to have around to see what kind of parameters
various controllers use by default (analyzable e.g. with the btmon user
space tool).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In the case of blocking sockets we should not proceed with sendmsg() if
the socket has the BT_SK_SUSPEND flag set. So far the code was only
ensuring that POLLOUT doesn't get set for non-blocking sockets using
poll() but there was no code in place to ensure that blocking sockets do
the right thing when writing to them.
This patch adds a new bt_sock_wait_ready helper function to sleep in the
sendmsg call if the BT_SK_SUSPEND flag is set, and wake up as soon as it
is unset. It also updates the L2CAP and RFCOMM sendmsg callbacks to take
advantage of this new helper function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
commit 578bc3ef1e ("ipvs: reorganize dest trash") added
IP_VS_DEST_STATE_REMOVING flag and RCU callback named
ip_vs_dest_wait_readers() to keep dests and services after
removal for at least a RCU grace period. But we have the
following corner cases:
- we can not reuse the same dest if its service is removed
while IP_VS_DEST_STATE_REMOVING is still set because another dest
removal in the first grace period can not extend this period.
It can happen when ipvsadm -C && ipvsadm -R is used.
- dest->svc can be replaced but ip_vs_in_stats() and
ip_vs_out_stats() have no explicit read memory barriers
when accessing dest->svc. It can happen that dest->svc
was just freed (replaced) while we use it to update
the stats.
We solve the problems as follows:
- IP_VS_DEST_STATE_REMOVING is removed and we ensure a fixed
idle period for the dest (IP_VS_DEST_TRASH_PERIOD). idle_start
will remember when for first time after deletion we noticed
dest->refcnt=0. Later, the connections can grab a reference
while in RCU grace period but if refcnt becomes 0 we can
safely free the dest and its svc.
- dest->svc becomes RCU pointer. As result, we add explicit
RCU locking in ip_vs_in_stats() and ip_vs_out_stats().
- __ip_vs_unbind_svc is renamed to __ip_vs_svc_put(), it
now can free the service immediately or after a RCU grace
period. dest->svc is not set to NULL anymore.
As result, unlinked dests and their services are
freed always after IP_VS_DEST_TRASH_PERIOD period, unused
services are freed after a RCU grace period.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Schedulers such as lblc and lblcr require the weight to be as high as the
maximum number of active connections. In commit b552f7e3a9
("ipvs: unify the formula to estimate the overhead of processing
connections"), the consideration of inactconns and activeconns was cleaned
up to always count activeconns as 256 times more important than inactconns.
In cases where 3000 or more connections are expected, a weight of 3000 *
256 * 3000 connections overflows the 32-bit signed result used to determine
if rescheduling is required.
On amd64, this merely changes the multiply and comparison instructions to
64-bit. On x86, a 64-bit result is already present from imull, so only
a few more comparison instructions are emitted.
Signed-off-by: Simon Kirby <sim@hostway.ca>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The struct for HCI_Set_Event_Mask is never used. Instead a local 8-byte
array is used for sending this command. Therefore, remove the
unnecessary struct definition.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This makes it more convenient to check for rfkill (no need to check for
dev->rfkill before calling rfkill_blocked()) and also avoids potential
races if the RFKILL state needs to be checked from within the rfkill
callback.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for you net tree,
mostly targeted to ipset, they are:
* Fix ICMPv6 NAT due to wrong comparison, code instead of type, from
Phil Oester.
* Fix RCU race in conntrack extensions release path, from Michal Kubecek.
* Fix missing inversion in the userspace ipset test command match if
the nomatch option is specified, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Skip layer 4 protocol matching in ipset in case of IPv6 fragments,
also from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Fix sequence adjustment in nfnetlink_queue due to using the netlink
skb instead of the network skb, from Gao feng.
* Make sure we cannot swap of sets with different layer 3 family in
ipset, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Fix possible bogus matching in ipset if hash sets with net elements
are used, from Oliver Smith.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introcuces a new HCI socket channel that allows user
applications to take control over a specific HCI device. The application
gains exclusive access to this device and forces the kernel to stay away
and not manage it. In case of the management interface it will actually
hide the device.
Such operation is useful for security testing tools that need to operate
underneath the Bluetooth stack and need full control over a device. The
advantage here is that the kernel still provides the service of hardware
abstraction and HCI level access. The use of Bluetooth drivers for
hardware access also means that sniffing tools like btmon or hcidump
are still working and the whole set of transaction can be traced with
existing tools.
With the new channel it is possible to send HCI commands, ACL and SCO
data packets and receive HCI events, ACL and SCO packets from the
device. The format follows the well established H:4 protocol.
The new HCI user channel can only be established when a device has been
through its setup routine and is currently powered down. This is
enforced to not cause any problems with current operations. In addition
only one user channel per HCI device is allowed. It is exclusive access
for one user application. Access to this channel is limited to process
with CAP_NET_RAW capability.
Using this new facility does not require any external library or special
ioctl or socket filters. Just create the socket and bind it. After that
the file descriptor is ready to speak H:4 protocol.
struct sockaddr_hci addr;
int fd;
fd = socket(AF_BLUETOOTH, SOCK_RAW, BTPROTO_HCI);
memset(&addr, 0, sizeof(addr));
addr.hci_family = AF_BLUETOOTH;
addr.hci_dev = 0;
addr.hci_channel = HCI_CHANNEL_USER;
bind(fd, (struct sockaddr *) &addr, sizeof(addr));
The example shows on how to create a user channel for hci0 device. Error
handling has been left out of the example. However with the limitations
mentioned above it is advised to handle errors. Binding of the user
cahnnel socket can fail for various reasons. Specifically if the device
is currently activated by BlueZ or if the access permissions are not
present.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch introduces a new user channel flag that allows to give full
control of a HCI device to a user application. The kernel will stay away
from the device and does not allow any further modifications of the
device states.
The existing raw flag is not used since it has a bit of unclear meaning
due to its legacy. Using a new flag makes the code clearer.
A device with the user channel flag set can still be enumerate using the
legacy API, but it does not longer enumerate using the new management
interface used by BlueZ 5 and beyond. This is intentional to not confuse
users of modern systems.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Commit 68b80f11 (netfilter: nf_nat: fix RCU races) introduced
RCU protection for freeing extension data when reallocation
moves them to a new location. We need the same protection when
freeing them in nf_ct_ext_free() in order to prevent a
use-after-free by other threads referencing a NAT extension data
via bysource list.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Brown paper bag fix in HTB scheduler, class options set incorrectly
due to a typoe. Fix from Vimalkumar.
2) It's possible for the ipv6 FIB garbage collector to run before all
the necessary datastructure are setup during init, defer the
notifier registry to avoid this problem. Fix from Michal Kubecek.
3) New i40e ethernet driver from the Intel folks.
4) Add new qmi wwan device IDs, from Bjørn Mork.
5) Doorbell lock in bnx2x driver is not initialized properly in some
configurations, fix from Ariel Elior.
6) Revert an ipv6 packet option padding change that broke standardized
ipv6 implementation test suites. From Jiri Pirko.
7) Fix synchronization of ARP information in bonding layer, from
Nikolay Aleksandrov.
8) Fix missing error return resulting in illegal memory accesses in
openvswitch, from Daniel Borkmann.
9) SCTP doesn't signal poll events properly due to mistaken operator
precedence, fix also from Daniel Borkmann.
10) __netdev_pick_tx() passes wrong index to sk_tx_queue_set() which
essentially disables caching of TX queue in sockets :-/ Fix from
Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (29 commits)
net_sched: htb: fix a typo in htb_change_class()
net: qmi_wwan: add new Qualcomm devices
ipv6: don't call fib6_run_gc() until routing is ready
net: tilegx driver: avoid compiler warning
fib6_rules: fix indentation
irda: vlsi_ir: Remove casting the return value which is a void pointer
irda: donauboe: Remove casting the return value which is a void pointer
net: fix multiqueue selection
net: sctp: fix smatch warning in sctp_send_asconf_del_ip
net: sctp: fix bug in sctp_poll for SOCK_SELECT_ERR_QUEUE
net: fib: fib6_add: fix potential NULL pointer dereference
net: ovs: flow: fix potential illegal memory access in __parse_flow_nlattrs
bcm63xx_enet: remove deprecated IRQF_DISABLED
net: korina: remove deprecated IRQF_DISABLED
macvlan: Move skb_clone check closer to call
qlcnic: Fix warning reported by kbuild test robot.
bonding: fix bond_arp_rcv setting and arp validate desync state
bonding: fix store_arp_validate race with mode change
ipv6/exthdrs: accept tlv which includes only padding
bnx2x: avoid atomic allocations during initialization
...
When loading the ipv6 module, ndisc_init() is called before
ip6_route_init(). As the former registers a handler calling
fib6_run_gc(), this opens a window to run the garbage collector
before necessary data structures are initialized. If a network
device is initialized in this window, adding MAC address to it
triggers a NETDEV_CHANGEADDR event, leading to a crash in
fib6_clean_all().
Take the event handler registration out of ndisc_init() into a
separate function ndisc_late_init() and move it after
ip6_route_init().
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first fixes namespace issues which causes a kernel
NULL pointer dereference, the second fixes uevent
handling to work better with udev, and the third
switches some code to use srlcpy instead of strncpy
in order to be safer.
All changes have been baking in for-next for at least
2 weeks.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
Comment: GPGTools - http://gpgtools.org
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJSMJjZAAoJEDZk62b0Tg6x81sQAKa60QStBKhnL65bvG+ooIsS
mhwfmFyaWOKw1ezwY2Vk0+JnmKDBpKmqjjwyL3nLP18TcRZStPiFdcJBKWl+czge
FTv14t54CcjysYPbYN7+gUap4F5mfg0mcHaR0UGow505dNyjwd7mqkZhy1IqhdvP
Ue/h0RE46GeNtdirxrKBdEfW/7TAL0tcoRgjKu0ev1V2sXCJZywuXgkzWjByRXwT
JOg04gGnYThuek0/KUPRhf0KxB0CyKrZiics7LGb40HkYYxs7ahADACttLyiDr8l
GntfHXLgvVlU5QcSbKRfLp0zNbi7AxWmJrwYsEwpas4tUw1Q+pVJ2EE2Ameuq5G+
LrMGmRVQCVYw8UN+OYUO7glhXEJcCPJj6vxgm+NVXx24yaQyGI1aTsIEjHwZ/hkm
wlQHC47z6/fIypkXpsU6pYWF/r3GwXHokYReejATQWEPIzIxvHeThe0jjqMLth7F
zmsHZTpmECqtti1fizy5wBZD25wAIxdf+rf8nKy1VvcSN4s08ESSlC/kV/siNeko
efFnL8xbjP5SPEVoBtXM6eTDHrQ0S+ACSGWtp0FGXKOW4PKzS60ve2Stp+FYZgQc
WgXI7+NBU6Z9z+cZ9bsY0hrGwK1YZiR4F3KJ5ofTuxAO6n7zd+N3fGBuQJ2tiW9P
pKtIXNozWqnAU9Wx4rGa
=YbFT
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus-3.12-merge' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs
Pull 9p updates from Eric Van Hensbergen:
"Minor 9p fixes and tweaks for 3.12 merge window
The first fixes namespace issues which causes a kernel NULL pointer
dereference, the second fixes uevent handling to work better with
udev, and the third switches some code to use srlcpy instead of
strncpy in order to be safer.
All changes have been baking in for-next for at least 2 weeks"
* tag 'for-linus-3.12-merge' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
fs/9p: avoid accessing utsname after namespace has been torn down
9p: send uevent after adding/removing mount_tag attribute
fs: 9p: use strlcpy instead of strncpy
Pull networking changes from David Miller:
"Noteworthy changes this time around:
1) Multicast rejoin support for team driver, from Jiri Pirko.
2) Centralize and simplify TCP RTT measurement handling in order to
reduce the impact of bad RTO seeding from SYN/ACKs. Also, when
both timestamps and local RTT measurements are available prefer
the later because there are broken middleware devices which
scramble the timestamp.
From Yuchung Cheng.
3) Add TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT socket option to limit the amount of kernel
memory consumed to queue up unsend user data. From Eric Dumazet.
4) Add a "physical port ID" abstraction for network devices, from
Jiri Pirko.
5) Add a "suppress" operation to influence fib_rules lookups, from
Stefan Tomanek.
6) Add a networking development FAQ, from Paul Gortmaker.
7) Extend the information provided by tcp_probe and add ipv6 support,
from Daniel Borkmann.
8) Use RCU locking more extensively in openvswitch data paths, from
Pravin B Shelar.
9) Add SCTP support to openvswitch, from Joe Stringer.
10) Add EF10 chip support to SFC driver, from Ben Hutchings.
11) Add new SYNPROXY netfilter target, from Patrick McHardy.
12) Compute a rate approximation for sending in TCP sockets, and use
this to more intelligently coalesce TSO frames. Furthermore, add
a new packet scheduler which takes advantage of this estimate when
available. From Eric Dumazet.
13) Allow AF_PACKET fanouts with random selection, from Daniel
Borkmann.
14) Add ipv6 support to vxlan driver, from Cong Wang"
Resolved conflicts as per discussion.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1218 commits)
openvswitch: Fix alignment of struct sw_flow_key.
netfilter: Fix build errors with xt_socket.c
tcp: Add missing braces to do_tcp_setsockopt
caif: Add missing braces to multiline if in cfctrl_linkup_request
bnx2x: Add missing braces in bnx2x:bnx2x_link_initialize
vxlan: Fix kernel panic on device delete.
net: mvneta: implement ->ndo_do_ioctl() to support PHY ioctls
net: mvneta: properly disable HW PHY polling and ensure adjust_link() works
icplus: Use netif_running to determine device state
ethernet/arc/arc_emac: Fix huge delays in large file copies
tuntap: orphan frags before trying to set tx timestamp
tuntap: purge socket error queue on detach
qlcnic: use standard NAPI weights
ipv6:introduce function to find route for redirect
bnx2x: VF RSS support - VF side
bnx2x: VF RSS support - PF side
vxlan: Notify drivers for listening UDP port changes
net: usbnet: update addr_assign_type if appropriate
driver/net: enic: update enic maintainers and driver
driver/net: enic: Exposing symbols for Cisco's low latency driver
...
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_platform.c
net/bridge/br_multicast.c
net/ipv6/sit.c
The conflicts were minor:
1) sit.c changes overlap with change to ip_tunnel_xmit() signature.
2) br_multicast.c had an overlap between computing max_delay using
msecs_to_jiffies and turning MLDV2_MRC() into an inline function
with a name using lowercase instead of uppercase letters.
3) stmmac had two overlapping changes, one which conditionally allocated
and hooked up a dma_cfg based upon the presence of the pbl OF property,
and another one handling store-and-forward DMA made. The latter of
which should not go into the new of_find_property() basic block.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds two more ndo ops: ndo_add_rx_vxlan_port() and
ndo_del_rx_vxlan_port().
Drivers can get notifications through the above functions about changes
of the UDP listening port of VXLAN. Also, when physical ports come up,
now they can call vxlan_get_rx_port() in order to obtain the port number(s)
of the existing VXLAN interface in case they already up before them.
This information about the listening UDP port would be used for VXLAN
related offloads.
A big thank you to John Fastabend (john.r.fastabend@intel.com) for his
input and his suggestions on this patch set.
CC: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Joseph Gasparakis <joseph.gasparakis@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of MLDV2_MRC and use our new macros for mantisse and
exponent to calculate Maximum Response Delay out of the Maximum
Response Code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
i) RFC3810, 9.2. Query Interval [QI] says:
The Query Interval variable denotes the interval between General
Queries sent by the Querier. Default value: 125 seconds. [...]
ii) RFC3810, 9.3. Query Response Interval [QRI] says:
The Maximum Response Delay used to calculate the Maximum Response
Code inserted into the periodic General Queries. Default value:
10000 (10 seconds) [...] The number of seconds represented by the
[Query Response Interval] must be less than the [Query Interval].
iii) RFC3810, 9.12. Older Version Querier Present Timeout [OVQPT] says:
The Older Version Querier Present Timeout is the time-out for
transitioning a host back to MLDv2 Host Compatibility Mode. When an
MLDv1 query is received, MLDv2 hosts set their Older Version Querier
Present Timer to [Older Version Querier Present Timeout].
This value MUST be ([Robustness Variable] times (the [Query Interval]
in the last Query received)) plus ([Query Response Interval]).
Hence, on *default* the timeout results in:
[RV] = 2, [QI] = 125sec, [QRI] = 10sec
[OVQPT] = [RV] * [QI] + [QRI] = 260sec
Having that said, we currently calculate [OVQPT] (here given as 'switchback'
variable) as ...
switchback = (idev->mc_qrv + 1) * max_delay
RFC3810, 9.12. says "the [Query Interval] in the last Query received". In
section "9.14. Configuring timers", it is said:
This section is meant to provide advice to network administrators on
how to tune these settings to their network. Ambitious router
implementations might tune these settings dynamically based upon
changing characteristics of the network. [...]
iv) RFC38010, 9.14.2. Query Interval:
The overall level of periodic MLD traffic is inversely proportional
to the Query Interval. A longer Query Interval results in a lower
overall level of MLD traffic. The value of the Query Interval MUST
be equal to or greater than the Maximum Response Delay used to
calculate the Maximum Response Code inserted in General Query
messages.
I assume that was why switchback is calculated as is (3 * max_delay), although
this setting seems to be meant for routers only to configure their [QI]
interval for non-default intervals. So usage here like this is clearly wrong.
Concluding, the current behaviour in IPv6's multicast code is not conform
to the RFC as switch back is calculated wrongly. That is, it has a too small
value, so MLDv2 hosts switch back again to MLDv2 way too early, i.e. ~30secs
instead of ~260secs on default.
Hence, introduce necessary helper functions and fix this up properly as it
should be.
Introduced in 06da92283 ("[IPV6]: Add MLDv2 support."). Credits to Hannes
Frederic Sowa who also had a hand in this as well. Also thanks to Hangbin Liu
who did initial testing.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_rcv_established() returns only one value namely 0. We change the return
value to void (as suggested by David Miller).
After commit 0c24604b (tcp: implement RFC 5961 4.2), we no longer send RSTs in
response to SYNs. We can remove the check and processing on the return value of
tcp_rcv_established().
We also fix jtcp_rcv_established() in tcp_probe.c to match that of
tcp_rcv_established().
Signed-off-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this patch is to harmonize cleanup done on a skbuff on rx path.
Before this patch, behaviors were different depending of the tunnel type.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this patch is to harmonize cleanup done on a skbuff on xmit path.
Before this patch, behaviors were different depending of the tunnel type.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This argument is not used, let's remove it.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This argument is not used, let's remove it.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the llc_<foo> static inlines to the
equivalents from etherdevice.h and remove
the llc_<foo> static inline functions.
llc_mac_null -> is_zero_ether_addr
llc_mac_multicast -> is_multicast_ether_addr
llc_mac_match -> ether_addr_equal
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Please accept this batch of updates intended for the 3.12 stream.
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says this:
"This time I have various improvements all over the place: IBSS, mesh,
testmode, AP client powersave handling, one of the rare rfkill patches
and some code cleanup."
Also for mac80211:
"And I also have some more changes for -next, just a few small fixes and
improvements, nothing really stands out."
And for iwlwifi:
"This time I have some powersave work (notably uAPSD support), CQM
offloads, support for a new firmware API and various code cleanups."
Regarding the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"Patches to 3.12, here we have:
* implementation of a proper tty_port for RFCOMM devices, this fixes some
issues people were seeing lately in the kernel.
* Add voice_setting option for SCO, it is used for SCO Codec selection
* bugfixes, small improvements and clean ups"
For the NFC bits, Samuel says:
"With this one we have:
- A few pn533 improvements and minor fixes. Testing our pn533 driver
against Google's NCI stack triggered a few issues that we fixed now.
We also added Tx fragmentation support to this driver.
- More NFC secure element handling. We added a GET_SE netlink command
for getting all the discovered secure elements, and we defined 2
additional secure element netlink event (transaction and connectivity).
We also fixed a couple of typos and copy-paste bugs from the secure
element handling code.
- Firmware download support for the pn544 driver. This chipset can enter a
special mode where it's waiting for firmware blobs to replace the
already flashed one. We now support that mode."
With repect to the ath tree, Kalle says:
"New features in ath10k are rx/tx checsumming in hw and survey scan
implemented by Michal. Also he made fixes to different areas of the
driver, most notable being fixing the case when using two streams and
reducing the number of interface combinations to avoid firmware crashes.
Bartosz did a clean related to how we handle SoC power save in PCI
layer.
For ath6kl Mohammed and Vasanth sent each a patch to fix two infrequent
crashes."
I also pulled the wireless tree into wireless-next to support a
request from Johannes. On top of all that, there are the usual
sort of driver updates. The mwifiex, brcmfmac, brcmsmac, ath9k,
and rt2x00 drivers all get some attention, as does the bcma bus and
a few other random bits here and there.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull cgroup updates from Tejun Heo:
"A lot of activities on the cgroup front. Most changes aren't visible
to userland at all at this point and are laying foundation for the
planned unified hierarchy.
- The biggest change is decoupling the lifetime management of css
(cgroup_subsys_state) from that of cgroup's. Because controllers
(cpu, memory, block and so on) will need to be dynamically enabled
and disabled, css which is the association point between a cgroup
and a controller may come and go dynamically across the lifetime of
a cgroup. Till now, css's were created when the associated cgroup
was created and stayed till the cgroup got destroyed.
Assumptions around this tight coupling permeated through cgroup
core and controllers. These assumptions are gradually removed,
which consists bulk of patches, and css destruction path is
completely decoupled from cgroup destruction path. Note that
decoupling of creation path is relatively easy on top of these
changes and the patchset is pending for the next window.
- cgroup has its own event mechanism cgroup.event_control, which is
only used by memcg. It is overly complex trying to achieve high
flexibility whose benefits seem dubious at best. Going forward,
new events will simply generate file modified event and the
existing mechanism is being made specific to memcg. This pull
request contains prepatory patches for such change.
- Various fixes and cleanups"
Fixed up conflict in kernel/cgroup.c as per Tejun.
* 'for-3.12' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup: (69 commits)
cgroup: fix cgroup_css() invocation in css_from_id()
cgroup: make cgroup_write_event_control() use css_from_dir() instead of __d_cgrp()
cgroup: make cgroup_event hold onto cgroup_subsys_state instead of cgroup
cgroup: implement CFTYPE_NO_PREFIX
cgroup: make cgroup_css() take cgroup_subsys * instead and allow NULL subsys
cgroup: rename cgroup_css_from_dir() to css_from_dir() and update its syntax
cgroup: fix cgroup_write_event_control()
cgroup: fix subsystem file accesses on the root cgroup
cgroup: change cgroup_from_id() to css_from_id()
cgroup: use css_get() in cgroup_create() to check CSS_ROOT
cpuset: remove an unncessary forward declaration
cgroup: RCU protect each cgroup_subsys_state release
cgroup: move subsys file removal to kill_css()
cgroup: factor out kill_css()
cgroup: decouple cgroup_subsys_state destruction from cgroup destruction
cgroup: replace cgroup->css_kill_cnt with ->nr_css
cgroup: bounce cgroup_subsys_state ref kill confirmation to a work item
cgroup: move cgroup->subsys[] assignment to online_css()
cgroup: reorganize css init / exit paths
cgroup: add __rcu modifier to cgroup->subsys[]
...
Fengguang reported:
net/built-in.o: In function `in6_dev_finish_destroy':
(.text+0x4ca7d): undefined reference to `snmp_mib_free'
this is due to snmp_mib_free() is defined when CONFIG_INET is enabled,
but in6_dev_finish_destroy() is now moved to core kernel.
I think snmp_mib_free() is small enough to be inlined, so just make it
static inline.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the IPv6 version of "arp_reduce", ndisc_send_na()
will be needed.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
route short circuit only has IPv4 part, this patch adds
the IPv6 part. nd_tbl will be needed.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds IPv6 support to vxlan device, as the new version
RFC already mentions it:
http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-mahalingam-dutt-dcops-vxlan-03
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case IPv6 is compiled as a module, introduce a stub
for ipv6_sock_mc_join and ipv6_sock_mc_drop etc.. It will be used
by vxlan module. Suggested by Ben.
This is an ugly but easy solution for now.
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will be used by vxlan, and may not be inlined.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes warnings introduced by the qdisc default patch.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By default, the pfifo_fast queue discipline has been used by default
for all devices. But we have better choices now.
This patch allow setting the default queueing discipline with sysctl.
This allows easy use of better queueing disciplines on all devices
without having to use tc qdisc scripts. It is intended to allow
an easy path for distributions to make fq_codel or sfq the default
qdisc.
This patch also makes pfifo_fast more of a first class qdisc, since
it is now possible to manually override the default and explicitly
use pfifo_fast. The behavior for systems who do not use the sysctl
is unchanged, they still get pfifo_fast
Also removes leftover random # in sysctl net core.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
This pull request fixes some issues that arise when 6in4 or 4in6 tunnels
are used in combination with IPsec, all from Hannes Frederic Sowa and a
null pointer dereference when queueing packets to the policy hold queue.
1) We might access the local error handler of the wrong address family if
6in4 or 4in6 tunnel is protected by ipsec. Fix this by addind a pointer
to the correct local_error to xfrm_state_afinet.
2) Add a helper function to always refer to the correct interpretation
of skb->sk.
3) Call skb_reset_inner_headers to record the position of the inner headers
when adding a new one in various ipv6 tunnels. This is needed to identify
the addresses where to send back errors in the xfrm layer.
4) Dereference inner ipv6 header if encapsulated to always call the
right error handler.
5) Choose protocol family by skb protocol to not call the wrong
xfrm{4,6}_local_error handler in case an ipv6 sockets is used
in ipv4 mode.
6) Partly revert "xfrm: introduce helper for safe determination of mtu"
because this introduced pmtu discovery problems.
7) Set skb->protocol on tcp, raw and ip6_append_data genereated skbs.
We need this to get the correct mtu informations in xfrm.
8) Fix null pointer dereference in xdst_queue_output.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After hearing many people over past years complaining against TSO being
bursty or even buggy, we are proud to present automatic sizing of TSO
packets.
One part of the problem is that tcp_tso_should_defer() uses an heuristic
relying on upcoming ACKS instead of a timer, but more generally, having
big TSO packets makes little sense for low rates, as it tends to create
micro bursts on the network, and general consensus is to reduce the
buffering amount.
This patch introduces a per socket sk_pacing_rate, that approximates
the current sending rate, and allows us to size the TSO packets so
that we try to send one packet every ms.
This field could be set by other transports.
Patch has no impact for high speed flows, where having large TSO packets
makes sense to reach line rate.
For other flows, this helps better packet scheduling and ACK clocking.
This patch increases performance of TCP flows in lossy environments.
A new sysctl (tcp_min_tso_segs) is added, to specify the
minimal size of a TSO packet (default being 2).
A follow-up patch will provide a new packet scheduler (FQ), using
sk_pacing_rate as an input to perform optional per flow pacing.
This explains why we chose to set sk_pacing_rate to twice the current
rate, allowing 'slow start' ramp up.
sk_pacing_rate = 2 * cwnd * mss / srtt
v2: Neal Cardwell reported a suspect deferring of last two segments on
initial write of 10 MSS, I had to change tcp_tso_should_defer() to take
into account tp->xmit_size_goal_segs
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce cacheline usage from 2 to 1 cacheline for sctp_globals structure. By
reordering elements, we can close gaps and simply achieve the following:
Current situation:
/* size: 80, cachelines: 2, members: 10 */
/* sum members: 57, holes: 4, sum holes: 16 */
/* padding: 7 */
/* last cacheline: 16 bytes */
Afterwards:
/* size: 64, cachelines: 1, members: 10 */
/* padding: 7 */
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a cpu_relaxt to sk_busy_loop.
Julie Cummings reported performance issues when hyperthreading is on.
Arjan van de Ven observed that we should have a cpu_relax() in the
busy poll loop.
Reported-by: Julie Cummings <julie.a.cummings@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netlink dump operations take module as parameter to hold
reference for entire netlink dump duration.
Currently it holds ref only on genl module which is not correct
when we use ops registered to genl from another module.
Following patch adds module pointer to genl_ops so that netlink
can hold ref count on it.
CC: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some thoughts on IPv4 VTI implementation:
The connection between VTI receiving part and xfrm tunnel mode input process
is hardly a "xfrm_tunnel", xfrm_tunnel is used in places where, e.g ipip/sit
and xfrm4_tunnel, acts like a true "tunnel" device.
In addition, IMHO, VTI doesn't need vti_err to do something meaningful, as all
VTI needs is just a notifier to be called whenever xfrm_input ingress a packet
to update statistics.
A IPsec protected packet is first handled by protocol handlers, e.g AH/ESP,
to check packet authentication or encryption rightness. PMTU update is taken
care of in this stage by protocol error handler.
Then the packet is rearranged properly depending on whether it's transport
mode or tunnel mode packed by mode "input" handler. The VTI handler code
takes effects in this stage in tunnel mode only. So it neither need propagate
PMTU, as it has already been done if necessary, nor the VTI handler is
qualified as a xfrm_tunnel.
So this patch introduces xfrm_tunnel_notifier and meanwhile wipe out vti_err
code.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Saurabh Mohan <saurabh.mohan@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Jesse Gross says:
====================
A number of significant new features and optimizations for net-next/3.12.
Highlights are:
* "Megaflows", an optimization that allows userspace to specify which
flow fields were used to compute the results of the flow lookup.
This allows for a major reduction in flow setups (the major
performance bottleneck in Open vSwitch) without reducing flexibility.
* Converting netlink dump operations to use RCU, allowing for
additional parallelism in userspace.
* Matching and modifying SCTP protocol fields.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract the local TCP stack independant parts of tcp_v6_init_sequence()
and cookie_v6_check() and export them for use by the upcoming IPv6 SYNPROXY
target.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Martin Topholm <mph@one.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add a SYNPROXY for netfilter. The code is split into two parts, the synproxy
core with common functions and an address family specific target.
The SYNPROXY receives the connection request from the client, responds with
a SYN/ACK containing a SYN cookie and announcing a zero window and checks
whether the final ACK from the client contains a valid cookie.
It then establishes a connection to the original destination and, if
successful, sends a window update to the client with the window size
announced by the server.
Support for timestamps, SACK, window scaling and MSS options can be
statically configured as target parameters if the features of the server
are known. If timestamps are used, the timestamp value sent back to
the client in the SYN/ACK will be different from the real timestamp of
the server. In order to now break PAWS, the timestamps are translated in
the direction server->client.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Tested-by: Martin Topholm <mph@one.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Extract the local TCP stack independant parts of tcp_v4_init_sequence()
and cookie_v4_check() and export them for use by the upcoming SYNPROXY
target.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Martin Topholm <mph@one.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Split out sequence number adjustments from NAT and move them to the conntrack
core to make them usable for SYN proxying. The sequence number adjustment
information is moved to a seperate extend. The extend is added to new
conntracks when a NAT mapping is set up for a connection using a helper.
As a side effect, this saves 24 bytes per connection with NAT in the common
case that a connection does not have a helper assigned.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Tested-by: Martin Topholm <mph@one.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/pcie/trans.c
include/linux/inetdevice.h
The inetdevice.h conflict involves moving the IPV4_DEVCONF values
into a UAPI header, overlapping additions of some new entries.
The iwlwifi conflict is a context overlap.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During trinity fuzzing in a kvmtool guest, I stumbled across the
following:
Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000004
PC is at v9fs_file_do_lock+0xc8/0x1a0
LR is at v9fs_file_do_lock+0x48/0x1a0
[<c01e2ed0>] (v9fs_file_do_lock+0xc8/0x1a0) from [<c0119154>] (locks_remove_flock+0x8c/0x124)
[<c0119154>] (locks_remove_flock+0x8c/0x124) from [<c00d9bf0>] (__fput+0x58/0x1e4)
[<c00d9bf0>] (__fput+0x58/0x1e4) from [<c0044340>] (task_work_run+0xac/0xe8)
[<c0044340>] (task_work_run+0xac/0xe8) from [<c002e36c>] (do_exit+0x6bc/0x8d8)
[<c002e36c>] (do_exit+0x6bc/0x8d8) from [<c002e674>] (do_group_exit+0x3c/0xb0)
[<c002e674>] (do_group_exit+0x3c/0xb0) from [<c002e6f8>] (__wake_up_parent+0x0/0x18)
I believe this is due to an attempt to access utsname()->nodename, after
exit_task_namespaces() has been called, leaving current->nsproxy->uts_ns
as NULL and causing the above dereference.
A similar issue was fixed for lockd in 9a1b6bf818 ("LOCKD: Don't call
utsname()->nodename from nlmclnt_setlockargs"), so this patch attempts
something similar for 9pfs.
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@sandia.gov>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
In commit 0ea9d5e3e0 ("xfrm: introduce
helper for safe determination of mtu") I switched the determination of
ipv4 mtus from dst_mtu to ip_skb_dst_mtu. This was an error because in
case of IP_PMTUDISC_PROBE we fall back to the interface mtu, which is
never correct for ipv4 ipsec.
This patch partly reverts 0ea9d5e3e0
("xfrm: introduce helper for safe determination of mtu").
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Add flags intended to report various auxiliary information
and introduce the NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED flag to report
that the frame was already answered by the device.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[REPLIED->ANSWERED, reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
rfc 4861 says the Redirected Header option is optional, so
the kernel should not drop the Redirect Message that has no
Redirected Header option. In this patch, the function
ip6_redirect_no_header() is introduced to deal with that
condition.
Signed-off-by: Duan Jiong <duanj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
1) Some constifications, from Mathias Krause.
2) Catch bugs if a hold timer is still active when xfrm_policy_destroy()
is called, from Fan Du.
3) Remove a redundant address family checking, from Fan Du.
4) Make xfrm_state timer monotonic to be independent of system clock changes,
from Fan Du.
5) Remove an outdated comment on returning -EREMOTE in the xfrm_lookup(),
from Rami Rosen.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When initiating a transparent eSCO connection, make use of T2 settings
at first try. T2 is the recommended settings from HFP 1.6 WideBand
Speech. Upon connection failure, try T1 settings.
When CVSD is requested and eSCO is supported, try to establish eSCO
connection using S3 settings. If it fails, fallback in sequence to S2,
S1, D1, D0 settings.
To know which setting should be used, conn->attempt is used. It
indicates the currently ongoing SCO connection attempt and can be used
as the index for the fallback settings table.
These setting and the fallback order are described in Bluetooth HFP 1.6
specification p. 101.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch defines constants and macro for transparent data LMP
features. It refers to Bluetooth Core V4.0 specification, Part C, Chap
3.3 which defines LMP feature mask.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In order to establish a transparent SCO connection, the correct settings
must be specified in the Setup Synchronous Connection request. For that,
a setting field is added to ACL connection data to set up the desired
parameters. The patch also removes usage of hdev->voice_setting in CVSD
connection and makes use of T2 parameters for transparent data.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch defines constants for SCO airmode from SCO voice setting. It
refers to Bluetooth Core V4.0 specification, Part E, Chap 6.12 which
describe SCO voice setting format.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch extends the current Bluetooth socket options with BT_VOICE.
This is intended to choose voice data type at runtime. It only applies
to SCO sockets. Incoming connections shall be setup during deferred
setup. Outgoing connections shall be setup before connect(). The desired
setting is stored in the SCO socket info. This patch declares needed
members, modifies getsockopt() and setsockopt().
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
hci_connect is a super function for connecting hci protocols. But the
voice_setting parameter (introduced in subsequent patches) is only
needed by SCO and security requirements are not needed for SCO channels.
Thus, it makes sense to have a separate function for SCO.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
brcm80211 cannot handle sending frames with CCK rates as part of an
A-MPDU session. Other drivers may have issues too. Set the flag in all
drivers that have been tested with CCK rates.
This fixes a reported brcmsmac regression introduced in
commit ef47a5e4f1aaf1d0e2e6875e34b2c9595897bef6
"mac80211/minstrel_ht: fix cck rate sampling"
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.10
Reported-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c
The conflict had to do with overlapping changes dealing with
fixing the use of an "s32" to hold the value returned by
NAT_OFFSET().
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following batch contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next tree.
More specifically, they are:
* Trivial typo fix in xt_addrtype, from Phil Oester.
* Remove net_ratelimit in the conntrack logging for consistency with other
logging subsystem, from Patrick McHardy.
* Remove unneeded includes from the recently added xt_connlabel support, from
Florian Westphal.
* Allow to update conntracks via nfqueue, don't need NFQA_CFG_F_CONNTRACK for
this, from Florian Westphal.
* Remove tproxy core, now that we have socket early demux, from Florian
Westphal.
* A couple of patches to refactor conntrack event reporting to save a good
bunch of lines, from Florian Westphal.
* Fix missing locking in NAT sequence adjustment, it did not manifested in
any known bug so far, from Patrick McHardy.
* Change sequence number adjustment variable to 32 bits, to delay the
possible early overflow in long standing connections, also from Patrick.
* Comestic cleanups for IPVS, from Dragos Foianu.
* Fix possible null dereference in IPVS in the SH scheduler, from Daniel
Borkmann.
* Allow to attach conntrack expectations via nfqueue. Before this patch, you
had to use ctnetlink instead, thus, we save the conntrack lookup.
* Export xt_rpfilter and xt_HMARK header files, from Nicolas Dichtel.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patch allows more code sharing between vxlan and ovs-vxlan.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patch adds data field to vxlan socket and export
vxlan handler api.
vh->data is required to store private data per vxlan handler.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to choose the protocol family by skb->protocol. Otherwise we
call the wrong xfrm{4,6}_local_error handler in case an ipv6 sockets is
used in ipv4 mode, in which case we should call down to xfrm4_local_error
(ip6 sockets are a superset of ip4 ones).
We are called before before ip_output functions, so skb->protocol is
not reset.
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In order to be able to (securely) keep connections alive after
the system was suspended for WoWLAN, we need some additional
APIs. We already have API (ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify) to tell
wpa_supplicant about the new replay counter if GTK rekeying
was done by the device while the host was asleep, but that's
not sufficient.
If GTK rekeying wasn't done, we need to tell the host about
sequence counters for the GTK (and PTK regardless of rekeying)
that was used while asleep, add ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq() for
that.
If GTK rekeying was done, then we need to be able to disable
the old keys (with ieee80211_remove_key()) and allocate the
new GTK key(s) in mac80211 (with ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add()).
If protocol offload (e.g. ARP) is implemented, then also the
TX sequence counter for the PTK must be updated, using the new
ieee80211_set_key_tx_seq() function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
commit 56b765b79 ("htb: improved accuracy at high rates")
broke the "linklayer atm" handling.
tc class add ... htb rate X ceil Y linklayer atm
The linklayer setting is implemented by modifying the rate table
which is send to the kernel. No direct parameter were
transferred to the kernel indicating the linklayer setting.
The commit 56b765b79 ("htb: improved accuracy at high rates")
removed the use of the rate table system.
To keep compatible with older iproute2 utils, this patch detects
the linklayer by parsing the rate table. It also supports future
versions of iproute2 to send this linklayer parameter to the
kernel directly. This is done by using the __reserved field in
struct tc_ratespec, to convey the choosen linklayer option, but
only using the lower 4 bits of this field.
Linklayer detection is limited to speeds below 100Mbit/s, because
at high rates the rtab is gets too inaccurate, so bad that
several fields contain the same values, this resembling the ATM
detect. Fields even start to contain "0" time to send, e.g. at
1000Mbit/s sending a 96 bytes packet cost "0", thus the rtab have
been more broken than we first realized.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows to switch the netns when packet is encapsulated or
decapsulated. In other word, the encapsulated packet is received in a netns,
where the lookup is done to find the tunnel. Once the tunnel is found, the
packet is decapsulated and injecting into the corresponding interface which
stands to another netns.
When one of the two netns is removed, the tunnel is destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows to switch the netns when packet is encapsulated or
decapsulated. In other word, the encapsulated packet is received in a netns,
where the lookup is done to find the tunnel. Once the tunnel is found, the
packet is decapsulated and injecting into the corresponding interface which
stands to another netns.
When one of the two netns is removed, the tunnel is destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->sk socket can be of AF_INET or AF_INET6 address family. Thus we
always have to make sure we a referring to the correct interpretation
of skb->sk.
We only depend on header defines to query the mtu, so we don't introduce
a new dependency to ipv6 by this change.
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In xfrm4 and xfrm6 we need to take care about sockets of the other
address family. This could happen because a 6in4 or 4in6 tunnel could
get protected by ipsec.
Because we don't want to have a run-time dependency on ipv6 when only
using ipv4 xfrm we have to embed a pointer to the correct local_error
function in xfrm_state_afinet and look it up when returning an error
depending on the socket address family.
Thanks to vi0ss for the great bug report:
<https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=58691>
v2:
a) fix two more unsafe interpretations of skb->sk as ipv6 socket
(xfrm6_local_dontfrag and __xfrm6_output)
v3:
a) add an EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(xfrm_local_error) to fix a link error when
building ipv6 as a module (thanks to Steffen Klassert)
Reported-by: <vi0oss@gmail.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Using inner-id for tunnel id is not safe in some rare cases.
E.g. packets coming from multiple sources entering same tunnel
can have same id. Therefore on tunnel packet receive we
could have packets from two different stream but with same
source and dst IP with same ip-id which could confuse ip packet
reassembly.
Following patch reverts optimization from commit
490ab08127 (IP_GRE: Fix IP-Identification.)
CC: Jarno Rajahalme <jrajahalme@nicira.com>
CC: Ansis Atteka <aatteka@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Result is added as an NFC_ATTR_FIRMWARE_DOWNLOAD_STATUS attribute
containing the standard errno positive value of the completion result.
This event will be sent when the firmare download operation is done and
will contain the operation result.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This API must be called by NFC drivers, and its prototype was
incorrectly placed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This patch adds the capability to attach expectations via nfnetlink_queue.
This is required by conntrack helpers that trigger expectations based on
the first packet seen like the TFTP and the DHCPv6 user-space helpers.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pass the wdev from cfg80211 on to the driver as the vif
if given and it's valid for the driver.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To allow drivers to implement per-interface testmode operations
more easily, pass a wdev pointer if any identification for one
was given from userspace. Clean up the code a bit while at it.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A lot of drivers check the frame protocol for ETH_P_PAE,
for various reasons (like making those more reliable).
Add a new flags bitmap to the TX control info and a new
flag indicating the control port protocol is in use to
let all drivers also apply such logic to other control
port protocols, should they be configured.
Also use the new flag in the iwlwifi drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Adding paged frags skbs to af_unix sockets introduced a performance
regression on large sends because of additional page allocations, even
if each skb could carry at least 100% more payload than before.
We can instruct sock_alloc_send_pskb() to attempt high order
allocations.
Most of the time, it does a single page allocation instead of 8.
I added an additional parameter to sock_alloc_send_pskb() to
let other users to opt-in for this new feature on followup patches.
Tested:
Before patch :
$ netperf -t STREAM_STREAM
STREAM STREAM TEST
Recv Send Send
Socket Socket Message Elapsed
Size Size Size Time Throughput
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/sec
2304 212992 212992 10.00 46861.15
After patch :
$ netperf -t STREAM_STREAM
STREAM STREAM TEST
Recv Send Send
Socket Socket Message Elapsed
Size Size Size Time Throughput
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/sec
2304 212992 212992 10.00 57981.11
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
unix_stream_sendmsg() currently uses order-2 allocations,
and we had numerous reports this can fail.
The __GFP_REPEAT flag present in sock_alloc_send_pskb() is
not helping.
This patch extends the work done in commit eb6a24816b
("af_unix: reduce high order page allocations) for
datagram sockets.
This opens the possibility of zero copy IO (splice() and
friends)
The trick is to not use skb_pull() anymore in recvmsg() path,
and instead add a @consumed field in UNIXCB() to track amount
of already read payload in the skb.
There is a performance regression for large sends
because of extra page allocations that will be addressed
in a follow-up patch, allowing sock_alloc_send_pskb()
to attempt high order page allocations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Encrypt the cookie with both server and client IPv4 addresses,
such that multi-homed server will grant different cookies
based on both the source and destination IPs. No client change
is needed since cookie is opaque to the client.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename mib counter from "low latency" to "busy poll"
v1 also moved the counter to the ip MIB (suggested by Shawn Bohrer)
Eric Dumazet suggested that the current location is better.
So v2 just renames the counter to fit the new naming convention.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the restructuring of the lksctp.org site, we only allow bug
reports through the SCTP mailing list linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org,
not via SF, as SF is only used for web hosting and nothing more.
While at it, also remove the obvious statement that bugs will be
fixed and incooperated into the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of the last module parameter for SCTP and make this
configurable via sysctl for SCTP like all the rest of SCTP's
configuration knobs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let nf_ct_delete handle delivery of the DESTROY event.
Based on earlier patch from Pablo Neira.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
cgroup controller API will be converted to primarily use struct
cgroup_subsys_state instead of struct cgroup. In preparation, make
the internal functions of netprio_cgroup pass around @css instead of
@cgrp.
While at it, kill struct cgroup_netprio_state which only contained
struct cgroup_subsys_state without serving any purpose. All functions
are converted to deal with @css directly.
This patch shouldn't cause any behavior differences.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The names of the two struct cgroup_subsys_state accessors -
cgroup_subsys_state() and task_subsys_state() - are somewhat awkward.
The former clashes with the type name and the latter doesn't even
indicate it's somehow related to cgroup.
We're about to revamp large portion of cgroup API, so, let's rename
them so that they're less awkward. Most per-controller usages of the
accessors are localized in accessor wrappers and given the amount of
scheduled changes, this isn't gonna add any noticeable headache.
Rename cgroup_subsys_state() to cgroup_css() and task_subsys_state()
to task_css(). This patch is pure rename.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
The IP tunnel hash heads can be embedded in the per-net structure
since it is a fixed size. Reduce the size so that the total structure
fits in a page size. The original size was overly large, even NETDEV_HASHBITS
is only 8 bits!
Also, add some white space for readability.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mark argument is read only, so constify it. Also make dummy_mark in
af_key const -- only used as dummy argument for this very function.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <minipli@googlemail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
When renaming ll_poll to busy poll, I introduced a typo
in the name of the do-nothing placeholder for sk_busy_loop
and called it sk_busy_poll.
This broke compile when busy poll was not configured.
Cong Wang submitted a patch to fixed that.
This patch removes the now redundant, misspelled placeholder.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move refcnt, pref, suppress_ifgroup, suppress_prefixlen out of first
cache line, as they are not used in fast path.
Make sure ctarget & fr_net are in first cache line.
(Assuming 64 bit arches and 64 bytes cache lines)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change brings the suppressor attribute names into line; it also changes
the data types to provide a more consistent interface.
While -1 indicates that the suppressor is not enabled, values >= 0 for
suppress_prefixlen or suppress_ifgroup reject routing decisions violating the
constraint.
This changes the previously presented behaviour of suppress_prefixlen, where a
prefix length _less_ than the attribute value was rejected. After this change,
a prefix length less than *or* equal to the value is considered a violation of
the rule constraint.
It also changes the default values for default and newly added rules (disabling
any suppression for those).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change adds the ability to suppress a routing decision based upon the
interface group the selected interface belongs to. This allows it to
exclude specific devices from a routing decision.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sctp sits on IPv6, sctp_transport_dst_check pass cookie as ZERO,
as a result ip6_dst_check always fail out. This behaviour makes
transport->dst useless, because every sctp_packet_transmit must look
for valid dst.
Add a dst_cookie into sctp_transport, and set the cookie whenever we
get new dst for sctp_transport. So dst validness could be checked
against it.
Since I have split genid for IPv4 and IPv6, also delete/add IPv6 address
will also bump IPv6 genid. So issues we discussed in:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=137404469219410&w=4
have all been sloved for this patch.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's convenient to have ethernet mac addresses use
ETH_ALEN to be able to grep for them a bit easier and
also to ensure that the addresses are __aligned(2).
Add #include <linux/if_ether.h> as necessary.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliezer renames several *ll_poll to *busy_poll, but forgets
CONFIG_NET_LL_RX_POLL, so in case of confusion, rename it too.
Cc: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_NET_LL_RX_POLL is not set, I got:
net/socket.c: In function ‘sock_poll’:
net/socket.c:1165:4: error: implicit declaration of function ‘sk_busy_loop’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
Fix this by adding a nop when !CONFIG_NET_LL_RX_POLL.
Cc: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a high-traffic router with many processors and many IPv6 dst
entries, soft lockup in fib6_run_gc() can occur when number of
entries reaches gc_thresh.
This happens because fib6_run_gc() uses fib6_gc_lock to allow
only one thread to run the garbage collector but ip6_dst_gc()
doesn't update net->ipv6.ip6_rt_last_gc until fib6_run_gc()
returns. On a system with many entries, this can take some time
so that in the meantime, other threads pass the tests in
ip6_dst_gc() (ip6_rt_last_gc is still not updated) and wait for
the lock. They then have to run the garbage collector one after
another which blocks them for quite long.
Resolve this by replacing special value ~0UL of expire parameter
to fib6_run_gc() by explicit "force" parameter to choose between
spin_lock_bh() and spin_trylock_bh() and call fib6_run_gc() with
force=false if gc_thresh is reached but not max_size.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon
transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers
using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually
after reaching count == 0.
This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel
switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel
definition of an active channel context.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[small cleanups, catch identical chandef]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To allow channel switch announcements within beacons, add
the channel switch command to nl80211/cfg80211. This is
implementation is intended for AP and (later) IBSS mode.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change adds a new operation to the fib_rules_ops struct; it allows the
suppression of routing decisions if certain criteria are not met by its
results.
The first implemented constraint is a minimum prefix length added to the
structures of routing rules. If a rule is added with a minimum prefix length
>0, only routes meeting this threshold will be considered. Any other (more
general) routing table entries will be ignored.
When configuring a system with multiple network uplinks and default routes, it
is often convinient to reference the main routing table multiple times - but
omitting the default route. Using this patch and a modified "ip" utility, this
can be achieved by using the following command sequence:
$ ip route add table secuplink default via 10.42.23.1
$ ip rule add pref 100 table main prefixlength 1
$ ip rule add pref 150 fwmark 0xA table secuplink
With this setup, packets marked 0xA will be processed by the additional routing
table "secuplink", but only if no suitable route in the main routing table can
be found. By using a minimal prefixlength of 1, the default route (/0) of the
table "main" is hidden to packets processed by rule 100; packets traveling to
destinations with more specific routing entries are processed as usual.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 547669d483 ("tcp: xps: fix reordering issues") added
unexpected reorders in case netem is used in a MQ setup for high
performance test bed.
ETH=eth0
tc qd del dev $ETH root 2>/dev/null
tc qd add dev $ETH root handle 1: mq
for i in `seq 1 32`
do
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:$i netem delay 100ms
done
As all tcp packets are orphaned by netem, TCP stack believes it can
set skb->ooo_okay on all packets.
In order to allow producers to send more packets, we want to
keep sk_wmem_alloc from reaching sk_sndbuf limit.
We can do that by accounting one byte per skb in netem queues,
so that TCP stack is not fooled too much.
Tested:
With above MQ/netem setup, scaling number of concurrent flows gives
linear results and no reorders/retransmits
lpq83:~# for n in 1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
do echo -n "n:$n " ; ./super_netperf $n -H 10.7.7.84; done
n:1 198.46
n:10 2002.69
n:20 4000.98
n:30 6006.35
n:40 8020.93
n:50 10032.3
n:60 12081.9
n:70 13971.3
n:80 16009.7
n:90 17117.3
n:100 17425.5
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current net name space has only one genid for both IPv4 and IPv6, it has below
drawbacks:
- Add/delete an IPv4 address will invalidate all IPv6 routing table entries.
- Insert/remove XFRM policy will also invalidate both IPv4/IPv6 routing table
entries even when the policy is only applied for one address family.
Thus, this patch attempt to split one genid for two to cater for IPv4 and IPv6
separately in a fine granularity.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove declaration, 4 defines and confusing comment that are no longer used
since 1a2c6181c4 ("tcp: Remove TCPCT").
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Popov <dp@highloadlab.com>
Acked-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using 16 bits is too small, when many adjustments happen the offsets might
overflow and break the connection.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
ctnetlink contains copy-paste code from death_by_timeout. In order to
avoid changing both places in upcoming event delivery patch,
export death_by_timeout functionality and use it in the ctnetlink code.
Based on earlier patch from Pablo Neira.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We've removed nf_tproxy_core.ko, so also remove its header.
The lookup helpers are split and then moved to tproxy target/socket match.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The module was "permanent", due to the special tproxy skb->destructor.
Nowadays we have tcp early demux and its sock_edemux destructor in
networking core which can be used instead.
Thanks to early demux changes the input path now also handles
"skb->sk is tw socket" correctly, so this no longer needs the special
handling introduced with commit d503b30bd6
(netfilter: tproxy: do not assign timewait sockets to skb->sk).
Thus:
- move assign_sock function to where its needed
- don't prevent timewait sockets from being assigned to the skb
- remove nf_tproxy_core.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Logging of invalid packets has to be explicitly enabled. Rate-limiting these
messages is inconsistent with other netfilter logging features and makes
debugging harder.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Loading a firmware into a target is typically called firmware
download, not firmware upload. So we rename the netlink API to
NFC_CMD_FW_DOWNLOAD in order to avoid any terminology confusion from
userspace.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This patch reverts commit
80b45261a0
which was implementing a 'cancelled' functionality to notify that
a cancelled request will not be replied.
This implementation was not used anywhere and therefore removed.
Signed-off-by: Andi Shyti <andi@etezian.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP checksums are optional, hence pktgen has been omitting them in
favour of performance. The optional flag UDPCSUM enables UDP
checksumming. If the output device supports hardware checksumming
the skb is prepared and marked CHECKSUM_PARTIAL, otherwise the
checksum is generated in software.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is useful for other VSOCK transport implemented outside the
net/vmw_vsock/ directory to use these headers.
Signed-off-by: Asias He <asias@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Andy King <acking@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch consolidates the SCTP checksum calculation code from various
places to a single new function, sctp_compute_cksum(skb, offset).
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joe@wand.net.nz>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add macros for the HCI capabilities as described in the Bluetooth Core
Specification v4.0, Volume 2, part E, section 7.1.29.
Signed-off-by: Mikel Astiz <mikel.astiz@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Idea of this patch is to add optional limitation of number of
unsent bytes in TCP sockets, to reduce usage of kernel memory.
TCP receiver might announce a big window, and TCP sender autotuning
might allow a large amount of bytes in write queue, but this has little
performance impact if a large part of this buffering is wasted :
Write queue needs to be large only to deal with large BDP, not
necessarily to cope with scheduling delays (incoming ACKS make room
for the application to queue more bytes)
For most workloads, using a value of 128 KB or less is OK to give
applications enough time to react to POLLOUT events in time
(or being awaken in a blocking sendmsg())
This patch adds two ways to set the limit :
1) Per socket option TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT
2) A sysctl (/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_notsent_lowat) for sockets
not using TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT socket option (or setting a zero value)
Default value being UINT_MAX (0xFFFFFFFF), meaning this has no effect.
This changes poll()/select()/epoll() to report POLLOUT
only if number of unsent bytes is below tp->nosent_lowat
Note this might increase number of sendmsg()/sendfile() calls
when using non blocking sockets,
and increase number of context switches for blocking sockets.
Note this is not related to SO_SNDLOWAT (as SO_SNDLOWAT is
defined as :
Specify the minimum number of bytes in the buffer until
the socket layer will pass the data to the protocol)
Tested:
netperf sessions, and watching /proc/net/protocols "memory" column for TCP
With 200 concurrent netperf -t TCP_STREAM sessions, amount of kernel memory
used by TCP buffers shrinks by ~55 % (20567 pages instead of 45458)
lpq83:~# echo -1 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_notsent_lowat
lpq83:~# (super_netperf 200 -t TCP_STREAM -H remote -l 90 &); sleep 60 ; grep TCP /proc/net/protocols
TCPv6 1880 2 45458 no 208 yes ipv6 y y y y y y y y y y y y y n y y y y y
TCP 1696 508 45458 no 208 yes kernel y y y y y y y y y y y y y n y y y y y
lpq83:~# echo 131072 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_notsent_lowat
lpq83:~# (super_netperf 200 -t TCP_STREAM -H remote -l 90 &); sleep 60 ; grep TCP /proc/net/protocols
TCPv6 1880 2 20567 no 208 yes ipv6 y y y y y y y y y y y y y n y y y y y
TCP 1696 508 20567 no 208 yes kernel y y y y y y y y y y y y y n y y y y y
Using 128KB has no bad effect on the throughput or cpu usage
of a single flow, although there is an increase of context switches.
A bonus is that we hold socket lock for a shorter amount
of time and should improve latencies of ACK processing.
lpq83:~# echo -1 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_notsent_lowat
lpq83:~# perf stat -e context-switches ./netperf -H 7.7.7.84 -t omni -l 20 -c -i10,3
OMNI Send TEST from 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0) port 0 AF_INET to 7.7.7.84 () port 0 AF_INET : +/-2.500% @ 99% conf.
Local Remote Local Elapsed Throughput Throughput Local Local Remote Remote Local Remote Service
Send Socket Recv Socket Send Time Units CPU CPU CPU CPU Service Service Demand
Size Size Size (sec) Util Util Util Util Demand Demand Units
Final Final % Method % Method
1651584 6291456 16384 20.00 17447.90 10^6bits/s 3.13 S -1.00 U 0.353 -1.000 usec/KB
Performance counter stats for './netperf -H 7.7.7.84 -t omni -l 20 -c -i10,3':
412,514 context-switches
200.034645535 seconds time elapsed
lpq83:~# echo 131072 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_notsent_lowat
lpq83:~# perf stat -e context-switches ./netperf -H 7.7.7.84 -t omni -l 20 -c -i10,3
OMNI Send TEST from 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0) port 0 AF_INET to 7.7.7.84 () port 0 AF_INET : +/-2.500% @ 99% conf.
Local Remote Local Elapsed Throughput Throughput Local Local Remote Remote Local Remote Service
Send Socket Recv Socket Send Time Units CPU CPU CPU CPU Service Service Demand
Size Size Size (sec) Util Util Util Util Demand Demand Units
Final Final % Method % Method
1593240 6291456 16384 20.00 17321.16 10^6bits/s 3.35 S -1.00 U 0.381 -1.000 usec/KB
Performance counter stats for './netperf -H 7.7.7.84 -t omni -l 20 -c -i10,3':
2,675,818 context-switches
200.029651391 seconds time elapsed
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-By: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several call sites use the hardcoded following condition :
sk_stream_wspace(sk) >= sk_stream_min_wspace(sk)
Lets use a helper because TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT support will change this
condition for TCP sockets.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SCTP mailing list address to send patches or questions
to is linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org and not
lksctp-developers@lists.sourceforge.net anymore. Therefore,
update all occurences.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prefer packet timings to TS-ecr for RTT measurements when both
sources are available. That's because broken middle-boxes and remote
peer can return packets with corrupted TS ECR fields. Similarly most
congestion controls that require RTT signals favor timing-based
sources as well. Also check for bad TS ECR values to avoid RTT
blow-ups. It has happened on production Web servers.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first patch consolidates SYNACK and other RTT measurement to use a
central function tcp_ack_update_rtt(). A (small) bonus is now SYNACK
RTT measurement happens after PAWS check, potentially reducing the
impact of RTO seeding on bad TCP timestamps values.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the private error queue delivery function from the
af_packet code to the core socket method. In this way, network layers
only needing the error queue for transmit time stamping can share common
code.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some regulations (like germany, but also FCC) express their transmission
power limit in dBm/MHz or mW/MHz. To cope with that and be on the safe
side, reduce the maximum power to half (10 MHz) or quarter (5 MHz)
when operating on these reduced bandwidth channels.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Mandatory rates for 5 and 10 MHz are different from the rates used for
20 MHz in 2.4 GHz mode, as they use OFDM only.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Wireshark already defines radiotap channel flags for 5 and 10 MHz, so
just use them in Linux radiotap too. Furthermore, add rx status flags to
allow drivers to report when they received data on 5 or 10 MHz channels.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
5 and 10 MHz support needs to know the current operating channel width,
add the chandef to the rate control API.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
To allow scanning and working with 5 MHz and 10 MHz BSS, extend the
inform bss commands and add wrappers to take 5 and 10 MHz bss into
account.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
and power consumption.
Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received
interrupts to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware
for some predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when
one of the following events occur.
a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to
maximum coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
This patch adds set/get configuration support for packet coalesce.
User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
rule.
a) Maximum coalescing delay
b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
Multiple such rules can be created.
This feature needs to be advertised during driver initialization.
Drivers are supposed to do required firmware/hardware settings based
on user configuration.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[fix kernel-doc, change free function, fix copy/paste error]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Almost everywhere tabs are used to indent continuation
lines, replace the few places that use spaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Currently packet patterns and it's enum/structures are used only
for WoWLAN feature. As we intend to reuse them for new feature
packet coalesce, they are renamed in this patch.
Older names are kept for backward compatibility purpose.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Just a bunch of small fixes and tidy ups:
1) Finish the "busy_poll" renames, from Eliezer Tamir.
2) Fix RCU stalls in IFB driver, from Ding Tianhong.
3) Linearize buffers properly in tun/macvtap zerocopy code.
4) Don't crash on rmmod in vxlan, from Pravin B Shelar.
5) Spinlock used before init in alx driver, from Maarten Lankhorst.
6) A sparse warning fix in bnx2x broke TSO checksums, fix from Dmitry
Kravkov.
7) Dummy and ifb driver load failure paths can oops, fixes from Tan
Xiaojun and Ding Tianhong.
8) Correct MTU calculations in IP tunnels, from Alexander Duyck.
9) Account all TCP retransmits in SNMP stats properly, from Yuchung
Cheng.
10) atl1e and via-rhine do not handle DMA mapping failures properly,
from Neil Horman.
11) Various equal-cost multipath route fixes in ipv6 from Hannes
Frederic Sowa"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (36 commits)
ipv6: only static routes qualify for equal cost multipathing
via-rhine: fix dma mapping errors
atl1e: fix dma mapping warnings
tcp: account all retransmit failures
usb/net/r815x: fix cast to restricted __le32
usb/net/r8152: fix integer overflow in expression
net: access page->private by using page_private
net: strict_strtoul is obsolete, use kstrtoul instead
drivers/net/ieee802154: don't use devm_pinctrl_get_select_default() in probe
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence: don't use devm_pinctrl_get_select_default() in probe
drivers/net/can/c_can: don't use devm_pinctrl_get_select_default() in probe
net/usb: add relative mii functions for r815x
net/tipc: use %*phC to dump small buffers in hex form
qlcnic: Adding Maintainers.
gre: Fix MTU sizing check for gretap tunnels
pkt_sched: sch_qfq: remove forward declaration of qfq_update_agg_ts
pkt_sched: sch_qfq: improve efficiency of make_eligible
gso: Update tunnel segmentation to support Tx checksum offload
inet: fix spacing in assignment
ifb: fix oops when loading the ifb failed
...
Several of these patches were rebased in order to correct style issues.
Only stylistic changes were made versus the patches which were in linux-next
for two weeks. The rebases have been in linux-next for 3 days and have
passed my regressions.
The bulk of these are RDMA fixes and improvements. There's also some
additions on the extended attributes front to support some additional
namespaces and a new option for TCP to force allocation of mount requests
from a priviledged port.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
Comment: GPGTools - http://gpgtools.org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=n9rI
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus-3.11-merge-window-part-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs
Pull second round of 9p patches from Eric Van Hensbergen:
"Several of these patches were rebased in order to correct style
issues. Only stylistic changes were made versus the patches which
were in linux-next for two weeks. The rebases have been in linux-next
for 3 days and have passed my regressions.
The bulk of these are RDMA fixes and improvements. There's also some
additions on the extended attributes front to support some additional
namespaces and a new option for TCP to force allocation of mount
requests from a priviledged port"
* tag 'for-linus-3.11-merge-window-part-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
fs/9p: Remove the unused variable "err" in v9fs_vfs_getattr()
9P: Add cancelled() to the transport functions.
9P/RDMA: count posted buffers without a pending request
9P/RDMA: Improve error handling in rdma_request
9P/RDMA: Do not free req->rc in error handling in rdma_request()
9P/RDMA: Use a semaphore to protect the RQ
9P/RDMA: Protect against duplicate replies
9P/RDMA: increase P9_RDMA_MAXSIZE to 1MB
9pnet: refactor struct p9_fcall alloc code
9P/RDMA: rdma_request() needs not allocate req->rc
9P: Fix fcall allocation for rdma
fs/9p: xattr: add trusted and security namespaces
net/9p: add privport option to 9p tcp transport
Rename LL_SO to BUSY_POLL_SO
Rename sysctl_net_ll_{read,poll} to sysctl_busy_{read,poll}
Fix up users of these variables.
Fix documentation for sysctl.
a patch for the socket.7 man page will follow separately,
because of limitations of my mail setup.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename ndo_ll_poll to ndo_busy_poll.
Rename sk_mark_ll to sk_mark_napi_id.
Rename skb_mark_ll to skb_mark_napi_id.
Correct all useres of these functions.
Update comments and defines in include/net/busy_poll.h
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the file and correct all the places where it is included.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suggested by Linus:
Changed time accounting for busy-poll:
- Make it microsecond based.
- Use unsigned longs.
- Revert back to use time_after instead of time_in_range.
Reorder poll/select busy loop conditions:
- Clear busy_flag after one time we can't busy-poll.
- Only init busy_end if we actually are going to busy-poll.
Added one more missing need_resched() test.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename functions in include/net/ll_poll.h to busy wait.
Clarify documentation about expected power use increase.
Rename POLL_LL to POLL_BUSY_LOOP.
Add need_resched() testing to poll/select busy loops.
Note, that in select and poll can_busy_poll is dynamic and is
updated continuously to reflect the existence of supported
sockets with valid queue information.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RDMA needs to post a buffer for each incoming reply.
Hence it needs to keep count of these and needs to be
aware of whether a flushed request has received a reply
or not.
This patch adds the cancelled() callback to the transport modules.
It is called when RFLUSH has been received and that the corresponding
request will never receive a reply.
Signed-off-by: Simon Derr <simon.derr@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
If the privport option is specified, the tcp transport binds local
address to a reserved port before connecting to the 9p server.
In some cases when 9P AUTH cannot be implemented, this is better than
nothing.
Signed-off-by: Jim Garlick <garlick@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
commit eea86af6b1 ("net: sock: adapt SOCK_MIN_RCVBUF and
SOCK_MIN_SNDBUF") forgot the sk_buff alignment taken into account
in __alloc_skb() : skb->truesize = SKB_TRUESIZE(size);
While above commit fixed the sender issue, the receiver is still
dropping the second packet (on loopback device), because the receiver
socket can not really hold two skbs :
First packet truesize already is above sk_rcvbuf, so even TCP coalescing
cannot help.
On a typical 64bit build, each tcp skb truesize is 2304, instead of 2272
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Tested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to TCP/UDP offloading, move all related GRE functions to
gre_offload.c to make things more explicit and similar to the rest
of the code.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
correct placeholder declarations to prevent build breakage when
!CONFIG_NET_LL_RX_POLL
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Time in range will fail safely if we move to a different cpu with an
extremely large clock skew.
Add time_in_range64() and convert lls to use it.
changelog:
v2
- fixed double call to sched_clock in can_poll_ll
- fixed checkpatchisms
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the fib_update_nh_saddrs() declaration from
include/net/ip_fib.h, as the fib_update_nh_saddrs() method was removed in
coomit 436c3b6 ("ipv4: Invalidate nexthop cache nh_saddr more correctly").
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The header file checksum.h is missing proper defines that prevents
it from double inclusion.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should get rid of all own SCTP debug printk macros and use the ones
that the kernel offers anyway instead. This makes the code more readable
and conform to the kernel code, and offers all the features of dynamic
debbuging that pr_debug() et al has, such as only turning on/off portions
of debug messages at runtime through debugfs. The runtime cost of having
CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG enabled, but none of the debug statements printing,
is negligible [1]. If kernel debugging is completly turned off, then these
statements will also compile into "empty" functions.
While we're at it, we also need to change the Kconfig option as it /now/
only refers to the ifdef'ed code portions in outqueue.c that enable further
debugging/tracing of SCTP transaction fields. Also, since SCTP_ASSERT code
was enabled with this Kconfig option and has now been removed, we
transform those code parts into WARNs resp. where appropriate BUG_ONs so
that those bugs can be more easily detected as probably not many people
have SCTP debugging permanently turned on.
To turn on all SCTP debugging, the following steps are needed:
# mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug
# echo -n 'module sctp +p' > /sys/kernel/debug/dynamic_debug/control
This can be done more fine-grained on a per file, per line basis and others
as described in [2].
[1] https://www.kernel.org/doc/ols/2009/ols2009-pages-39-46.pdf
[2] Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change Low Latency Sockets code for select and poll so that
when LLS is disabled sched_clock() is never called.
Also, avoid sending POLL_LL to sockets if disabled.
Reported-by: Andi Kleen <andi@firstfloor.org>
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Our use of sched_clock is OK because we don't mind the side effects
of calling it and occasionally waking up on a different CPU.
When CONFIG_DEBUG_PREEMPT is on, disable preempt before calling
sched_clock() so we don't trigger a debug_smp_processor_id() warning.
Reported-by: Cody P Schafer <devel-lists@codyps.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Yet one more pull request for wireless updates intended for 3.11...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"Here we have a few memory leak fixes related to BSS struct handling
mostly from Ben, including a fix for a more theoretical problem
(associating while a BSS struct times out) from myself, a compilation
warning fix from Arend, mesh fixes from Thomas, tracking the beacon
bitrate (Alex), a bandwidth change event fix (Ilan) and some initial
work for 5/10 MHz channels from Simon."
Regarding the iwlwifi bits, Johannes says:
"Emmanuel removed some unneeded/unsupported module parameters and adds a
Bluetooth 1x1 lookup-table for some upcoming products. From Alex I have
an older patch to add low-power receive support, this depended on a
mac80211 commit that only just came in with the merge from wireless-next
I did. Ilan made beacon timings better, and Eytan added some debug
statements for thermal throttling. I have a few cleanups, a fix for a
long-standing but rare warning, and, arguably the most important patch
here, the firmware API version bump for the 7260/3160 devices."
Also included is a Bluetooth pull -- Gustavo says:
"Here goes a set of patches to 3.11. The biggest work here is from Andre Guedes
on the move of the Discovery to use the new request framework. Other than that
Johan provided a bunch of fixes to the L2CAP code. The rest are just small
fixes and clean ups."
On top of all that, there are a variety of updates and fixes to
brcmfmac, rt2x00, wil6210, ath9k, ath10k, and a few others here and
there. This also includes a pull of the wireless tree, in order to
prevent some merge conflicts.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following batch contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next,
they are:
* Enforce policy to several nfnetlink subsystem, from Daniel
Borkmann.
* Use xt_socket to match the third packet (to perform simplistic
socket-based stateful filtering), from Eric Dumazet.
* Avoid large timeout for picked up from the middle TCP flows,
from Florian Westphal.
* Exclude IPVS from struct net if IPVS is disabled and removal
of unnecessary included header file, from JunweiZhang.
* Release SCTP connection immediately under load, to mimic current
TCP behaviour, from Julian Anastasov.
* Replace and enhance SCTP state machine, from Julian Anastasov.
* Add tweak to reduce sync traffic in the presence of persistence,
also from Julian Anastasov.
* Add tweak for the IPVS SH scheduler not to reject connections
directed to a server, choose a new one instead, from Alexander
Frolkin.
* Add support for sloppy TCP and SCTP modes, that creates state
information on any packet, not only initial handshake packets,
from Alexander Frolkin.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit d2d68ba9 (ipv4: Cache input routes in fib_info nexthops)
assmued that "locally destined, and routed packets, never trigger
PMTU events or redirects that will be processed by us".
However, it seems that tunnel devices do trigger PMTU events in certain
cases. At least ip_gre, ip6_gre, sit, and ipip do use the inner flow's
skb_dst(skb)->ops->update_pmtu to propage mtu information from the
outer flows. These can cause the inner flow mtu to be decreased. If
next hop exceptions are not consulted for pmtu, IP fragmentation will
not be done properly for these routes.
It also seems that we really need to have the PMTU information always
for netfilter TCPMSS clamp-to-pmtu feature to work properly.
So for the time being, cache separate copies of input routes for
each next hop exception.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC3590/RFC3810 specifies we should resend MLD reports as soon as a
valid link-local address is available.
We now use the valid_ll_addr_cnt to check if it is necessary to resend
a new report.
Changes since Flavio Leitner's version:
a) adapt for valid_ll_addr_cnt
b) resend first reports directly in the path and just arm the timer for
mc_qrv-1 resends.
Reported-by: Flavio Leitner <fleitner@redhat.com>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To reduce the number of unnecessary router solicitations, MLDv2 and IGMPv3
messages we need to track the number of valid (as in non-optimistic,
no-dad-failed and non-tentative) link-local addresses. Therefore, this
patch implements a valid_ll_addr_cnt in struct inet6_dev.
We now only emit router solicitations if the first link-local address
finishes duplicate address detection.
The changes for MLDv2 and IGMPv3 are in a follow-up patch.
While there, also simplify one if statement(one minor nit I made in one
of my previous patches):
if (!...)
do();
else
return;
<<into>>
if (...)
return;
do();
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows to switch the netns when packet is encapsulated or
decapsulated. In other word, the encapsulated packet is received in a netns,
where the lookup is done to find the tunnel. Once the tunnel is found, the
packet is decapsulated and injecting into the corresponding interface which
stands to another netns.
When one of the two netns is removed, the tunnel is destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
no real problem is fixed, just save a few bytes in
net_namespace structure.
Signed-off-by: JunweiZhang <junwei.zhang@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add sync_persist_mode flag to reduce sync traffic
by syncing only persistent templates.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Aleksey Chudov <aleksey.chudov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Convert the SCTP state table, so that it is more readable.
Change the states to be according to the diagram in RFC 2960
and add more states suitable for middle box. Still, such
change in states adds incompatibility if systems in sync
setup include this change and others do not include it.
With this change we also have proper transitions in INPUT-ONLY
mode (DR/TUN) where we see packets only from client. Now
we should not switch to 10-second CLOSED state at a time
when we should stay in ESTABLISHED state.
The short names for states are because we have 16-char space
in ipvsadm and 11-char limit for the connection list format.
It is a sequence of the TCP implementation where the longest
state name is ESTABLISHED.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This adds support for sloppy TCP and SCTP modes to IPVS.
When enabled (sysctls net.ipv4.vs.sloppy_tcp and
net.ipv4.vs.sloppy_sctp), allows IPVS to create connection state on any
packet, not just a TCP SYN (or SCTP INIT).
This allows connections to fail over from one IPVS director to another
mid-flight.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Frolkin <avf@eldamar.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Before now the schedulers needed access only to IP
addresses and it was easy to get them from skb by
using ip_vs_fill_iph_addr_only.
New changes for the SH scheduler will need the protocol
and ports which is difficult to get from skb for the
IPv6 case. As we have all the data in the iph structure,
to avoid the same slow lookups provide the iph to schedulers.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
select/poll busy-poll support.
Split sysctl value into two separate ones, one for read and one for poll.
updated Documentation/sysctl/net.txt
Add a new poll flag POLL_LL. When this flag is set, sock_poll will call
sk_poll_ll if possible. sock_poll sets this flag in its return value
to indicate to select/poll when a socket that can busy poll is found.
When poll/select have nothing to report, call the low-level
sock_poll again until we are out of time or we find something.
Once the system call finds something, it stops setting POLL_LL, so it can
return the result to the user ASAP.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, SCTP code defines its own timeval functions (since timeval
is rarely used inside the kernel by others), namely tv_lt() and
TIMEVAL_ADD() macros, that operate on SCTP cookie expiration.
We might as well remove all those, and operate directly on ktime
structures for a couple of reasons: ktime is available on all archs;
complexity of ktime calculations depending on the arch is less than
(reduces to a simple arithmetic operations on archs with
BITS_PER_LONG == 64 or CONFIG_KTIME_SCALAR) or equal to timeval
functions (other archs); code becomes more readable; macros can be
thrown out.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We do neither ship a test_frame.h, nor will this be compatible with
the 2.5 out-of-tree lksctp kernel test suite anyway. So remove this
artefact.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch splits the timers for duplicate address detection and router
solicitations apart. The router solicitations timer goes into inet6_dev
and the dad timer stays in inet6_ifaddr.
The reason behind this patch is to reduce the number of unneeded router
solicitations send out by the host if additional link-local addresses
are created. Currently we send out RS for every link-local address on
an interface.
If the RS timer fires we pick a source address with ipv6_get_lladdr. This
change could hurt people adding additional link-local addresses and
specifying these addresses in the radvd clients section because we
no longer guarantee that we use every ll address as source address in
router solicitations.
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fleitner@redhat.com>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct tcp_fastopen_context has a field named tfm, which is a pointer
to a crypto_cipher structure.
It currently has a __rcu annotation, which is not needed at all.
tcp_fastopen_ctx is the pointer fetched by rcu_dereference(), but once
we have a pointer to current tcp_fastopen_context, we do not use/need
rcu_dereference() to access tfm.
This fixes a lot of sparse errors like the following :
net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen.c:21:31: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different address spaces)
net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen.c:21:31: expected struct crypto_cipher *tfm
net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen.c:21:31: got struct crypto_cipher [noderef] <asn:4>*tfm
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
I would guess that this is the last big wireless pull request before
the 3.11 merge window...
Regarding the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"I have a number of mesh fixes and improvements from Colleen, Jacob,
Ashok and Thomas, powersave fixes in mac80211 from Alex, improved
management-TX from Antonio, and a few various things, including locking
fixes, from others and myself. Overall though, nothing really stands
out."
As for the iwlwifi bits, Johannes says:
"Emmanuel contributed two AP mode fixes, removed an unused field, fixed a
comment and added a warning for something that shouldn't happen in
practice, and I removed the declaration of a function that doesn't even
exist and cleaned up a small include."
"This time I have a number of cleanups, a small fix from Emmanuel and two
performance improvements that combined reduce our driver's CPU
utilisation as much as 75% in high TX-throughput scenarios."
"These two patches fix two issues with using rfkill randomly during
traffic, which would then cause our driver to stop working and not be
able to recover at all."
Regarding the ath6kl bits, Kalle says:
"Here are few simple patches for ath6kl. We have a suspend crash fix for
USB from Shafi, use of mac_pton(), a compiler warning fix and a fix for
module initialisation error path."
Kalle also sends the biggest single item of note, the new ath10k
driver for Qualcomm Atheros 802.11ac CQA98xx devices.
Included is an NFC pull, of which Samuel says:
"These are the pending NFC patches for the 3.11 merge window.
It contains the pending fixes that were on nfc-fixes (nfc-fixes-3.10-2),
along with a few more for the pn544 and pn533 drivers, the LLCP
disconnection path and an LLCP memory leak.
Highlights for this one are:
- An initial secure element API. NFC chipsets can carry an embedded
secure element or get access to the SIM one. In both cases they
control the secure elements and this API provides a way to discover,
enable and disable the available SEs. It also exports that to
userspace in order for SE focused middleware to actually do something
with them (e.g. payments).
- NCI over SPI support. SPI is the most complex NCI specified transport
layer and we now have support for it in the kernel. The next step will
be to implement drivers for NCI chipsets using this transport like
e.g. bcm2079x.
- NFC p2p hardware simulation driver. We now have an nfcsim driver that
is mostly a loopback device between 2 NFC interfaces. It also
implements the rest of the NFC core API like polling and target
detection. This driver, with neard running on top of it, allows us to
completely test the LLCP, SNEP and Handover implementation without
physical hardware.
- A Firmware update netlink API. Most (All ?) HCI chipsets have a
special firmware update mode where applications can push a new
firmware that will be flashed. We now have a netlink API for providing
that mode to e.g. nfctool."
On top of all that, there are a variety of updates to brcmfmac,
iwlegacy, rtlwifi, wil6210, and the TI wl12xx drivers. As usual,
the bcma and ssb busses get a little love as well, as do a handful
of others here and there.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tunnel constants can be used in generic code but in these cases
the inline functions in ip_tunnels.h cause compilation problems
if CONFIG_INET is not set.
CC: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove HCI_LINK_KEYS flag since using HCI_MGMT is enough for test that
user space expects the kernel managing link keys.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch removes hci_do_inquiry and hci_cancel_inquiry helpers. We
now use the HCI request framework in device discovery functionality
and these helpers are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch removes the LE scan helpers hci_le_scan and hci_cancel_
le_scan and all code related to it. We now use the HCI request
framework in device discovery functionality and these helpers are
no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
mgmt_stop_discovery_failed is now only used in mgmt.c so we can
make it a local function. This patch also moves the mgmt_stop_
discovery_failed definition up in mgmt.c to avoid forward
declaration.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In order to have a better HCI error handling in interleaved discovery
functionality, we should use the HCI request framework.
This patch updates le_scan_disable_work function so it uses the
HCI request framework instead of the hci_send_cmd helper. A complete
callback is registered (le_scan_disable_work_complete function) so we
are able to trigger the inquiry procedure (if we are running the
interleaved discovery) or to stop the discovery procedure (if we are
running LE-only discovery).
This patch also removes the extra logic in hci_cc_le_set_scan_enable
to trigger the inquiry procedure and the mgmt_interleaved_discovery
function since they become useless.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Some of discovery macros will be used in hci_core so we need to
define them in common place such as hci_core.h. Thus, this patch
moves discovery macros to hci_core.h and also adds the DISCOV_
prefix to them.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
mgmt_start_discovery_failed is now only used in mgmt.c so we can
make it a local function. This patch also moves the mgmt_start_
discovery_failed definition up in mgmt.c to avoid forward
declaration.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In order to use HCI request framework in start_discovery, we'll need
to call inquiry_cache_flush in mgmt.c. Therefore, this patch adds the
hci_ prefix to inquiry_cache_flush and makes it non-static.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In future Core Specification versions the ATT CID will be just one of
many possible CIDs that can be used for data transfer. Therefore, it
makes sense to rename the define for the ATT CID to something less
ambigous.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This typedef is unnecessary and should just be removed.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This typedef is unnecessary and should just be removed.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current situation is that SOCK_MIN_RCVBUF is 2048 + sizeof(struct sk_buff))
while SOCK_MIN_SNDBUF is 2048. Since in both cases, skb->truesize is used for
sk_{r,w}mem_alloc accounting, we should have both sizes adjusted via defining a
TCP_SKB_MIN_TRUESIZE.
Further, as Eric Dumazet points out, the minimal skb truesize in transmit path is
SKB_TRUESIZE(2048) after commit f07d960df3 ("tcp: avoid frag allocation for
small frames"), and tcp_sendmsg() tries to limit skb size to half the congestion
window, meaning we try to build two skbs at minimum. Thus, having SOCK_MIN_SNDBUF
as 2048 can hit a small regression for some applications setting to low
SO_SNDBUF / SO_RCVBUF. Note that we define a TCP_SKB_MIN_TRUESIZE, because
SKB_TRUESIZE(2048) adds SKB_DATA_ALIGN(sizeof(struct skb_shared_info)), but in
case of TCP skbs, the skb_shared_info is part of the 2048 bytes allocation for
skb->head.
The minor adaption in sk_stream_moderate_sndbuf() is to silence a warning by
using a typed max macro, as similarly done in SOCK_MIN_RCVBUF occurences, that
would appear otherwise.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Process skb tunnel header before sending packet to protocol handler.
this allows code sharing between gre and ovs gre modules.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor various ip tunnels xmit functions and extend iptunnel_xmit()
so that there is more code sharing.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently there is only one user is allowed to register for gre
protocol. Following patch adds de-multiplexer. So that multiple
modules can listen on gre protocol e.g. kernel gre devices and ovs.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/Kconfig
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c
net/batman-adv/bat_iv_ogm.c
net/wireless/nl80211.c
The ath9k Kconfig conflict was a change of a Kconfig option name right
next to the deletion of another option.
The xen-netback conflict was overlapping changes involving the
handling of the notify list in xen_netbk_rx_action().
Batman conflict resolution provided by Antonio Quartulli, basically
keep everything in both conflict hunks.
The nl80211 conflict is a little more involved. In 'net' we added a
dynamic memory allocation to nl80211_dump_wiphy() to fix a race that
Linus reported. Meanwhile in 'net-next' the handlers were converted
to use pre and post doit handlers which use a flag to determine
whether to hold the RTNL mutex around the operation.
However, the dump handlers to not use this logic. Instead they have
to explicitly do the locking. There were apparent bugs in the
conversion of nl80211_dump_wiphy() in that we were not dropping the
RTNL mutex in all the return paths, and it seems we very much should
be doing so. So I fixed that whilst handling the overlapping changes.
To simplify the initial returns, I take the RTNL mutex after we try
to allocate 'tb'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Doing so will allow us to hold the BSS (not just ref it) over the
association process, thus ensuring that it doesn't time out and
gets invisible to the user (e.g. in 'iw wlan0 link'.)
This also fixes a leak in mac80211 where it doesn't always release
the BSS struct properly in all cases where calling this function.
This leak was reported by Ben Greear.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add defines for 5 and 10 MHz channel width and fix channel
handling functions accordingly.
Also check for and report the WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ
capability.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[fix spelling in comment]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
SCTP_STATIC is just another define for the static keyword. It's use
is inconsistent in the SCTP code anyway and it was introduced in the
initial implementation of SCTP in 2.5. We have a regression suite in
lksctp-tools, but this is for user space only, so noone makes use of
this macro anymore. The kernel test suite for 2.5 is incompatible with
the current SCTP code anyway.
So simply Remove it, to be more consistent with the rest of the kernel
code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
t_new rather obfuscates things where everyone else is using actual
function names instead of that macro, so replace it with kzalloc,
which is the function t_new wraps.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
adds a socket option for low latency polling.
This allows overriding the global sysctl value with a per-socket one.
Unexport sysctl_net_ll_poll since for now it's not needed in modules.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use sched_clock() instead of get_cycles().
We can use sched_clock() because we don't care much about accuracy.
Remove the dependency on X86_TSC
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason for sysctl_net_ll_poll to be an unsigned long.
Change it into an unsigned int.
Fix the proc handler.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This API will allow NFC drivers to add and remove the secure elements
they know about or detect. Typically this should be called (asynchronously
or not) from the driver or the host interface stack detect_se hook.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Secure elements need to be discovered after enabling the NFC controller.
This is typically done by the NCI core and the HCI drivers (HCI does not
specify how to discover SEs, it is left to the specific drivers).
Also, the SE enable/disable API explicitely takes a SE index as its
argument.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Supported secure elements are typically found during a discovery process
initiated when the NFC controller is up and running. For a given NFC
chipset there can be many configurations (embedded SE or not, with or
without a SIM card wired to the NFC controller SWP interface, etc...) and
thus driver code will never know before hand which SEs are available.
So we remove this field, it will be replaced by a real SE discovery
mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When using NFC-F we should copy the NFCID2 buffer that we got from
SENSF_RES through the ATR_REQ NFCID3 buffer. Not doing so violates
NFC Forum digital requirement #189.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Before any operation, driver interruption is de-asserted to prevent
race condition between TX and RX.
Transaction starts by emitting "Direct read" and acknowledged mode
bytes. Then packet length is read allowing to allocate correct NCI
socket buffer. After that payload is retrieved.
A delay after the transaction can be added.
This delay is determined by the driver during nci_spi_allocate_device()
call and can be 0.
If acknowledged mode is set:
- CRC of header and payload is checked
- if frame reception fails (CRC error): NACK is sent
- if received frame has ACK or NACK flag: unblock nci_spi_send()
Payload is passed to NCI module.
At the end, driver interruption is re asserted.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Danis <frederic.danis@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Before any operation, driver interruption is de-asserted to prevent
race condition between TX and RX.
The NCI over SPI header is added in front of NCI packet.
If acknowledged mode is set, CRC-16-CCITT is added to the packet.
Then the packet is forwarded to SPI module to be sent.
A delay after the transaction is added.
This delay is determined by the driver during nci_spi_allocate_device()
call and can be 0.
After data has been sent, driver interruption is re-asserted.
If acknowledged mode is set, nci_spi_send will block until
acknowledgment is received.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Danis <frederic.danis@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The NFC Forum defines a transport interface based on
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) for the NFC Controller
Interface (NCI).
This module implements the SPI transport of NCI, calling SPI module
directly to read/write data to NFC controller (NFCC).
NFCC driver should provide functions performing device open and close.
It should also provide functions asserting/de-asserting interruption
to prevent TX/RX race conditions.
NFCC driver can also fix a delay between transactions if needed by
the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Danis <frederic.danis@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This is a simple forward to the HCI driver. When driver is done with the
operation, it shall directly notify NFC Core by calling
nfc_fw_upload_done().
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
As several NFC chipsets can have their firmwares upgraded and
reflashed, this patchset adds a new netlink command to trigger
that the driver loads or flashes a new firmware. This will allows
userspace triggered firmware upgrade through netlink.
The firmware name or hint is passed as a parameter, and the driver
will eventually fetch the firmware binary through the request_firmware
API.
The cmd can only be executed when the nfc dev is not in use. Actual
firmware loading/flashing is an asynchronous operation. Result of the
operation shall send a new event up to user space through the nfc dev
multicast socket. During operation, the nfc dev is not openable and
thus not usable.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
skb->dev is used for carrying a net_device pointer and not
an nci_dev pointer.
Remove usage of skb-dev to carry nci_dev and replace it by parameter
in nci_recv_frame(), nci_send_frame() and driver send() functions.
NfcWilink driver is also updated to use those functions.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Danis <frederic.danis@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
If CONFIG_NET_NS is not set then __net_init is the same as __init and
__net_exit is the same as __exit. These functions will be removed from
memory after the module loads or is removed. Functions that are exported
for use by other functions should never be labeled for removal.
Bug introduced by commit c544193214
("GRE: Refactor GRE tunneling code.")
Reported-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Track the AP's beacon rate in the scan BSS data and in the
interface configuration to let the drivers know which rate
the AP is using. This information may be used by drivers,
in our case to let the firmware optimise beacon RX.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Linux sends new unset data during disorder and recovery state if all
(suspected) lost packets have been retransmitted ( RFC5681, section
3.2 step 1 & 2, RFC3517 section 4, NexSeg() Rule 2). One requirement
is to keep the receive window about twice the estimated sender's
congestion window (tcp_rcv_space_adjust()), assuming the fast
retransmits repair the losses in the next round trip.
But currently it's not the case on the first round trip in either
normal or Fast Open connection, beucase the initial receive window
is identical to (expected) sender's initial congestion window. The
fix is to double it.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
This pull request is intended for the 3.11 stream...
One big highlight is the cw1200 driver the ST-E CW1100 & CW1200
WLAN chipsets. This one has been lingering for a while, lacking
some review comments. Once started getting pulled into linux-next,
it got a bit more attention and a number of improvements were made
over the initial cut. No doubt there will be more changes ahead,
but I think it is looking alright at this point.
Along with that, there is the usual flurry of updates to the mac80211
core and the iwlwifi, mwifiex, ath9k, rt2x00, wil6210, and other
drivers. A few of the highlights are some rt2x00 refactoring/cleanup
by Gabor Juhos, some rt2800 hardware support enhancements by Stanislaw
Gruszka, some iwlwifi power management updates from Alexander Bondar,
some enhanced bcma SPROM support from Rafał Miłecki, and a variety
of other things here and there.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If hci_dev_open fails we need to ensure that the corresponding
mgmt_set_powered command gets an appropriate response. This patch fixes
the missing response by adding a new mgmt_set_powered_failed function
that's used to indicate a power on failure to mgmt. Since a situation
with the device being rfkilled may require special handling in user
space the patch uses a new dedicated mgmt status code for this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit ef722495c8
( [IPV4]: Remove unused ip_options->is_data) removed the unused is_data
member from ip_options struct.
This patch removes is_data also from the documentation of the ip_options struct.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to TCP offloading and UDPv6 offloading, move all related
UDPv4 functions to udp_offload.c to make things more explicit. Also,
by this, we can make those functions static.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before allowing 64bits bytes rates, refactor
psched_ratecfg_precompute() to get better comments
and increased accuracy.
rate_bps field is renamed to rate_bytes_ps, as we only
have to worry about bytes per second.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently mesh uses mandatory rates as the default basic rates. Allow basic
rates to be configured during mesh join. Basic rates are applied only if
channel is also provided with mesh join command.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
[some whitespace fixes, refuse basic rates w/o channel]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a STA has a peer that it hasn't seen any tx activity
from for a certain length of time, the peer link is
expired. This means the inactive STA is removed from the
list of peers and that STA is not considered a peer again
unless it re-peers. Previously, this inactivity time was
always 30 minutes. Now, add it to the mesh configuration
and allow it to be configured. Retain 30 minutes as a
default value.
Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
struct gnet_stats_rate_est contains u32 fields, so the bytes per second
field can wrap at 34360Mbit.
Add a new gnet_stats_rate_est64 structure to get 64bit bps/pps fields,
and switch the kernel to use this structure natively.
This structure is dumped to user space as a new attribute :
TCA_STATS_RATE_EST64
Old tc command will now display the capped bps (to 34360Mbit), instead
of wrapped values, and updated tc command will display correct
information.
Old tc command output, after patch :
eric:~# tc -s -d qd sh dev lo
qdisc pfifo 8001: root refcnt 2 limit 1000p
Sent 80868245400 bytes 1978837 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 34360Mbit 189696pps backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
This patch carefully reorganizes "struct Qdisc" layout to get optimal
performance on SMP.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds an ndo_ll_poll method and the code that supports it.
This method can be used by low latency applications to busy-poll
Ethernet device queues directly from the socket code.
sysctl_net_ll_poll controls how many microseconds to poll.
Default is zero (disabled).
Individual protocol support will be added by subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Would be good to make things explicit and move those functions to
a new file called tcp_offload.c, thus make this similar to tcpv6_offload.c.
While moving all related functions into tcp_offload.c, we can also
make some of them static, since they are only used there. Also, add
an explicit registration function.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/nf_log.c
The conflict in nf_log.c is that in 'net' we added CONFIG_PROC_FS
protection around foo_proc_entry() calls to fix a build failure,
whereas in Pablo's tree a guard if() test around a call is
remove_proc_entry() was removed. Trivially resolved.
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains the first batch of
Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next tree, they are:
* Three patches with improvements and code refactorization
for nfnetlink_queue, from Florian Westphal.
* FTP helper now parses replies without brackets, as RFC1123
recommends, from Jeff Mahoney.
* Rise a warning to tell everyone about ULOG deprecation,
NFLOG has been already in the kernel tree for long time
and supersedes the old logging over netlink stub, from
myself.
* Don't panic if we fail to load netfilter core framework,
just bail out instead, from myself.
* Add cond_resched_rcu, used by IPVS to allow rescheduling
while walking over big hashtables, from Simon Horman.
* Change type of IPVS sysctl_sync_qlen_max sysctl to avoid
possible overflow, from Zhang Yanfei.
* Use strlcpy instead of strncpy to skip zeroing of already
initialized area to write the extension names in ebtables,
from Chen Gang.
* Use already existing per-cpu notrack object from xt_CT,
from Eric Dumazet.
* Save explicit socket lookup in xt_socket now that we have
early demux, also from Eric Dumazet.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge 'net' bug fixes into 'net-next' as we have patches
that will build on top of them.
This merge commit includes a change from Emil Goode
(emilgoode@gmail.com) that fixes a warning that would
have been introduced by this merge. Specifically it
fixes the pingv6_ops method ipv6_chk_addr() to add a
"const" to the "struct net_device *dev" argument and
likewise update the dummy_ipv6_chk_addr() declaration.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently beacon availability upon association is marked by have_beacon
flag of assoc_data structure that becomes unavailable when association
completes. However beacon availability indication is required also after
association to inform a driver. Currently dtim_period parameter is used
for this purpose. Move have_beacon flag to another structure, persistant
throughout a interface's life cycle. Use suitable sematics for beacon
availability indication.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
[fix another instance of BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD in docs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use a more current code style.
Remove extern from function prototypes.
Align function arguments and reflow to 80 cols.
Use network comment styles.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>,
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The format is based on /proc/net/icmp and /proc/net/{udp,raw}6.
Compiles and displays reasonable results with CONFIG_IPV6={n,m,y}
Couldn't figure out how to test without CONFIG_PROC_FS enabled.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a ping_seq_afinfo structure (similar to its UDP
equivalent) and use it to make some of the ping /proc functions
address-family independent. Rename the remaining ping /proc
functions from ping_* to ping_v4_*.
Compiles and displays reasonable results with CONFIG_IPV6={n,m,y}
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
udp6_sock_seq_show and raw6_sock_seq_show are identical, except
the UDP version displays ports and the raw version displays the
protocol. Refactor most of the code in these two functions into
a new common ip6_dgram_sock_seq_show function, in preparation
for using it to display ICMPv6 sockets as well.
Also reduce the indentation in parts of include/net/transp_v6.h
to improve readability.
Compiles and displays reasonable results with CONFIG_IPV6={n,m,y}
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce the indentation of most of the functions and make it a
bit more consistent. This allows longer function and arg names
to be consistently indented without wrapping.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current internal SME implementation in cfg80211 is
very mixed up with the MLME handling, which has been
causing issues for a long time. There are three things
that the implementation has to provide:
* a basic SME implementation for nl80211's connect()
call (for drivers implementing auth/assoc, which is
really just mac80211) and wireless extensions
* MLME events for the userspace SME
* SME events (connected, disconnected etc.) for all
different SME implementation possibilities (driver,
cfg80211 and userspace)
To achieve these goals it isn't necessary to track the
software SME's connection status outside of it's state
(which is the part that caused many issues.) Instead,
track it only in the SME data (wdev->conn) and in the
general case only track whether the wdev is connected
or not (via wdev->current_bss.)
Also separate the internal implementation to not have
callbacks from the SME events, but rather call it from
the API functions that the driver (or rather mac80211)
calls. This separates the code better.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Do some cleanups in the cfg80211 SME APIs, which are
only used by mac80211.
Most of these functions get a frame passed, and there
isn't really any reason to export multiple functions
as cfg80211 can check the frame type instead, do that.
Additionally, the API functions have confusing names
like cfg80211_send_...() which was meant to indicate
that it sends an event to userspace, but gets a bit
confusing when there's both TX and RX and they're not
all clearly labeled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to take up the space for devices that don't
support WoWLAN, and most drivers can even make the support
data static const (except where it's modified at runtime.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
commit 13d82bf5 (ipv4: Fix flushing of cached routing informations)
added the support to flush learned pmtu information.
However, using rt_genid is quite heavy as it is bumped on route
add/change and multicast events amongst other places. These can
happen quite often, especially if using dynamic routing protocols.
While this is ok with routes (as they are just recreated locally),
the pmtu information is learned from remote systems and the icmp
notification can come with long delays. It is worthy to have separate
genid to avoid excessive pmtu resets.
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 56b765b79 ("htb: improved accuracy at high rates")
broke the "overhead xxx" handling, as well as the "linklayer atm"
attribute.
tc class add ... htb rate X ceil Y linklayer atm overhead 10
This patch restores the "overhead xxx" handling, for htb, tbf
and act_police
The "linklayer atm" thing needs a separate fix.
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Vimalkumar <j.vimal@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some cases after deleting a policy from the SPD the policy would
remain in the dst/flow/route cache for an extended period of time
which caused problems for SELinux as its dynamic network access
controls key off of the number of XFRM policy and state entries.
This patch corrects this problem by forcing a XFRM garbage collection
whenever a policy is sucessfully removed.
Reported-by: Ondrej Moris <omoris@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <pmoore@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this patch, ip_tunnel_xmit() was using the field protocol from the IP
header passed into argument.
There is no functional change, this patch prepares the support of IPv4 over
IPv4 for module sit.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An active monitor interface is one that is used for communication (via
injection). It is expected to ACK incoming unicast packets. This is
useful for running various 802.11 testing utilities that associate to an
AP via injection and manage the state in user space.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This corrects an regression introduced by "net: Use 16bits for *_headers
fields of struct skbuff" when NET_SKBUFF_DATA_USES_OFFSET is not set. In
that case skb->tail will be a pointer whereas skb->transport_header
will be an offset from head. This is corrected by using wrappers that
ensure that comparisons and calculations are always made using pointers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the current WoWLAN configuration available to drivers
at runtime. This isn't really useful for the normal WoWLAN
behaviour and accessing it can also be racy, but drivers
may use it for testing the WoWLAN device behaviour while
the host stays up & running to observe the device.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds the ability to send ICMPv6 echo requests without a
raw socket. The equivalent ability for ICMPv4 was added in
2011.
Instead of having separate code paths for IPv4 and IPv6, make
most of the code in net/ipv4/ping.c dual-stack and only add a
few IPv6-specific bits (like the protocol definition) to a new
net/ipv6/ping.c. Hopefully this will reduce divergence and/or
duplication of bugs in the future.
Caveats:
- Setting options via ancillary data (e.g., using IPV6_PKTINFO
to specify the outgoing interface) is not yet supported.
- There are no separate security settings for IPv4 and IPv6;
everything is controlled by /proc/net/ipv4/ping_group_range.
- The proc interface does not yet display IPv6 ping sockets
properly.
Tested with a patched copy of ping6 and using raw socket calls.
Compiles and works with all of CONFIG_IPV6={n,m,y}.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This member of struct netns_ipvs is calculated from nr_free_buffer_pages
so change its type to unsigned long in case of overflow. Also, type of
its related proc var sync_qlen_max and the return type of function
sysctl_sync_qlen_max() should be changed to unsigned long, too.
Besides, the type of ipvs_master_sync_state->sync_queue_len should be
changed to unsigned long accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Yanfei <zhangyanfei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Merge net into net-next because some upcoming net-next changes
build on top of bug fixes that went into net.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using separate locks in cfg80211 and mac80211 has always
caused issues, for example having to unlock in places in
mac80211 to call cfg80211, which even needed a framework
to make cfg80211 calls after some functions returned etc.
Additionally, I suspect some issues people have reported
with the cfg80211 state getting confused could be due to
such issues, when cfg80211 is asking mac80211 to change
state but mac80211 is in the process of telling cfg80211
that the state changed (in another way.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Virtually all code paths in cfg80211 already (need to) hold
the RTNL. As such, there's little point in having another
four mutexes for various parts of the code, they just cause
lock ordering issues (and much of the time, the RTNL and a
few of the others need thus be held.)
Simplify all this by getting rid of the extra four mutexes
and just use the RTNL throughout. Only a few code changes
were needed to do this and we can get rid of a work struct
for bonus points.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some chips can tell us if received frame was
encoded with STBC or not. To make this information available
in user space we can use updated radiotap specification:
http://www.radiotap.org/defined-fields/MCS
This patch will set number of STBC encoded spatial streams (Nss).
The HAVE_STBC flag should be provided by driver.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This target has been superseded by NFLOG. Spot a warning
so we prepare removal in a couple of years.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Quoting https://bugzilla.netfilter.org/show_bug.cgi?id=812:
[ ip6tables -m addrtype ]
When I tried to use in the nat/PREROUTING it messes up the
routing cache even if the rule didn't matched at all.
[..]
If I remove the --limit-iface-in from the non-working scenario, so just
use the -m addrtype --dst-type LOCAL it works!
This happens when LOCAL type matching is requested with --limit-iface-in,
and the default ipv6 route is via the interface the packet we test
arrived on.
Because xt_addrtype uses ip6_route_output, the ipv6 routing implementation
creates an unwanted cached entry, and the packet won't make it to the
real/expected destination.
Silently ignoring --limit-iface-in makes the routing work but it breaks
rule matching (--dst-type LOCAL with limit-iface-in is supposed to only
match if the dst address is configured on the incoming interface;
without --limit-iface-in it will match if the address is reachable
via lo).
The test should call ipv6_chk_addr() instead. However, this would add
a link-time dependency on ipv6.
There are two possible solutions:
1) Revert the commit that moved ipt_addrtype to xt_addrtype,
and put ipv6 specific code into ip6t_addrtype.
2) add new "nf_ipv6_ops" struct to register pointers to ipv6 functions.
While the former might seem preferable, Pablo pointed out that there
are more xt modules with link-time dependeny issues regarding ipv6,
so lets go for 2).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
TCP md5 code uses per cpu variables but protects access to them with
a shared spinlock, which is a contention point.
[ tcp_md5sig_pool_lock is locked twice per incoming packet ]
Makes things much simpler, by allocating crypto structures once, first
time a socket needs md5 keys, and not deallocating them as they are
really small.
Next step would be to allow crypto allocations being done in a NUMA
aware way.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The next pointer within the inet6_dev structure seems not to be used
anywhere. So just remove it. Tested with allmodconfig on x86_64.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_timeout_skb() was intended to trigger fast recovery on timeout,
unfortunately in reality it often causes spurious retransmission
storms during fast recovery. The particular sign is a fast retransmit
over the highest sacked sequence (SND.FACK).
Currently the RTO timer re-arming (as in RFC6298) offers a nice cushion
to avoid spurious timeout: when SND.UNA advances the sender re-arms
RTO and extends the timeout by icsk_rto. The sender does not offset
the time elapsed since the packet at SND.UNA was sent.
But if the next (DUP)ACK arrives later than ~RTTVAR and triggers
tcp_fastretrans_alert(), then tcp_timeout_skb() will mark any packet
sent before the icsk_rto interval lost, including one that's above the
highest sacked sequence. Most likely a large part of scorebard will be
marked.
If most packets are not lost then the subsequent DUPACKs with new SACK
blocks will cause the sender to continue to retransmit packets beyond
SND.FACK spuriously. Even if only one packet is lost the sender may
falsely retransmit almost the entire window.
The situation becomes common in the world of bufferbloat: the RTT
continues to grow as the queue builds up but RTTVAR remains small and
close to the minimum 200ms. If a data packet is lost and the DUPACK
triggered by the next data packet is slightly delayed, then a spurious
retransmission storm forms.
As the original comment on tcp_timeout_skb() suggests: the usefulness
of this feature is questionable. It also wastes cycles walking the
sack scoreboard and is actually harmful because of false recovery.
It's time to remove this.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the support of peer address for IPv6. For example, it is
possible to specify the remote end of a 6inY tunnel.
This was already possible in IPv4:
ip addr add ip1 peer ip2 dev dev1
The peer address is specified with IFA_ADDRESS and the local address with
IFA_LOCAL (like explained in include/uapi/linux/if_addr.h).
Note that the API is not changed, because before this patch, it was not
possible to specify two different addresses in IFA_LOCAL and IFA_REMOTE.
There is a small change for the dump: if the peer is different from ::,
IFA_ADDRESS will contain the peer address instead of the local address.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains three Netfilter fixes and update
for the MAINTAINER file for your net tree, they are:
* Fix crash if nf_log_packet is called from conntrack, in that case
both interfaces are NULL, from Hans Schillstrom. This bug introduced
with the logging netns support in the previous merge window.
* Fix compilation of nf_log and nf_queue without CONFIG_PROC_FS,
from myself. This bug was introduced in the previous merge window
with the new netns support for the netfilter logging infrastructure.
* Fix possible crash in xt_TCPOPTSTRIP due to missing sanity
checkings to validate that the TCP header is well-formed, from
myself. I can find this bug in 2.6.25, probably it's been there
since the beginning. I'll pass this to -stable.
* Update MAINTAINER file to point to new nf trees at git.kernel.org,
remove Harald and use M: instead of P: (now obsolete tag) to
keep Jozsef in the list of people.
Please, consider pulling this. Thanks!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Authentication takes place in userspace, but the beacon is
generated in the kernel. Allow userspace to inform the
kernel of the authentication method so the appropriate
mesh config IE can be set prior to beacon generation when
joining the MBSS.
Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make kerneldoc content match header file content, no functional
change.
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Document rx vs tx status concurrency requirements.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since (69b34fb netfilter: xt_LOG: add net namespace support
for xt_LOG), we hit this:
[ 4224.708977] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000388
[ 4224.709074] IP: [<ffffffff8147f699>] ipt_log_packet+0x29/0x270
when callling log functions from conntrack both in and out
are NULL i.e. the net pointer is invalid.
Adding struct net *net in call to nf_logfn() will secure that
there always is a vaild net ptr.
Reported as netfilter's bugzilla bug 818:
https://bugzilla.netfilter.org/show_bug.cgi?id=818
Reported-by: Ronald <ronald645@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We have seen multiple NULL dereferences in __inet6_lookup_established()
After analysis, I found that inet6_sk() could be NULL while the
check for sk_family == AF_INET6 was true.
Bug was added in linux-2.6.29 when RCU lookups were introduced in UDP
and TCP stacks.
Once an IPv6 socket, using SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU is inserted in a hash
table, we no longer can clear pinet6 field.
This patch extends logic used in commit fcbdf09d96
("net: fix nulls list corruptions in sk_prot_alloc")
TCP/UDP/UDPLite IPv6 protocols provide their own .clear_sk() method
to make sure we do not clear pinet6 field.
At socket clone phase, we do not really care, as cloning the parent (non
NULL) pinet6 is not adding a fatal race.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull VFS updates from Al Viro,
Misc cleanups all over the place, mainly wrt /proc interfaces (switch
create_proc_entry to proc_create(), get rid of the deprecated
create_proc_read_entry() in favor of using proc_create_data() and
seq_file etc).
7kloc removed.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (204 commits)
don't bother with deferred freeing of fdtables
proc: Move non-public stuff from linux/proc_fs.h to fs/proc/internal.h
proc: Make the PROC_I() and PDE() macros internal to procfs
proc: Supply a function to remove a proc entry by PDE
take cgroup_open() and cpuset_open() to fs/proc/base.c
ppc: Clean up scanlog
ppc: Clean up rtas_flash driver somewhat
hostap: proc: Use remove_proc_subtree()
drm: proc: Use remove_proc_subtree()
drm: proc: Use minor->index to label things, not PDE->name
drm: Constify drm_proc_list[]
zoran: Don't print proc_dir_entry data in debug
reiserfs: Don't access the proc_dir_entry in r_open(), r_start() r_show()
proc: Supply an accessor for getting the data from a PDE's parent
airo: Use remove_proc_subtree()
rtl8192u: Don't need to save device proc dir PDE
rtl8187se: Use a dir under /proc/net/r8180/
proc: Add proc_mkdir_data()
proc: Move some bits from linux/proc_fs.h to linux/{of.h,signal.h,tty.h}
proc: Move PDE_NET() to fs/proc/proc_net.c
...
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights (1721 non-merge commits, this has to be a record of some
sort):
1) Add 'random' mode to team driver, from Jiri Pirko and Eric
Dumazet.
2) Make it so that any driver that supports configuration of multiple
MAC addresses can provide the forwarding database add and del
calls by providing a default implementation and hooking that up if
the driver doesn't have an explicit set of handlers. From Vlad
Yasevich.
3) Support GSO segmentation over tunnels and other encapsulating
devices such as VXLAN, from Pravin B Shelar.
4) Support L2 GRE tunnels in the flow dissector, from Michael Dalton.
5) Implement Tail Loss Probe (TLP) detection in TCP, from Nandita
Dukkipati.
6) In the PHY layer, allow supporting wake-on-lan in situations where
the PHY registers have to be written for it to be configured.
Use it to support wake-on-lan in mv643xx_eth.
From Michael Stapelberg.
7) Significantly improve firewire IPV6 support, from YOSHIFUJI
Hideaki.
8) Allow multiple packets to be sent in a single transmission using
network coding in batman-adv, from Martin Hundebøll.
9) Add support for T5 cxgb4 chips, from Santosh Rastapur.
10) Generalize the VXLAN forwarding tables so that there is more
flexibility in configurating various aspects of the endpoints.
From David Stevens.
11) Support RSS and TSO in hardware over GRE tunnels in bxn2x driver,
from Dmitry Kravkov.
12) Zero copy support in nfnelink_queue, from Eric Dumazet and Pablo
Neira Ayuso.
13) Start adding networking selftests.
14) In situations of overload on the same AF_PACKET fanout socket, or
per-cpu packet receive queue, minimize drop by distributing the
load to other cpus/fanouts. From Willem de Bruijn and Eric
Dumazet.
15) Add support for new payload offset BPF instruction, from Daniel
Borkmann.
16) Convert several drivers over to mdoule_platform_driver(), from
Sachin Kamat.
17) Provide a minimal BPF JIT image disassembler userspace tool, from
Daniel Borkmann.
18) Rewrite F-RTO implementation in TCP to match the final
specification of it in RFC4138 and RFC5682. From Yuchung Cheng.
19) Provide netlink socket diag of netlink sockets ("Yo dawg, I hear
you like netlink, so I implemented netlink dumping of netlink
sockets.") From Andrey Vagin.
20) Remove ugly passing of rtnetlink attributes into rtnl_doit
functions, from Thomas Graf.
21) Allow userspace to be able to see if a configuration change occurs
in the middle of an address or device list dump, from Nicolas
Dichtel.
22) Support RFC3168 ECN protection for ipv6 fragments, from Hannes
Frederic Sowa.
23) Increase accuracy of packet length used by packet scheduler, from
Jason Wang.
24) Beginning set of changes to make ipv4/ipv6 fragment handling more
scalable and less susceptible to overload and locking contention,
from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
25) Get rid of using non-type-safe NLMSG_* macros and use nlmsg_*()
instead. From Hong Zhiguo.
26) Optimize route usage in IPVS by avoiding reference counting where
possible, from Julian Anastasov.
27) Convert IPVS schedulers to RCU, also from Julian Anastasov.
28) Support cpu fanouts in xt_NFQUEUE netfilter target, from Holger
Eitzenberger.
29) Network namespace support for nf_log, ebt_log, xt_LOG, ipt_ULOG,
nfnetlink_log, and nfnetlink_queue. From Gao feng.
30) Implement RFC3168 ECN protection, from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
31) Support several new r8169 chips, from Hayes Wang.
32) Support tokenized interface identifiers in ipv6, from Daniel
Borkmann.
33) Use usbnet_link_change() helper in USB net driver, from Ming Lei.
34) Add 802.1ad vlan offload support, from Patrick McHardy.
35) Support mmap() based netlink communication, also from Patrick
McHardy.
36) Support HW timestamping in mlx4 driver, from Amir Vadai.
37) Rationalize AF_PACKET packet timestamping when transmitting, from
Willem de Bruijn and Daniel Borkmann.
38) Bring parity to what's provided by /proc/net/packet socket dumping
and the info provided by netlink socket dumping of AF_PACKET
sockets. From Nicolas Dichtel.
39) Fix peeking beyond zero sized SKBs in AF_UNIX, from Benjamin
Poirier"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1722 commits)
filter: fix va_list build error
af_unix: fix a fatal race with bit fields
bnx2x: Prevent memory leak when cnic is absent
bnx2x: correct reading of speed capabilities
net: sctp: attribute printl with __printf for gcc fmt checks
netlink: kconfig: move mmap i/o into netlink kconfig
netpoll: convert mutex into a semaphore
netlink: Fix skb ref counting.
net_sched: act_ipt forward compat with xtables
mlx4_en: fix a build error on 32bit arches
Revert "bnx2x: allow nvram test to run when device is down"
bridge: avoid OOPS if root port not found
drivers: net: cpsw: fix kernel warn on cpsw irq enable
sh_eth: use random MAC address if no valid one supplied
3c509.c: call SET_NETDEV_DEV for all device types (ISA/ISAPnP/EISA)
tg3: fix to append hardware time stamping flags
unix/stream: fix peeking with an offset larger than data in queue
unix/dgram: fix peeking with an offset larger than data in queue
unix/dgram: peek beyond 0-sized skbs
openvswitch: Remove unneeded ovs_netdev_get_ifindex()
...
Using bit fields is dangerous on ppc64/sparc64, as the compiler [1]
uses 64bit instructions to manipulate them.
If the 64bit word includes any atomic_t or spinlock_t, we can lose
critical concurrent changes.
This is happening in af_unix, where unix_sk(sk)->gc_candidate/
gc_maybe_cycle/lock share the same 64bit word.
This leads to fatal deadlock, as one/several cpus spin forever
on a spinlock that will never be available again.
A safer way would be to use a long to store flags.
This way we are sure compiler/arch wont do bad things.
As we own unix_gc_lock spinlock when clearing or setting bits,
we can use the non atomic __set_bit()/__clear_bit().
recursion_level can share the same 64bit location with the spinlock,
as it is set only with this spinlock held.
[1] bug fixed in gcc-4.8.0 :
http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=52080
Reported-by: Ambrose Feinstein <ambrose@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't use create_proc_read_entry() as that is deprecated, but rather use
proc_create_data() and seq_file instead.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
cc: devel@driverdev.osuosl.org
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Instead of feeding net_secret[] at boot time, defer the init
at the point first socket is created.
This permits some platforms to use better entropy sources than
the ones available at boot time.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains relevant updates for the Netfilter
tree, they are:
* Enhancements for ipset: Add the counter extension for sets, this
information can be used from the iptables set match, to change
the matching behaviour. Jozsef required to add the extension
infrastructure and moved the existing timeout support upon it.
This also includes a change in net/sched/em_ipset to adapt it to
the new extension structure.
* Enhancements for performance boosting in nfnetlink_queue: Add new
configuration flags that allows user-space to receive big packets (GRO)
and to disable checksumming calculation. This were proposed by Eric
Dumazet during the Netfilter Workshop 2013 in Copenhagen. Florian
Westphal was kind enough to find the time to materialize the proposal.
* A sparse fix from Simon, he noticed it in the SCTP NAT helper, the fix
required a change in the interface of sctp_end_cksum.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the type of the crc32 parameter of sctp_end_cksum()
from __be32 to __u32 to reflect that fact that it is passed
to cpu_to_le32().
There are five in-tree users of sctp_end_cksum().
The following four had warnings flagged by sparse which are
no longer present with this change.
net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_proto_sctp.c:sctp_nat_csum()
net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_proto_sctp.c:sctp_csum_check()
net/sctp/input.c:sctp_rcv_checksum()
net/sctp/output.c:sctp_packet_transmit()
The fifth user is net/netfilter/nf_nat_proto_sctp.c:sctp_manip_pkt().
It has been updated to pass a __u32 instead of a __be32,
the value in question was already calculated in cpu byte-order.
net/netfilter/nf_nat_proto_sctp.c:sctp_manip_pkt() has also
been updated to assign the return value of sctp_end_cksum()
directly to a variable of type __le32, matching the
type of the return value. Previously the return value
was assigned to a variable of type __be32 and then that variable
was finally assigned to another variable of type __le32.
Problems flagged by sparse.
Compile and sparse tested only.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
skb_gso_segment is expensive, so it would be nice if we could
avoid it in the future. However, userspace needs to be prepared
to receive larger-than-mtu-packets (which will also have incorrect
l3/l4 checksums), so we cannot simply remove it.
The plan is to add a per-queue feature flag that userspace can
set when binding the queue.
The problem is that in nf_queue, we only have a queue number,
not the queue context/configuration settings.
This patch should have no impact other than the skb_gso_segment
call now being in a function that has access to the queue config
data.
A new size attribute in nf_queue_entry is needed so
nfnetlink_queue can duplicate the entry of the gso skb
when segmenting the skb while also copying the route key.
The follow up patch adds switch to disable skb_gso_segment when
queue config says so.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Increase fragmentation hash bucket size to 1024 from old 64 elems.
After we increased the frag mem limits commit c2a93660 (net: increase
fragment memory usage limits) the hash size of 64 elements is simply
too small. Also considering the mem limit is per netns and the hash
table is shared for all netns.
For the embedded people, note that this increase will change the hash
table/array from using approx 1 Kbytes to 16 Kbytes.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All genl callbacks are serialized by genl-mutex. This can become
bottleneck in multi threaded case.
Following patch adds an parameter to genl_family so that a
particular family can get concurrent netlink callback without
genl_lock held.
New rw-sem is used to protect genl callback from genl family unregister.
in case of parallel_ops genl-family read-lock is taken for callbacks and
write lock is taken for register or unregistration for any family.
In case of locked genl family semaphore and gel-mutex is locked for
any openration.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains fixes for recently applied
Netfilter/IPVS updates to the net-next tree, most relevantly
they are:
* Fix sparse warnings introduced in the RCU conversion, from
Julian Anastasov.
* Fix wrong endianness in the size field of IPVS sync messages,
from Simon Horman.
* Fix missing if checking in nf_xfrm_me_harder, from Dan Carpenter.
* Fix off by one access in the IPVS SCTP tracking code, again from
Dan Carpenter.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove my soon bouncing email address.
Also remove the "Contact:" line in file header.
The MAINTAINERS file is a better place to find the
contact person anyway.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some service fields are in network order:
- netmask: used once in network order and also as prefix len for IPv6
- port
Other parameters are in host order:
- struct ip_vs_flags: flags and mask moved between user and kernel only
- sync state: moved between user and kernel only
- syncid: sent over network as single octet
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_main.c
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/mac80211_if.c
include/net/scm.h
net/batman-adv/routing.c
net/ipv4/tcp_input.c
The e{uid,gid} --> {uid,gid} credentials fix conflicted with the
cleanup in net-next to now pass cred structs around.
The be2net driver had a bug fix in 'net' that overlapped with the VLAN
interface changes by Patrick McHardy in net-next.
An IGB conflict existed because in 'net' the build_skb() support was
reverted, and in 'net-next' there was a comment style fix within that
code.
Several batman-adv conflicts were resolved by making sure that all
calls to batadv_is_my_mac() are changed to have a new bat_priv first
argument.
Eric Dumazet's TS ECR fix in TCP in 'net' conflicted with the F-RTO
rewrite in 'net-next', mostly overlapping changes.
Thanks to Stephen Rothwell and Antonio Quartulli for help with several
of these merge resolutions.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct sctp_packet is currently embedded into sctp_transport or
sits on the stack as 'singleton' in sctp_outq_flush(). Therefore,
its member 'malloced' is always 0, thus a kfree() is never called.
Because of that, we can just remove this code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dl_next member in struct request_sock doesn't need to be first.
We expect to insert a "struct common_sock" or a subset of it,
so this claim had to be verified.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow rate control modules to pass a rate selection table to mac80211
and the driver. This allows drivers to fetch the most recent rate
selection from the sta pointer for already buffered frames. This allows
rate control to respond faster to sudden link changes and it is also a
step towards adding minstrel_ht support to drivers like iwlwifi.
When a driver sets IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, mac80211 will not
fill info->control.rates with rates from the rate table (to preserve
explicit overrides by the rate control module). The driver then
explicitly calls ieee80211_get_tx_rates to merge overrides from
info->control.rates with defaults from the sta rate table.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some protocols need a more reliable connection to complete
successful in reasonable time. This patch adds a user-space
API to indicate the wireless driver that a critical protocol
is about to commence and when it is done, using nl80211 primitives
NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START and NL80211_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP.
There can be only on critical protocol session started per
registered cfg80211 device.
The driver can support this by implementing the cfg80211 callbacks
.crit_proto_start() and .crit_proto_stop(). Examples of protocols
that can benefit from this are DHCP, EAPOL, APIPA. Exactly how the
link can/should be made more reliable is up to the driver. Things
to consider are avoid scanning, no multi-channel operations, and
alter coexistence schemes.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some driver implementations need to know whether mandatory
admission control is required by the AP for some ACs. Add
a parameter to the TX queue parameters indicating this.
As there's currently no support for admission control in
mac80211's AP implementation, it's only ever set for the
client implementation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 257b5358b3 ("scm: Capture the full credentials of the scm
sender") changed the credentials passing code to pass in the effective
uid/gid instead of the real uid/gid.
Obviously this doesn't matter most of the time (since normally they are
the same), but it results in differences for suid binaries when the wrong
uid/gid ends up being used.
This just undoes that (presumably unintentional) part of the commit.
Reported-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "reason" can come from skb->data[] and it hasn't been capped so it
can be from 0-255 instead of just 0-6. For example in irlmp_state_dtr()
the code does:
reason = skb->data[3];
...
irlmp_disconnect_indication(self, reason, skb);
Also LMREASON has a couple other values which don't have entries in the
irlmp_reasons[] array. And 0xff is a valid reason as well which means
"unknown".
So far as I can see we don't actually care about "reason" except for in
the debug code.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of the confusing mix of pid and portid and use portid consistently
for all netlink related socket identities.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All HCI command send functions that take a pointer to the command
parameters do not need to modify the content in any way (they merely
copy the data to an skb). Therefore, the parameter type should be
declared const. This also allows passing already const parameters to
these APIs which previously would have generated a compiler warning.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch renames LE_SCANNING_ENABLED and LE_SCANNING_DISABLED
macros to LE_SCAN_ENABLE and LE_SCAN_DISABLE in order to keep
the same prefix others LE scan macros have.
It also fixes le_scan_enable_req function so it uses the LE_SCAN_
ENABLE macro instead of a magic number.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds macros for filter_duplicates parameter values from
HCI LE Set Scan Enable command. It also fixes le_scan_enable_req
function so it uses the LE_SCAN_FILTER_DUP_ENABLE macro instead of
a magic number.
The LE_SCAN_FILTER_DUP_DISABLE was also defined since it will be
required to properly support the GAP Observer Role.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds macros for active and passive LE scan type values.
The LE_SCAN_PASSIVE was also defined since it will be used in future
by LE connection routine and GAP Observer Role support.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
With the introduction of CSA4 there is now also a features page number 2
available. This patch increments the maximum supported page number to 2
and adds code for reading all available pages (as long as we have
support for them - indicated by HCI_MAX_PAGES).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The local and remote features are organized by page number. Page 0
are the LMP features, page 1 the host features, and any pages beyond 1
features that future core specification versions may define. So far
we've only had the first two pages and two separate variables has been
convenient enough, however with the introduction of Core Specification
Addendum 4 there are features defined on page 2.
Instead of requiring the addition of a new variable each time a new page
number is defined, this patch refactors the code to use a single table
for the features. The patch needs to update both the hci_dev and
hci_conn structures since there are macros that depend on the features
being represented in the same way in both of them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Since this function is only used by sco, move it from hci_event.c to
sco.c and rename to sco_conn_defer_accept. Make it static.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The structure sctp_ulpq is embedded into sctp_association and never
separately allocated, also ulpq->malloced is always 0, so that
kfree() is never called. Therefore, remove this code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sctp_bind_addr structure has a 'malloced' member that is
always set to 0, thus in sctp_bind_addr_free() the kfree()
part can never be called. This part is embedded into
sctp_ep_common anyway and never alloced.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_transport's member 'malloced' is set to 1, never evaluated
and the structure is kfreed anyway. So just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_outq is embedded into sctp_association, and thus never
kmalloced in any way. Also, malloced is always 0, thus kfree()
is never called. Therefore, remove that dead piece of code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_inq is never kmalloced, since it's integrated into sctp_ep_common
and only initialized from eps and assocs. Therefore, remove the dead
code from there.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_ssnmap_init() can only be called from sctp_ssnmap_new()
where malloced is always set to 1. Thus, when we call
sctp_ssnmap_free() the test for map->malloced evaluates always
to true.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several sub-modules like HIDP, rfcomm, ... need to track l2cap
connections. The l2cap_conn->hcon->dev object is used as parent for sysfs
devices so the sub-modules need to be notified when the hci_conn object is
removed from sysfs.
As submodules normally use the l2cap layer, the l2cap_user objects are
registered there instead of on the underlying hci_conn object. This avoids
any direct dependency on the HCI layer and lets the l2cap core handle any
specifics.
This patch introduces l2cap_user objects which contain a "probe" and
"remove" callback. You can register them on any l2cap_conn object and if
it is active, the "probe" callback will get called. Otherwise, an error is
returned.
The l2cap_conn object will call your "remove" callback directly before it
is removed from user-space. This allows you to remove your submodules
_before_ the parent l2cap_conn and hci_conn object is removed.
At any time you can asynchronously unregister your l2cap_user object if
your submodule vanishes before the l2cap_conn object does.
There is no way around l2cap_user. If we want wire-protocols in the
kernel, we always want the hci_conn object as parent in the sysfs tree. We
cannot use a channel here since we might need multiple channels for a
single protocol.
But the problem is, we _must_ get notified when an l2cap_conn object is
removed. We cannot use reference-counting for object-removal! This is not
how it works. If a hardware is removed, we should immediately remove the
object from sysfs. Any other behavior would be inconsistent with the rest
of the system. Also note that device_del() might sleep, but it doesn't
wait for user-space or block very long. It only _unlinks_ the object from
sysfs and the whole device-tree. Everything else is handled by ref-counts!
This is exactly what the other sub-modules must do: unlink their devices
when the "remove" l2cap_user callback is called. They should not do any
cleanup or synchronous shutdowns.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
If we want to use l2cap_conn outside of l2cap_core.c, we need refcounting
for these objects. Otherwise, we cannot synchronize l2cap locks with
outside locks and end up with deadlocks.
Hence, introduce ref-counting for l2cap_conn objects. This doesn't affect
l2cap internals at all, as they use a direct synchronization.
We also keep a reference to the parent hci_conn for locking purposes as
l2cap_conn depends on this. This doesn't affect the connection itself but
only the lifetime of the (dead) object.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
There is no reason to require the source arguments to be writeable so fix
this to allow constant source addresses.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We currently do not allow using hci_conn from outside of HCI-core.
However, several other users could make great use of it. This includes
HIDP, rfcomm and all other sub-protocols that rely on an active
connection.
Hence, we now introduce hci_conn ref-counting. We currently never call
get_device(). put_device() is exclusively used in hci_conn_del_sysfs().
Hence, we currently never have a greater device-refcnt than 1.
Therefore, it is safe to move the put_device() call from
hci_conn_del_sysfs() to hci_conn_del() (it's the only caller). In fact,
this even fixes a "use-after-free" bug as we access hci_conn after calling
hci_conn_del_sysfs() in hci_conn_del().
From now on we can add references to hci_conn objects in other layers
(like l2cap_sock, HIDP, rfcomm, ...) and grab a reference via
hci_conn_get(). This does _not_ guarantee, that the connection is still
alive. But, this isn't what we want. We can simply lock the hci_conn
device and use "device_is_registered(hci_conn->dev)" to test that.
However, this is hardly necessary as outside users should never rely on
the HCI connection to be alive, anyway. Instead, they should solely rely
on the device-object to be available.
But if sub-devices want the hci_conn object as sysfs parent, they need to
be notified when the connection drops. This will be introduced in later
patches with l2cap_users.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
hci_conn_hold/put_device() is used to control when hci_conn->dev is no
longer needed and can be deleted from the system. Lets first look how they
are currently used throughout the code (excluding HIDP!).
All code that uses hci_conn_hold_device() looks like this:
...
hci_conn_hold_device();
hci_conn_add_sysfs();
...
On the other side, hci_conn_put_device() is exclusively used in
hci_conn_del().
So, considering that hci_conn_del() must not be called twice (which would
fail horribly), we know that hci_conn_put_device() is only called _once_
(which is in hci_conn_del()).
On the other hand, hci_conn_add_sysfs() must not be called twice, either
(it would call device_add twice, which breaks the device, see
drivers/base/core.c). So we know that hci_conn_hold_device() is also
called only once (it's only called directly before hci_conn_add_sysfs()).
So hold and put are known to be called only once. That means we can safely
remove them and directly call hci_conn_del_sysfs() in hci_conn_del().
But there is one issue left: HIDP also uses hci_conn_hold/put_device().
However, this case can be ignored and simply removed as it is totally
broken. The issue is, the only thing HIDP delays with
hci_conn_hold_device() is the removal of the hci_conn->dev from sysfs.
But, the hci_conn device has no mechanism to get notified when its own
parent (hci_dev) gets removed from sysfs. hci_dev_hold/put() does _not_
control when it is removed but only when the device object is created
and destroyed.
And hci_dev calls hci_conn_flush_*() when it removes itself from sysfs,
which itself causes hci_conn_del() to be called, but it does _not_ cause
hci_conn_del_sysfs() to be called, which is wrong.
Hence, we fix it to call hci_conn_del_sysfs() in hci_conn_del(). This
guarantees that a hci_conn object is removed from sysfs _before_ its
parent hci_dev is removed.
The changes to HIDP look scary, wrong and broken. However, if you look at
the HIDP session management, you will notice they're already broken in the
exact _same_ way (ever tried "unplugging" HIDP devices? Breaks _all_ the
time).
So this patch only makes HIDP look _scary_ and _obviously broken_. It does
not break HIDP itself, it already is!
See later patches in this series which fix HIDP to use proper
session-management.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The rates[0] CTS and RTS flags are only set after rate control has been
called, so minstrel cannot use them to for setting the number of
retries. This patch adds two new flags to explicitly indicate RTS/CTS use.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the code always copies the configured MCS mask (even if it is
set to default), but only uses it if legacy rates were also masked out.
Fix this by adding a flag that tracks whether the configured MCS mask is
set to default or not.
Optimize the code further by storing a pointer to the configured rate
mask in txrc instead of using memcpy.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The number of VHT spatial streams (NSS) is found in:
- s8 ieee80211_tx_rate.rate.idx[6:4] (tx - filled by rate control)
- u8 ieee80211_rx_status.vht_nss (rx - filled by driver)
Tx discriminates valid rates indexes with the sign bit and encodes NSS
starting from 0 to 7 (note this matches some hw encodings e.g IWLMVM).
Rx does not have the same constraints, and encodes NSS starting from 1
to 8 (note this matches what wireshark expects in the radiotap header).
To handle ieee80211_tx_rate.rate.idx[6:4] ieee80211_rate_set_vht() and
ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss() assume their nss parameter and return value
respectively runs from 0 to 7.
ATM, there are only 2 users of these: cfg.c:sta_set_rate_info_t() and
iwlwifi/mvm/tx.c:iwl_mvm_hwrate_to_tx_control(), but both assume nss
runs from 1 to 8.
This patch fixes this inconsistency by making ieee80211_rate_set_vht()
and ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss() handle an nss running from 1 to 8.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for the secondary channel offset IE in channel
switch announcements. This is necessary for proper handling
of CSA on HT access points.
For this to work it is also necessary to convert everything
here to use chandef structs instead of just channels. The
driver updates aren't really correct though. In particular,
the TI wl18xx driver update can't possibly be right since
it just ignores the new channel width for lack of firmware
API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function converts a (global only!) operating
class to an internal band identifier. This will
be needed for extended channel switch support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since dead only holds two states (0,1), make it a bool instead
of a 'char', which is more appropriate for its purpose.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is actually no need to keep this member in the structure, because
after init it's always 1 anyway, thus always kfree called. This seems to
be an ancient leftover from the very initial implementation from 2.5
times. Only in case the initialization of an association fails, we leave
base.malloced as 0, but we nevertheless kfree it in the error path in
sctp_association_new().
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, sock_tx_timestamp() always returns 0. The comment that
describes the sock_tx_timestamp() function wrongly says that it
returns an error when an invalid argument is passed (from commit
20d4947353, ``net: socket infrastructure for SO_TIMESTAMPING'').
Make the function void, so that we can also remove all the unneeded
if conditions that check for such a _non-existant_ error case in the
output path.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tomas reported the following build error:
net/built-in.o: In function `ieee80211_unregister_hw':
(.text+0x10f0e1): undefined reference to `unregister_inet6addr_notifier'
net/built-in.o: In function `ieee80211_register_hw':
(.text+0x10f610): undefined reference to `register_inet6addr_notifier'
make: *** [vmlinux] Error 1
when built IPv6 as a module.
So we have to statically link these symbols.
Reported-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@iki.fi>
Cc: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@iki.fi>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hidaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I noticed that TSQ (TCP Small queues) was less effective when TSO is
turned off, and GSO is on. If BQL is not enabled, TSQ has then no
effect.
It turns out the GSO engine frees the original gso_skb at the time the
fragments are generated and queued to the NIC.
We should instead call the tcp_wfree() destructor for the last fragment,
to keep the flow control as intended in TSQ. This effectively limits
the number of queued packets on qdisc + NIC layers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All NFC devices will now get proper RFKILL support as long as they provide
some dev_up and dev_down hooks. Rfkilling an NFC device will bring it down
while it is left to userspace to bring it back up when being rfkill unblocked.
This is very similar to what Bluetooth does.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
1) Allow to avoid copying DSCP during encapsulation
by setting a SA flag. From Nicolas Dichtel.
2) Constify the netlink dispatch table, no need to modify it
at runtime. From Mathias Krause.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We use _get() and _put() for device ref-counting in the kernel. However,
hci_conn_put() is _not_ used for ref-counting, hence, rename it to
hci_conn_drop() so we can later fix ref-counting and introduce
hci_conn_put().
hci_conn_hold() and hci_conn_put() are currently used to manage how long a
connection should be held alive. When the last user drops the connection,
we spawn a delayed work that performs the disconnect. Obviously, this has
nothing to do with ref-counting for the _object_ but rather for the
keep-alive of the connection.
But we really _need_ proper ref-counting for the _object_ to allow
connection-users like rfcomm-tty, HIDP or others.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Some drivers need SSID in AP and IBSS mode. AP SSID is provided
through BSS_CHANGED_SSID notification. There was no easy way to
do the same for IBSS. In IBSS mode SSID is known but was not
stored in BSS configuration. Extend the AP-mode functionality
to also work in IBSS mode.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch introduces an UAPI header for the SCTP protocol,
so that we can facilitate the maintenance and development of
user land applications or libraries, in particular in terms
of header synchronization.
To not break compatibility, some fragments from lksctp-tools'
netinet/sctp.h have been carefully included, while taking care
that neither kernel nor user land breaks, so both compile fine
with this change (for lksctp-tools I tested with the old
netinet/sctp.h header and with a newly adapted one that includes
the uapi sctp header). lksctp-tools smoke test run through
successfully as well in both cases.
Suggested-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The callers always pass current to sock_update_netprio().
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The callers always pass current to sock_update_classid().
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of invalidating all IPv6 addresses with global scope
when one decides to use IPv6 tokens, we should only invalidate
previous tokens and leave the rest intact until they expire
eventually (or are intact forever). For doing this less greedy
approach, we're adding a bool at the end of inet6_ifaddr structure
instead, for two reasons: i) per-inet6_ifaddr flag space is
already used up, making it wider might not be a good idea,
since ii) also we do not necessarily need to export this
information into user space.
Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When receiving data messages, the "BUG_ON(skb->len < skb->data_len)" in
the skb_pull() function triggers a kernel panic.
Replace the skb_pull logic by a per skb offset as advised by
Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <blaschka@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for IPv6 tokenized IIDs, that allow
for administrators to assign well-known host-part addresses
to nodes whilst still obtaining global network prefix from
Router Advertisements. It is currently in draft status.
The primary target for such support is server platforms
where addresses are usually manually configured, rather
than using DHCPv6 or SLAAC. By using tokenised identifiers,
hosts can still determine their network prefix by use of
SLAAC, but more readily be automatically renumbered should
their network prefix change. [...]
The disadvantage with static addresses is that they are
likely to require manual editing should the network prefix
in use change. If instead there were a method to only
manually configure the static identifier part of the IPv6
address, then the address could be automatically updated
when a new prefix was introduced, as described in [RFC4192]
for example. In such cases a DNS server might be
configured with such a tokenised interface identifier of
::53, and SLAAC would use the token in constructing the
interface address, using the advertised prefix. [...]
http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-chown-6man-tokenised-ipv6-identifiers-02
The implementation is partially based on top of Mark K.
Thompson's proof of concept. However, it uses the Netlink
interface for configuration resp. data retrival, so that
it can be easily extended in future. Successfully tested
by myself.
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for NULL before calling the following operations from "struct
ieee802154_mlme_ops": assoc_req, assoc_resp, disassoc_req, start_req,
and scan_req.
This fixes a current oops where those functions are called but not
implemented. It also updates the documentation to clarify that they
are now optional by design. If a call to an unimplemented function
is attempted, the kernel returns EOPNOTSUPP via netlink.
The following operations are still required: get_phy, get_pan_id,
get_short_addr, and get_dsn.
Note that the places where this patch changes the initialization
of "ret" should not affect the rest of the code since "ret" was
always set (again) before returning its value.
Signed-off-by: Werner Almesberger <werner@almesberger.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It served no purpose: we never call it from anywhere in the stack
and the only driver that did implement it (fakehard) merely provided
a dummy value.
There is also considerable doubt whether it would make sense to
even attempt beacon processing at this level in the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Werner Almesberger <werner@almesberger.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that uids and gids are completely encapsulated in kuid_t
and kgid_t we no longer need to pass struct cred which allowed
us to test both the uid and the user namespace for equality.
Passing struct cred potentially allows us to pass the entire group
list as BSD does but I don't believe the cost of cache line misses
justifies retaining code for a future potential application.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains Netfilter and IPVS updates for
your net-next tree, most relevantly they are:
* Add net namespace support to NFLOG, ULOG and ebt_ulog and NFQUEUE.
The LOG and ebt_log target has been also adapted, but they still
depend on the syslog netnamespace that seems to be missing, from
Gao Feng.
* Don't lose indications of congestion in IPv6 fragmentation handling,
from Hannes Frederic Sowa.i
* IPVS conversion to use RCU, including some code consolidation patches
and optimizations, also some from Julian Anastasov.
* cpu fanout support for NFQUEUE, from Holger Eitzenberger.
* Better error reporting to userspace when dropping packets from
all our _*_[xfrm|route]_me_harder functions, from Patrick McHardy.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to verify that the given sockets actually are l2cap sockets. If
they aren't, we are not supposed to access bt_sk(sock) and we shouldn't
start the session if the offsets turn out to be valid local BT addresses.
That is, if someone passes a TCP socket to HIDCONNADD, then we access some
random offset in the TCP socket (which isn't even guaranteed to be valid).
Fix this by checking that the socket is an l2cap socket.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds netns support to nf_log and it prepares netns
support for existing loggers. It is composed of four major
changes.
1) nf_log_register has been split to two functions: nf_log_register
and nf_log_set. The new nf_log_register is used to globally
register the nf_logger and nf_log_set is used for enabling
pernet support from nf_loggers.
Per netns is not yet complete after this patch, it comes in
separate follow up patches.
2) Add net as a parameter of nf_log_bind_pf. Per netns is not
yet complete after this patch, it only allows to bind the
nf_logger to the protocol family from init_net and it skips
other cases.
3) Adapt all nf_log_packet callers to pass netns as parameter.
After this patch, this function only works for init_net.
4) Make the sysctl net/netfilter/nf_log pernet.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch makes this proc dentry pernet. So far only init_net
had a /proc/net/netfilter directory.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch implements per hash bucket locking for the frag queue
hash. This removes two write locks, and the only remaining write
lock is for protecting hash rebuild. This essentially reduce the
readers-writer lock to a rebuild lock.
This patch is part of "net: frag performance followup"
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/263644
of which two patches have already been accepted:
Same test setup as previous:
(http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/257155)
Two 10G interfaces, on seperate NUMA nodes, are under-test, and uses
Ethernet flow-control. A third interface is used for generating the
DoS attack (with trafgen).
Notice, I have changed the frag DoS generator script to be more
efficient/deadly. Before it would only hit one RX queue, now its
sending packets causing multi-queue RX, due to "better" RX hashing.
Test types summary (netperf UDP_STREAM):
Test-20G64K == 2x10G with 65K fragments
Test-20G3F == 2x10G with 3x fragments (3*1472 bytes)
Test-20G64K+DoS == Same as 20G64K with frag DoS
Test-20G3F+DoS == Same as 20G3F with frag DoS
Test-20G64K+MQ == Same as 20G64K with Multi-Queue frag DoS
Test-20G3F+MQ == Same as 20G3F with Multi-Queue frag DoS
When I rebased this-patch(03) (on top of net-next commit a210576c) and
removed the _bh spinlock, I saw a performance regression. BUT this
was caused by some unrelated change in-between. See tests below.
Test (A) is what I reported before for patch-02, accepted in commit 1b5ab0de.
Test (B) verifying-retest of commit 1b5ab0de corrospond to patch-02.
Test (C) is what I reported before for this-patch
Test (D) is net-next master HEAD (commit a210576c), which reveals some
(unknown) performance regression (compared against test (B)).
Test (D) function as a new base-test.
Performance table summary (in Mbit/s):
(#) Test-type: 20G64K 20G3F 20G64K+DoS 20G3F+DoS 20G64K+MQ 20G3F+MQ
---------- ------- ------- ---------- --------- -------- -------
(A) Patch-02 : 18848.7 13230.1 4103.04 5310.36 130.0 440.2
(B) 1b5ab0de : 18841.5 13156.8 4101.08 5314.57 129.0 424.2
(C) Patch-03v1: 18838.0 13490.5 4405.11 6814.72 196.6 461.6
(D) a210576c : 18321.5 11250.4 3635.34 5160.13 119.1 405.2
(E) with _bh : 17247.3 11492.6 3994.74 6405.29 166.7 413.6
(F) without bh: 17471.3 11298.7 3818.05 6102.11 165.7 406.3
Test (E) and (F) is this-patch(03), with(V1) and without(V2) the _bh spinlocks.
I cannot explain the slow down for 20G64K (but its an artificial
"lab-test" so I'm not worried). But the other results does show
improvements. And test (E) "with _bh" version is slightly better.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
----
V2:
- By analysis from Hannes Frederic Sowa and Eric Dumazet, we don't
need the spinlock _bh versions, as Netfilter currently does a
local_bh_disable() before entering inet_fragment.
- Fold-in desc from cover-mail
V3:
- Drop the chain_len counter per hash bucket.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver init queue is no longer needed. This can be all handled
inside the drivers now. So remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Some drivers require a special stage for their early init. This is
always specific to the driver or transport. So call back into driver to
allow bringing up the device.
The advantage with this stage is that the Bluetooth core is actually
handling the HCI layer now. This means that command and event processing
is available.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds a __hci_cmd_sync_ev function, analogous to
__hci_cmd_sync except that it also takes an event parameter to indicate
that the command completes with a special event instead of command
complete. Internally this new function takes advantage of the
hci_req_add_ev function introduced in the previous patch.
The primary expected user of this new function are the setup routines of
HCI drivers which may want to send custom commands and return only when
they have completed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for having commands within HCI requests that do
not result in a command complete but some other event. This is at least
needed for some vendor specific commands to be issued in the
hdev->setup() procecure, but might also be useful for other commands.
The way that the support is implemented is by extending the skb control
buffer to have a field to indicate that the command is expected to
terminate with a special event. After sending the command each received
event can then be compared against this field through hdev->sent_cmd.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a helper function for sending a single HCI command
waiting for its completion and then returning back the parameters in the
resulting command complete event (if there was one).
The implementation is very similar to that of hci_req_sync() except that
instead of invocing a callback for sending HCI commands the function
constructs and sends one itself and after being woken up picks the last
received event from hdev->recv_evt (if it matches the right criteria)
and returns it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds tracking of received HCI events to the hci_dev struct.
This is necessary so that a subsequent patch can implement a function
for sending a single command synchronously and returning the resulting
command complete parameters in the function return value.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the hci_req_cmd_status function since it is not
used anymore. The HCI request framework now considers the HCI command
has complete once the Command Status or Command Complete Event is
received.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Remove a declaration left over from the TCPCT-ectomy. This sysctl is
no longer referenced anywhere since 1a2c6181c4 ("tcp: Remove TCPCT").
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the final step in RCU conversion.
Things that are removed:
- svc->usecnt: now svc is accessed under RCU read lock
- svc->inc: and some unused code
- ip_vs_bind_pe and ip_vs_unbind_pe: no ability to replace PE
- __ip_vs_svc_lock: replaced with RCU
- IP_VS_WAIT_WHILE: now readers lookup svcs and dests under
RCU and work in parallel with configuration
Other changes:
- before now, a RCU read-side critical section included the
calling of the schedule method, now it is extended to include
service lookup
- ip_vs_svc_table and ip_vs_svc_fwm_table are now using hlist
- svc->pe and svc->scheduler remain to the end (of grace period),
the schedulers are prepared for such RCU readers
even after done_service is called but they need
to use synchronize_rcu because last ip_vs_scheduler_put
can happen while RCU read-side critical sections
use an outdated svc->scheduler pointer
- as planned, update_service is removed
- empty services can be freed immediately after grace period.
If dests were present, the services are freed from
the dest trash code
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In previous commits the schedulers started to access
svc->destinations with _rcu list traversal primitives
because the IP_VS_WAIT_WHILE macro still plays the role of
grace period. Now it is time to finish the updating part,
i.e. adding and deleting of dests with _rcu suffix before
removing the IP_VS_WAIT_WHILE in next commit.
We use the same rule for conns as for the
schedulers: dests can be searched in RCU read-side critical
section where ip_vs_dest_hold can be called by ip_vs_bind_dest.
Some things are not perfect, for example, calling
functions like ip_vs_lookup_dest from updating code under
RCU, just because we use some function both from reader
and from updater.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This method releases the scheduler state,
it can not fail. Such change will help to properly
replace the scheduler in following patch.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
All dests will go to trash, no exceptions.
But we have to use new list node t_list for this, due
to RCU changes in following patches. Dests will wait there
initial grace period and later all conns and schedulers to
put their reference. The dests don't get reference for
staying in dest trash as before.
As result, we do not load ip_vs_dest_put with
extra checks for last refcnt and the schedulers do not
need to play games with atomic_inc_not_zero while
selecting best destination.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ip_vs_dest_hold will be used under RCU lock
while ip_vs_dest_put can be called even after dest
is removed from service, as it happens for conns and
some schedulers.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Allow schedulers to use rcu_dereference when
returning destination on lookup. The RCU read-side critical
section will allow ip_vs_bind_dest to get dest refcnt as
preparation for the step where destinations will be
deleted without an IP_VS_WAIT_WHILE guard that holds the
packet processing during update.
Add new optional scheduler methods add_dest,
del_dest and upd_dest. For now the methods are called
together with update_service but update_service will be
removed in a following change.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
We have many fields to set and few to reset,
use kmem_cache_alloc instead to save some cycles.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
__ip_vs_conn_in_get and ip_vs_conn_out_get are
hot places. Optimize them, so that ports are matched first.
By moving net and fwmark below, on 32-bit arch we can fit
caddr in 32-byte cache line and all addresses in 64-byte
cache line.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Convert __ip_vs_conntbl_lock_array as follows:
- readers that do not modify conn lists will use RCU lock
- updaters that modify lists will use spinlock_t
Now for conn lookups we will use RCU read-side
critical section. Without using __ip_vs_conn_get such
places have access to connection fields and can
dereference some pointers like pe and pe_data plus
the ability to update timer expiration. If full access
is required we contend for reference.
We add barrier in __ip_vs_conn_put, so that
other CPUs see the refcnt operation after other writes.
With the introduction of ip_vs_conn_unlink()
we try to reorganize ip_vs_conn_expire(), so that
unhashing of connections that should stay more time is
avoided, even if it is for very short time.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
rs_lock was used to protect rs_table (hash table)
from updaters (under global mutex) and readers (packet handlers).
We can remove rs_lock by using RCU lock for readers. Reclaiming
dest only with kfree_rcu is enough because the readers access
only fields from the ip_vs_dest structure.
Use hlist for rs_table.
As we are now using hlist_del_rcu, introduce in_rs_table
flag as replacement for the list_empty checks which do not
work with RCU. It is needed because only NAT dests are in
the rs_table.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
We use locks like tcp_app_lock, udp_app_lock,
sctp_app_lock to protect access to the protocol hash tables
from readers in packet context while the application
instances (inc) are [un]registered under global mutex.
As the hash tables are mostly read when conns are
created and bound to app, use RCU for readers and reclaim
app instance after grace period.
Simplify ip_vs_app_inc_get because we use usecnt
only for statistics and rely on module refcounting.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Currently when forwarding requests to real servers
we use dst_lock and atomic operations when cloning the
dst_cache value. As the dst_cache value does not change
most of the time it is better to use RCU and to lock
dst_lock only when we need to replace the obsoleted dst.
For this to work we keep dst_cache in new structure protected
by RCU. For packets to remote real servers we will use noref
version of dst_cache, it will be valid while we are in RCU
read-side critical section because now dst_release for replaced
dsts will be invoked after the grace period. Packets to
local real servers that are passed to local stack with
NF_ACCEPT need a dst clone.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Move and give better names to two functions:
- ip_vs_dst_reset to __ip_vs_dst_cache_reset
- __ip_vs_dev_reset to ip_vs_forget_dev
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Avoid replacing the cached route for real server
on every packet with different TOS. I doubt that routing
by TOS for real server is used at all, so we should be
better with such optimization.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Currently, when a socket receives something on the error queue it only wakes up
the socket on select if it is in the "read" list, that is the socket has
something to read. It is useful also to wake the socket if it is in the error
list, which would enable software to wait on error queue packets without waking
up for regular data on the socket. The main use case is for receiving
timestamped transmit packets which return the timestamp to the socket via the
error queue. This enables an application to select on the socket for the error
queue only instead of for the regular traffic.
-v2-
* Added the SO_SELECT_ERR_QUEUE socket option to every architechture specific file
* Modified every socket poll function that checks error queue
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Cc: Jeffrey Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the protection of netns_frags.nqueues updates under the LRU_lock,
instead of the write lock. As they are located on the same cacheline,
and this is also needed when transitioning to use per hash bucket locking.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip-header id needs to be incremented even if IP_DF flag is set.
This behaviour was changed in commit 490ab08127
(IP_GRE: Fix IP-Identification).
Following patch fixes it so that identification is always
incremented.
Reported-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Inspection of upper layer protocol is considered harmful, especially
if it is about ARP or other stateful upper layer protocol; driver
cannot (and should not) have full state of them.
IPv4 over Firewire module used to inspect ARP (both in sending path
and in receiving path), and record peer's GUID, max packet size, max
speed and fifo address. This patch removes such inspection by extending
our "hardware address" definition to include other information as well:
max packet size, max speed and fifo. By doing this, The neighbour
module in networking subsystem can cache them.
Note: As we have started ignoring sspd and max_rec in ARP/NDP, those
information will not be used in the driver when sending.
When a packet is being sent, the IP layer fills our pseudo header with
the extended "hardware address", including GUID and fifo. The driver
can look-up node-id (the real but rather volatile low-level address)
by GUID, and then the module can send the packet to the wire using
parameters provided in the extendedn hardware address.
This approach is realistic because IP over IEEE1394 (RFC2734) and IPv6
over IEEE1394 (RFC3146) share same "hardware address" format
in their address resolution protocols.
Here, extended "hardware address" is defined as follows:
union fwnet_hwaddr {
u8 u[16];
struct {
__be64 uniq_id; /* EUI-64 */
u8 max_rec; /* max packet size */
u8 sspd; /* max speed */
__be16 fifo_hi; /* hi 16bits of FIFO addr */
__be32 fifo_lo; /* lo 32bits of FIFO addr */
} __packed uc;
};
Note that Hardware address is declared as union, so that we can map full
IP address into this, when implementing MCAP (Multicast Cannel Allocation
Protocol) for IPv6, but IP and ARP subsystem do not need to know this
format in detail.
One difference between original ARP (RFC826) and 1394 ARP (RFC2734)
is that 1394 ARP Request/Reply do not contain the target hardware address
field (aka ar$tha). This difference is handled in the ARP subsystem.
CC: Stephan Gatzka <stephan.gatzka@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patch refactors GRE code into ip tunneling code and GRE
specific code. Common tunneling code is moved to ip_tunnel module.
ip_tunnel module is written as generic library which can be used
by different tunneling implementations.
ip_tunnel module contains following components:
- packet xmit and rcv generic code. xmit flow looks like
(gre_xmit/ipip_xmit)->ip_tunnel_xmit->ip_local_out.
- hash table of all devices.
- lookup for tunnel devices.
- control plane operations like device create, destroy, ioctl, netlink
operations code.
- registration for tunneling modules, like gre, ipip etc.
- define single pcpu_tstats dev->tstats.
- struct tnl_ptk_info added to pass parsed tunnel packet parameters.
ipip.h header is renamed to ip_tunnel.h
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because
they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel,
nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
[fix kernel-doc]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ip-header id needs to be incremented even if IP_DF flag is set.
This behaviour was changed in commit 490ab08127
(IP_GRE: Fix IP-Identification).
Following patch fixes it so that identification is always
incremented.
Reported-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for
your net-next tree, they are:
* Better performance in nfnetlink_queue by avoiding copy from the
packet to netlink message, from Eric Dumazet.
* Remove unnecessary locking in the exit path of ebt_ulog, from Gao Feng.
* Use new function ipv6_iface_scope_id in nf_ct_ipv6, from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
* A couple of sparse fixes for IPVS, from Julian Anastasov.
* Use xor hashing in nfnetlink_queue, as suggested by Eric Dumazet, from
myself.
* Allow to dump expectations per master conntrack via ctnetlink, from myself.
* A couple of cleanups to use PTR_RET in module init path, from Silviu-Mihai
Popescu.
* Remove nf_conntrack module a bit faster if netns are in use, from
Vladimir Davydov.
* Use checksum_partial in ip6t_NPT, from YOSHIFUJI Hideaki.
* Sparse fix for nf_conntrack, from Stephen Hemminger.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mac80211 currently sets uAPSD parameters to have VO AC trigger-
and delivery-enabled, with maximum service period length.
Allow drivers to change these default settings since different
uAPSD client implementations may handle errors differently and
be able to recover from some errors.
Note: some APs may not function correctly if one or all ACs are
trigger- and delivery-enabled, see
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/93577.
We retested with this AP and later firmware doesn't have this
bug any more.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This was forgotten from the commit that added support for FT
operations with drivers that implement SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Hello!
After patch 1 got accepted to net-next I will also send a patch to
netfilter-devel to make the corresponding changes to the netfilter
reassembly logic.
Thanks,
Hannes
-- >8 --
[PATCH 2/2] ipv6: implement RFC3168 5.3 (ecn protection) for ipv6 fragmentation handling
This patch also ensures that INET_ECN_CE is propagated if one fragment
had the codepoint set.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <jbrouer@redhat.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch just moves some code arround to make the ip4_frag_ecn_table
and IPFRAG_ECN_* constants accessible from the other reassembly engines. I
also renamed ip4_frag_ecn_table to ip_frag_ecn_table.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <jbrouer@redhat.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a dev_addr_genid for IPv6. The goal is to use it, combined with
dev_base_seq to check if a change occurs during a netlink dump.
If a change is detected, the flag NLM_F_DUMP_INTR is set in the first message
after the dump was interrupted.
Note that only dump of unicast addresses is checked (multicast and anycast are
not checked).
Reported-by: Junwei Zhang <junwei.zhang@6wind.com>
Reported-by: Hongjun Li <hongjun.li@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With decnet converted, we can finally get rid of rta_buf and its
computations around it. It also gets rid of the minimal header
length verification since all message handlers do that explicitly
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
decnet is the only subsystem left that is relying on the global
netlink attribute buffer rta_buf. It's horrible design and we
want to get rid of it.
This converts all of decnet to do implicit attribute parsing. It
also gets rid of the error prone struct dn_kern_rta.
Yes, the fib_magic() stuff is not pretty.
It's compiled tested but I need someone with appropriate hardware
to test the patch since I don't have access to it.
Cc: linux-decnet-user@lists.sourceforge.net
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add P2P NoA settings for STA mode.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[fix docs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch series refactor the F-RTO feature (RFC4138/5682).
This is to simplify the loss recovery processing. Existing F-RTO
was developed during the experimental stage (RFC4138) and has
many experimental features. It takes a separate code path from
the traditional timeout processing by overloading CA_Disorder
instead of using CA_Loss state. This complicates CA_Disorder state
handling because it's also used for handling dubious ACKs and undos.
While the algorithm in the RFC does not change the congestion control,
the implementation intercepts congestion control in various places
(e.g., frto_cwnd in tcp_ack()).
The new code implements newer F-RTO RFC5682 using CA_Loss processing
path. F-RTO becomes a small extension in the timeout processing
and interfaces with congestion control and Eifel undo modules.
It lets congestion control (module) determines how many to send
independently. F-RTO only chooses what to send in order to detect
spurious retranmission. If timeout is found spurious it invokes
existing Eifel undo algorithms like DSACK or TCP timestamp based
detection.
The first patch removes all F-RTO code except the sysctl_tcp_frto is
left for the new implementation. Since CA_EVENT_FRTO is removed, TCP
westwood now computes ssthresh on regular timeout CA_EVENT_LOSS event.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In skb_flow_dissect(), we perform a dissection of a skbuff. Since we're
doing the work here anyway, also store thoff for a later usage, e.g. in
the BPF filter.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains 7 Netfilter/IPVS fixes for 3.9-rc, they are:
* Restrict IPv6 stateless NPT targets to the mangle table. Many users are
complaining that this target does not work in the nat table, which is the
wrong table for it, from Florian Westphal.
* Fix possible use before initialization in the netns init path of several
conntrack protocol trackers (introduced recently while improving conntrack
netns support), from Gao Feng.
* Fix incorrect initialization of copy_range in nfnetlink_queue, spotted
by Eric Dumazet during the NFWS2013, patch from myself.
* Fix wrong calculation of next SCTP chunk in IPVS, from Julian Anastasov.
* Remove rcu_read_lock section in IPVS while calling ipv4_update_pmtu
not required anymore after change introduced in 3.7, again from Julian.
* Fix SYN looping in IPVS state sync if the backup is used a real server
in DR/TUN modes, this required a new /proc entry to disable the director
function when acting as backup, also from Julian.
* Remove leftover IP_NF_QUEUE Kconfig after ip_queue removal, noted by
Paul Bolle.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch introduces nf_conntrack_cleanup_net_list(), which cleanups
nf_conntrack for a list of netns and calls synchronize_net() only once
for them all. This should reduce netns destruction time.
I've measured cleanup time for 1k dummy net ns. Here are the results:
<without the patch>
# modprobe nf_conntrack
# time modprobe -r nf_conntrack
real 0m10.337s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.376s
<with the patch>
# modprobe nf_conntrack
# time modprobe -r nf_conntrack
real 0m5.661s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.216s
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch introduces a constant limit of the fragment queue hash
table bucket list lengths. Currently the limit 128 is choosen somewhat
arbitrary and just ensures that we can fill up the fragment cache with
empty packets up to the default ip_frag_high_thresh limits. It should
just protect from list iteration eating considerable amounts of cpu.
If we reach the maximum length in one hash bucket a warning is printed.
This is implemented on the caller side of inet_frag_find to distinguish
between the different users of inet_fragment.c.
I dropped the out of memory warning in the ipv4 fragment lookup path,
because we already get a warning by the slab allocator.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <jbrouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dmitry Akindinov is reporting for a problem where SYNs are looping
between the master and backup server when the backup server is used as
real server in DR mode and has IPVS rules to function as director.
Even when the backup function is enabled we continue to forward
traffic and schedule new connections when the current master is using
the backup server as real server. While this is not a problem for NAT,
for DR and TUN method the backup server can not determine if a request
comes from client or from director.
To avoid such loops add new sysctl flag backup_only. It can be needed
for DR/TUN setups that do not need backup and director function at the
same time. When the backup function is enabled we stop any forwarding
and pass the traffic to the local stack (real server mode). The flag
disables the director function when the backup function is enabled.
For setups that enable backup function for some virtual services and
director function for other virtual services there should be another
more complex solution to support DR/TUN mode, may be to assign
per-virtual service syncid value, so that we can differentiate the
requests.
Reported-by: Dmitry Akindinov <dimak@stalker.com>
Tested-by: German Myzovsky <lawyer@sipnet.ru>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Sometimes queues are flushed in the middle of
operation, which can lead to driver issues.
Stop queues temporarily, while flushing, to
avoid transmitting new packets while they are
being flushed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only
really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface,
and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on
other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue
bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This basically reverts commit b207cdb07f.
Now is possible to use drv_{add,remove}_interface() and vif->debugfs_dir
to create/remove per interface debugfs files. Remove redundant
callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is need create driver own per interface debugfs files. This is
currently done by drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs() callbacks. But it
is possible that after we remove interface from the driver (i.e.
on suspend) we call drv_remove_interface_debugfs() function. Fixing this
problem will require to add call drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs()
anytime we create and remove interface in mac80211. So it's better to
add debugfs dir dentry to vif structure to allow to create/remove
custom debugfs driver files on drv_{add,remove}_interface().
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These parameters are related to the "fast connectable" mode that can be
changed through the mgmt interface. Not all controllers properly reset
these values with HCI_Reset so they need to be read in order to be able
to verify whether the values are correct or not before enabling page
scan.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In order to be able to represent fast connectable mode in the mgmt
settings we need to have a HCI dev flag for it. This patch adds the flag
and makes sure its value is changed whenever a mgmt_set_fast_connectable
command completes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
For proper control of the AD update and the related HCI commands it's
best to run the AD update through an async request instead of a
standalone HCI command. This patch changes the hci_update_ad() function
to take a request pointer and updates its users appropriately. E.g. the
function is no longer called after the init sequence but during stage 3
of the init sequence.
The TX power is read during the init sequence, so we don't need an
explicit update whenever it is read and the AD update based on the local
name should be done through the local name mgmt handler. The only other
user is the update based on enabling advertising. This part is still
kept as there is no mgmt API to enable it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We'll need to use this mask also when powering off the HCI device
so it's better to have this in a single and visible place.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Now that class related operations are tracked through asynchronous HCI
requests this flag is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
TCPCT uses option-number 253, reserved for experimental use and should
not be used in production environments.
Further, TCPCT does not fully implement RFC 6013.
As a nice side-effect, removing TCPCT increases TCP's performance for
very short flows:
Doing an apache-benchmark with -c 100 -n 100000, sending HTTP-requests
for files of 1KB size.
before this patch:
average (among 7 runs) of 20845.5 Requests/Second
after:
average (among 7 runs) of 21403.6 Requests/Second
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
caif_shm is an old implementation
caif_shm will be replaced by caif_virtio
[ As explained by Linus Walleij: "U5500 used this, but was cancelled
and the silicon did not reach anyone outside ST-Ericsson. Then for
the next platforms, we have gone for the leaner & cleaner approach
of using virtio, rpmesg and rproc." ]
Signed-off-by: Erwan Yvin <erwan.yvin@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Sjur Brendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When neighbour table is full, dst_neigh_lookup/dst_neigh_lookup_skb will return
-ENOBUFS which is absolutely non zero, while all the code in kernel which use
above functions assume failure only on zero return which will cause panic. (for
example: : https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=54731).
This patch corrects above error with smallest changes to kernel source code and
also correct two return value check missing bugs in drivers/infiniband/hw/cxgb4/cm.c
Tested on my x86_64 SMP machine
Reported-by: Zhouyi Zhou <zhouzhouyi@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Zhouyi Zhou <zhouzhouyi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhouyi Zhou <zhouzhouyi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a long time ago by the commit
commit 93456b6d77
Author: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Date: Thu Jan 10 03:23:38 2008 -0800
[IPV4]: Unify access to the routing tables.
the defenition of FIB_HASH_TABLE size has obtained wrong dependency:
it should depend upon CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES (as was in the original
code) but it was depended from CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_MULTIPATH
This patch returns the situation to the original state.
The problem was spotted by Tingwei Liu.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
CC: Tingwei Liu <tingw.liu@gmail.com>
CC: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch series implement the Tail loss probe (TLP) algorithm described
in http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-dukkipati-tcpm-tcp-loss-probe-01. The
first patch implements the basic algorithm.
TLP's goal is to reduce tail latency of short transactions. It achieves
this by converting retransmission timeouts (RTOs) occuring due
to tail losses (losses at end of transactions) into fast recovery.
TLP transmits one packet in two round-trips when a connection is in
Open state and isn't receiving any ACKs. The transmitted packet, aka
loss probe, can be either new or a retransmission. When there is tail
loss, the ACK from a loss probe triggers FACK/early-retransmit based
fast recovery, thus avoiding a costly RTO. In the absence of loss,
there is no change in the connection state.
PTO stands for probe timeout. It is a timer event indicating
that an ACK is overdue and triggers a loss probe packet. The PTO value
is set to max(2*SRTT, 10ms) and is adjusted to account for delayed
ACK timer when there is only one oustanding packet.
TLP Algorithm
On transmission of new data in Open state:
-> packets_out > 1: schedule PTO in max(2*SRTT, 10ms).
-> packets_out == 1: schedule PTO in max(2*RTT, 1.5*RTT + 200ms)
-> PTO = min(PTO, RTO)
Conditions for scheduling PTO:
-> Connection is in Open state.
-> Connection is either cwnd limited or no new data to send.
-> Number of probes per tail loss episode is limited to one.
-> Connection is SACK enabled.
When PTO fires:
new_segment_exists:
-> transmit new segment.
-> packets_out++. cwnd remains same.
no_new_packet:
-> retransmit the last segment.
Its ACK triggers FACK or early retransmit based recovery.
ACK path:
-> rearm RTO at start of ACK processing.
-> reschedule PTO if need be.
In addition, the patch includes a small variation to the Early Retransmit
(ER) algorithm, such that ER and TLP together can in principle recover any
N-degree of tail loss through fast recovery. TLP is controlled by the same
sysctl as ER, tcp_early_retrans sysctl.
tcp_early_retrans==0; disables TLP and ER.
==1; enables RFC5827 ER.
==2; delayed ER.
==3; TLP and delayed ER. [DEFAULT]
==4; TLP only.
The TLP patch series have been extensively tested on Google Web servers.
It is most effective for short Web trasactions, where it reduced RTOs by 15%
and improved HTTP response time (average by 6%, 99th percentile by 10%).
The transmitted probes account for <0.5% of the overall transmissions.
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some devices have multicast filter capability for each individual
virtual interface rather than just a global one. Add an interface
specific driver callback allowing such drivers to configure this.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Similar to iptunnel_xmit(), group these operations into a
helper function.
This by the way fixes the missing u64_stats_update_begin()
and u64_stats_update_end() for 32 bit arch.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With recent patches from Pravin, most tunnels can't use iptunnel_xmit()
any more, due to ip_select_ident() and skb->ip_summed. But we can just
move these operations out of iptunnel_xmit(), so that tunnels can
use it again.
This by the way fixes a bug in vxlan (missing nf_reset()) for net-next.
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since no one checks the returning value of hci_req_add and HCI
request errors are now handled in hci_req_run, we can make hci_
req_add returning void.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When we are building a HCI request with more than one HCI command
and one of the hci_req_add calls fail, we should have some cleanup
routine so the HCI commands already queued on HCI request can be
deleted. Otherwise, we will face some memory leaks issues.
This patch implements the HCI request error handling which is the
following: If a hci_req_add fails, we save the error code in hci_
request. Once hci_req_run is called, we verify the error field. If
it is different from zero, we delete all HCI commands already queued
and return the error code.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
__ipv6_addr_needs_scope_id checks if an ipv6 address needs to supply
a 'sin6_scope_id != 0'. 'sin6_scope_id != 0' was enforced in case
of link-local addresses. To support interface-local multicast these
checks had to be enhanced and are now consolidated into these new helper
functions.
v2:
a) migrated to struct ipv6_addr_props
v3:
a) reverted changes for ipv6_addr_props
b) test for address type instead of comparing scope
v4:
a) unchanged
Suggested-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This variable is no longer needed (due to async HCI request support and
the conversion of hci_req_sync to use it), so it can be safely removed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch converts the hci_req_sync() procedure to internaly use the
asynchronous HCI requests.
The hci_req_sync mechanism relies on hci_req_complete() calls from
hci_event.c into hci_core.c whenever a HCI command completes. This is
very similar to what asynchronous requests do and makes the conversion
fairly straight forward by converting hci_req_complete into a request
complete callback. By this change hci_req_complete (renamed to
hci_req_sync_complete) becomes private to hci_core.c and all calls to it
can be removed from hci_event.c.
The commands in each hci_req_sync procedure are collected into their own
request by passing the hci_request pointer to the request callback
(instead of the hci_dev pointer). The one slight exception is the HCI
init request which has the special handling of HCI driver specific
initialization commands. These commands are run in their own request
prior to the "main" init request.
One other extra change that this patch must contain is the handling of
spontaneous HCI reset complete events that some controllers exhibit.
These were previously handled in the hci_req_complete function but the
right place for them now becomes the hci_req_cmd_complete function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch introduces functions to process the HCI request state when
receiving HCI Command Status or Command Complete events. Some HCI
commands, like Inquiry do not result in a Command complete event so
special handling is needed for them. Inquiry is a particularly important
one since it is the only forseeable "non-cmd_complete" command that will
make good use of the request functionality, and its completion is either
indicated by an Inquiry Complete event of a successful Command Complete
for HCI_Inquiry_Cancel.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This function is analogous to hci_send_cmd() but instead of directly
queuing the command to hdev->cmd_q it adds it to the local queue of the
asynchronous HCI request being build (inside struct hci_request).
This is the main function used for building asynchronous requests and
there should be one or more calls to it between calls to hci_req_init
and hci_req_run.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds the initial definitions and functions for asynchronous
HCI requests. Asynchronous requests are essentially a group of HCI
commands together with an optional completion callback. The request is
tracked through the already existing command queue by having the
necessary context information as part of the control buffer of each skb.
The only information needed in the skb control buffer is a flag for
indicating that the skb is the start of a request as well as the
optional complete callback that should be used when the request is
complete (this will be found in the last skb of the request).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Previous commits have improved the handling of the RFCOMM session
timer and the RFCOMM session pointers such that freed RFCOMM
session structures should no longer be erroneously accessed. The
RFCOMM session refcnt now has no purpose and will be deleted by
this commit.
Note that the RFCOMM session is now deleted as soon as the
RFCOMM control channel link is no longer required. This makes the
lifetime of the RFCOMM session deterministic and absolute.
Previously with the refcnt, there was uncertainty about when
the session structure would be deleted because the relative
refcnt prevented the session structure from being deleted at will.
It was noted that the refcnt could malfunction under very heavy
real-time processor loading in embedded SMP environments. This
could cause premature RFCOMM session deletion or double session
deletion that could result in kernel crashes. Removal of the
refcnt prevents this issue.
There are 4 connection / disconnection RFCOMM session scenarios:
host initiated control link ---> host disconnected control link
host initiated ctrl link ---> remote device disconnected ctrl link
remote device initiated ctrl link ---> host disconnected ctrl link
remote device initiated ctrl link ---> remote device disc'ed ctrl link
The control channel connection procedures are independent of the
disconnection procedures. Strangely, the RFCOMM session refcnt was
applying special treatment so erroneously combining connection and
disconnection events. This commit fixes this issue by removing
some session code that used the "initiator" member of the session
structure that was intended for use with the data channels.
Signed-off-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Unfortunately, the design retains local copies of the s RFCOMM
session pointer in various code blocks and this invites the erroneous
access to a freed RFCOMM session structure.
Therefore, return the RFCOMM session pointer back up the call stack
to avoid accessing a freed RFCOMM session structure. When the RFCOMM
session is deleted, NULL is passed up the call stack.
If active DLCs exist when the rfcomm session is terminating,
avoid a memory leak of rfcomm_dlc structures by ensuring that
rfcomm_session_close() is used instead of rfcomm_session_del().
Signed-off-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
There is no reason a caller ever wants to check the return type of this
call. _Iff_ a user successfully called bt_sock_register(), they're allowed
to call bt_sock_unregister().
All other calls in the kernel (device_del, device_unregister, kfree(), ..)
that are logically equivalent return void. Lets not make callers think
they have to check the return type of this call and instead simply return
void.
We guarantee that after bt_sock_unregister() is called, the socket type
_is_ unregistered. If that is not what the caller wants, they're using the
wrong function, anyway.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
As hci_acl_disconn function basically sends the HCI Disconnect Command
and it is used to disconnect ACL, SCO and LE links, renaming it to
hci_disconnect is more suitable.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Commit 18367681a1 (ipv6 flowlabel: Convert np->ipv6_fl_list to RCU.)
omitted proper __rcu annotations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The irqsafe version ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe() exists, but
drivers must not mix calls to any irqsafe/non-irqsafe function.
Both ath9k and iwlwifi, the likely first users of this interface,
use non-irqsafe RX/TX/TX status so must also use a non-irqsafe
version of this function. Since no driver uses the _irqsafe()
version, remove that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh station types used to refer to whether the
station was secure or nonsecure. Really the salient
information is whether it is managed by the kernel or
userspace
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Secure mesh had the implicit requirement that the Mesh
Peering Management entity be in userspace. However
userspace might want to implement an open MPM as well, so
specify a mesh setup parameter to indicate this.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement restricting peer VHT capabilities to the device's own
capabilities. This is useful when a single driver supports more
than one device and the devices have different capabilities
(often they will differ in the number of spatial streams), but
in particular is also necessary for VHT capability overrides to
work correctly -- otherwise it'd be possible to e.g. advertise,
due to overrides, that TX-STBC is not supported, but then still
use it to TX to the AP because it supports RX-STBC.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no driver using this flag, so it seems
that all drivers support HW crypto with WMM or
don't support it at all. Remove the flag and
code setting it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES to support update of FT IEs to the WLAN
driver and NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT to send FT events from the WLAN driver.
This will carry the target AP's MAC address along with the relevant
Information Elements. This event is used to report received FT IEs
(MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). These changes allow FT to be supported
with drivers that use an internal SME instead of user space option (like
FT implementation in wpa_supplicant with mac80211-based drivers).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices can handle remain on channel requests differently
based on the request type/priority. Add support to
differentiate between different ROC types, i.e., indicate that
the ROC is required for sending managment frames.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For testing it's sometimes useful to be able to
override certain VHT capability advertisement,
add the ability to do that in cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The station change API isn't being checked properly before
drivers are called, and as a result it is difficult to see
what should be allowed and what not.
In order to comprehensively check the API parameters parse
everything first, and then have the driver call a function
(cfg80211_check_station_change()) with the additionally
information about the kind of station that is being changed;
this allows the function to make better decisions than the
old code could.
While at it, also add a few checks, particularly in mesh
and clarify the TDLS station lifetime in documentation.
To be able to reduce a few checks, ignore any flag set bits
when the mask isn't set, they shouldn't be applied then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All the pointers point right into the skb data and
not to anything that would be useful to change, so
make them const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make the ability to leave the plink_state unchanged not use a
magic -1 variable that isn't in the enum, but an explicit change
flag; reject invalid plink states or actions and move the needed
constants for plink actions to the right header file. Also
reject plink_state changes for non-mesh interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
By default, DSCP is copying during encapsulation.
Copying the DSCP in IPsec tunneling may be a bit dangerous because packets with
different DSCP may get reordered relative to each other in the network and then
dropped by the remote IPsec GW if the reordering becomes too big compared to the
replay window.
It is possible to avoid this copy with netfilter rules, but it's very convenient
to be able to configure it for each SA directly.
This patch adds a toogle for this purpose. By default, it's not set to maintain
backward compatibility.
Field flags in struct xfrm_usersa_info is full, hence I add a new attribute.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"A moderately sized pile of fixes, some specifically for merge window
introduced regressions although others are for longer standing items
and have been queued up for -stable.
I'm kind of tired of all the RDS protocol bugs over the years, to be
honest, it's way out of proportion to the number of people who
actually use it.
1) Fix missing range initialization in netfilter IPSET, from Jozsef
Kadlecsik.
2) ieee80211_local->tim_lock needs to use BH disabling, from Johannes
Berg.
3) Fix DMA syncing in SFC driver, from Ben Hutchings.
4) Fix regression in BOND device MAC address setting, from Jiri
Pirko.
5) Missing usb_free_urb in ISDN Hisax driver, from Marina Makienko.
6) Fix UDP checksumming in bnx2x driver for 57710 and 57711 chips,
fix from Dmitry Kravkov.
7) Missing cfgspace_lock initialization in BCMA driver.
8) Validate parameter size for SCTP assoc stats getsockopt(), from
Guenter Roeck.
9) Fix SCTP association hangs, from Lee A Roberts.
10) Fix jumbo frame handling in r8169, from Francois Romieu.
11) Fix phy_device memory leak, from Petr Malat.
12) Omit trailing FCS from frames received in BGMAC driver, from Hauke
Mehrtens.
13) Missing socket refcount release in L2TP, from Guillaume Nault.
14) sctp_endpoint_init should respect passed in gfp_t, rather than use
GFP_KERNEL unconditionally. From Dan Carpenter.
15) Add AISX AX88179 USB driver, from Freddy Xin.
16) Remove MAINTAINERS entries for drivers deleted during the merge
window, from Cesar Eduardo Barros.
17) RDS protocol can try to allocate huge amounts of memory, check
that the user's request length makes sense, from Cong Wang.
18) SCTP should use the provided KMALLOC_MAX_SIZE instead of it's own,
bogus, definition. From Cong Wang.
19) Fix deadlocks in FEC driver by moving TX reclaim into NAPI poll,
from Frank Li. Also, fix a build error introduced in the merge
window.
20) Fix bogus purging of default routes in ipv6, from Lorenzo Colitti.
21) Don't double count RTT measurements when we leave the TCP receive
fast path, from Neal Cardwell."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (61 commits)
tcp: fix double-counted receiver RTT when leaving receiver fast path
CAIF: fix sparse warning for caif_usb
rds: simplify a warning message
net: fec: fix build error in no MXC platform
net: ipv6: Don't purge default router if accept_ra=2
net: fec: put tx to napi poll function to fix dead lock
sctp: use KMALLOC_MAX_SIZE instead of its own MAX_KMALLOC_SIZE
rds: limit the size allocated by rds_message_alloc()
MAINTAINERS: remove eexpress
MAINTAINERS: remove drivers/net/wan/cycx*
MAINTAINERS: remove 3c505
caif_dev: fix sparse warnings for caif_flow_cb
ax88179_178a: ASIX AX88179_178A USB 3.0/2.0 to gigabit ethernet adapter driver
sctp: use the passed in gfp flags instead GFP_KERNEL
ipv[4|6]: correct dropwatch false positive in local_deliver_finish
l2tp: Restore socket refcount when sendmsg succeeds
net/phy: micrel: Disable asymmetric pause for KSZ9021
bgmac: omit the fcs
phy: Fix phy_device_free memory leak
bnx2x: Fix KR2 work-around condition
...
Pull more VFS bits from Al Viro:
"Unfortunately, it looks like xattr series will have to wait until the
next cycle ;-/
This pile contains 9p cleanups and fixes (races in v9fs_fid_add()
etc), fixup for nommu breakage in shmem.c, several cleanups and a bit
more file_inode() work"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
constify path_get/path_put and fs_struct.c stuff
fix nommu breakage in shmem.c
cache the value of file_inode() in struct file
9p: if v9fs_fid_lookup() gets to asking server, it'd better have hashed dentry
9p: make sure ->lookup() adds fid to the right dentry
9p: untangle ->lookup() a bit
9p: double iput() in ->lookup() if d_materialise_unique() fails
9p: v9fs_fid_add() can't fail now
v9fs: get rid of v9fs_dentry
9p: turn fid->dlist into hlist
9p: don't bother with private lock in ->d_fsdata; dentry->d_lock will do just fine
more file_inode() open-coded instances
selinux: opened file can't have NULL or negative ->f_path.dentry
(In the meantime, the hlist traversal macros have changed, so this
required a semantic conflict fixup for the newly hlistified fid->dlist)
TCP prequeue mechanism purpose is to let incoming packets
being processed by the thread currently blocked in tcp_recvmsg(),
instead of behalf of the softirq handler, to better adapt flow
control on receiver host capacity to schedule the consumer.
But in typical request/answer workloads, we send request, then
block to receive the answer. And before the actual answer, TCP
stack receives the ACK packets acknowledging the request.
Processing pure ACK on behalf of the thread blocked in tcp_recvmsg()
is a waste of resources, as thread has to immediately sleep again
because it got no payload.
This patch avoids the extra context switches and scheduler overhead.
Before patch :
a:~# echo 0 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_low_latency
a:~# perf stat ./super_netperf 300 -t TCP_RR -l 10 -H 7.7.7.84 -- -r 8k,8k
231676
Performance counter stats for './super_netperf 300 -t TCP_RR -l 10 -H 7.7.7.84 -- -r 8k,8k':
116251.501765 task-clock # 11.369 CPUs utilized
5,025,463 context-switches # 0.043 M/sec
1,074,511 CPU-migrations # 0.009 M/sec
216,923 page-faults # 0.002 M/sec
311,636,972,396 cycles # 2.681 GHz
260,507,138,069 stalled-cycles-frontend # 83.59% frontend cycles idle
155,590,092,840 stalled-cycles-backend # 49.93% backend cycles idle
100,101,255,411 instructions # 0.32 insns per cycle
# 2.60 stalled cycles per insn
16,535,930,999 branches # 142.243 M/sec
646,483,591 branch-misses # 3.91% of all branches
10.225482774 seconds time elapsed
After patch :
a:~# echo 0 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_low_latency
a:~# perf stat ./super_netperf 300 -t TCP_RR -l 10 -H 7.7.7.84 -- -r 8k,8k
233297
Performance counter stats for './super_netperf 300 -t TCP_RR -l 10 -H 7.7.7.84 -- -r 8k,8k':
91084.870855 task-clock # 8.887 CPUs utilized
2,485,916 context-switches # 0.027 M/sec
815,520 CPU-migrations # 0.009 M/sec
216,932 page-faults # 0.002 M/sec
245,195,022,629 cycles # 2.692 GHz
202,635,777,041 stalled-cycles-frontend # 82.64% frontend cycles idle
124,280,372,407 stalled-cycles-backend # 50.69% backend cycles idle
83,457,289,618 instructions # 0.34 insns per cycle
# 2.43 stalled cycles per insn
13,431,472,361 branches # 147.461 M/sec
504,470,665 branch-misses # 3.76% of all branches
10.249594448 seconds time elapsed
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I'm not sure why, but the hlist for each entry iterators were conceived
list_for_each_entry(pos, head, member)
The hlist ones were greedy and wanted an extra parameter:
hlist_for_each_entry(tpos, pos, head, member)
Why did they need an extra pos parameter? I'm not quite sure. Not only
they don't really need it, it also prevents the iterator from looking
exactly like the list iterator, which is unfortunate.
Besides the semantic patch, there was some manual work required:
- Fix up the actual hlist iterators in linux/list.h
- Fix up the declaration of other iterators based on the hlist ones.
- A very small amount of places were using the 'node' parameter, this
was modified to use 'obj->member' instead.
- Coccinelle didn't handle the hlist_for_each_entry_safe iterator
properly, so those had to be fixed up manually.
The semantic patch which is mostly the work of Peter Senna Tschudin is here:
@@
iterator name hlist_for_each_entry, hlist_for_each_entry_continue, hlist_for_each_entry_from, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh, for_each_busy_worker, ax25_uid_for_each, ax25_for_each, inet_bind_bucket_for_each, sctp_for_each_hentry, sk_for_each, sk_for_each_rcu, sk_for_each_from, sk_for_each_safe, sk_for_each_bound, hlist_for_each_entry_safe, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu, nr_neigh_for_each, nr_neigh_for_each_safe, nr_node_for_each, nr_node_for_each_safe, for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp, for_each_gfn_sp, for_each_host;
type T;
expression a,c,d,e;
identifier b;
statement S;
@@
-T b;
<+... when != b
(
hlist_for_each_entry(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_from(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh(a,
- b,
c) S
|
for_each_busy_worker(a, c,
- b,
d) S
|
ax25_uid_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
ax25_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
inet_bind_bucket_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sctp_for_each_hentry(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each_rcu(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each_from
-(a, b)
+(a)
S
+ sk_for_each_from(a) S
|
sk_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
sk_for_each_bound(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_safe(a,
- b,
c, d, e) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_neigh_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_neigh_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
nr_node_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_node_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
- for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d, b) S
+ for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d) S
|
- for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d, b) S
+ for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d) S
|
for_each_host(a,
- b,
c) S
|
for_each_host_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
for_each_mesh_entry(a,
- b,
c, d) S
)
...+>
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus change from net/ipv4/raw.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus hunk from net/ipv6/raw.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: checkpatch fixes]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix warnings]
[akpm@linux-foudnation.org: redo intrusive kvm changes]
Tested-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Cc: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) ping_err() ICMP error handler looks at wrong ICMP header, from Li
Wei.
2) TCP socket hash function on ipv6 is too weak, from Eric Dumazet.
3) netif_set_xps_queue() forgets to drop mutex on errors, fix from
Alexander Duyck.
4) sum_frag_mem_limit() can deadlock due to lack of BH disabling, fix
from Eric Dumazet.
5) TCP SYN data is miscalculated in tcp_send_syn_data(), because the
amount of TCP option space was not taken into account properly in
this code path. Fix from yuchung Cheng.
6) MLX4 driver allocates device queues with the wrong size, from Kleber
Sacilotto.
7) sock_diag can access past the end of the sock_diag_handlers[] array,
from Mathias Krause.
8) vlan_set_encap_proto() makes incorrect assumptions about where
skb->data points, rework the logic so that it works regardless of
where skb->data happens to be. From Jesse Gross.
9) Fix gianfar build failure with NET_POLL enabled, from Paul
Gortmaker.
10) Fix Ipv4 ID setting and checksum calculations in GRE driver, from
Pravin B Shelar.
11) bgmac driver does:
int i;
for (i = 0; ...; ...) {
...
for (i = 0; ...; ...) {
effectively corrupting the outer loop index, use a seperate
variable for the inner loops. From Rafał Miłecki.
12) Fix suspend bugs in smsc95xx driver, from Ming Lei.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (35 commits)
usbnet: smsc95xx: rename FEATURE_AUTOSUSPEND
usbnet: smsc95xx: fix broken runtime suspend
usbnet: smsc95xx: fix suspend failure
bgmac: fix indexing of 2nd level loops
b43: Fix lockdep splat on module unload
Revert "ip_gre: propogate target device GSO capability to the tunnel device"
IP_GRE: Fix GRE_CSUM case.
VXLAN: Use tunnel_ip_select_ident() for tunnel IP-Identification.
IP_GRE: Fix IP-Identification.
net/pasemi: Fix missing coding style
vmxnet3: fix ethtool ring buffer size setting
vmxnet3: make local function static
bnx2x: remove dead code and make local funcs static
gianfar: fix compile fail for NET_POLL=y due to struct packing
vlan: adjust vlan_set_encap_proto() for its callers
sock_diag: Simplify sock_diag_handlers[] handling in __sock_diag_rcv_msg
sock_diag: Fix out-of-bounds access to sock_diag_handlers[]
vxlan: remove depends on CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
mlx4_en: fix allocation of CPU affinity reverse-map
mlx4_en: fix allocation of device tx_cq
...
Pull user namespace and namespace infrastructure changes from Eric W Biederman:
"This set of changes starts with a few small enhnacements to the user
namespace. reboot support, allowing more arbitrary mappings, and
support for mounting devpts, ramfs, tmpfs, and mqueuefs as just the
user namespace root.
I do my best to document that if you care about limiting your
unprivileged users that when you have the user namespace support
enabled you will need to enable memory control groups.
There is a minor bug fix to prevent overflowing the stack if someone
creates way too many user namespaces.
The bulk of the changes are a continuation of the kuid/kgid push down
work through the filesystems. These changes make using uids and gids
typesafe which ensures that these filesystems are safe to use when
multiple user namespaces are in use. The filesystems converted for
3.9 are ceph, 9p, afs, ocfs2, gfs2, ncpfs, nfs, nfsd, and cifs. The
changes for these filesystems were a little more involved so I split
the changes into smaller hopefully obviously correct changes.
XFS is the only filesystem that remains. I was hoping I could get
that in this release so that user namespace support would be enabled
with an allyesconfig or an allmodconfig but it looks like the xfs
changes need another couple of days before it they are ready."
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace: (93 commits)
cifs: Enable building with user namespaces enabled.
cifs: Convert struct cifs_ses to use a kuid_t and a kgid_t
cifs: Convert struct cifs_sb_info to use kuids and kgids
cifs: Modify struct smb_vol to use kuids and kgids
cifs: Convert struct cifsFileInfo to use a kuid
cifs: Convert struct cifs_fattr to use kuid and kgids
cifs: Convert struct tcon_link to use a kuid.
cifs: Modify struct cifs_unix_set_info_args to hold a kuid_t and a kgid_t
cifs: Convert from a kuid before printing current_fsuid
cifs: Use kuids and kgids SID to uid/gid mapping
cifs: Pass GLOBAL_ROOT_UID and GLOBAL_ROOT_GID to keyring_alloc
cifs: Use BUILD_BUG_ON to validate uids and gids are the same size
cifs: Override unmappable incoming uids and gids
nfsd: Enable building with user namespaces enabled.
nfsd: Properly compare and initialize kuids and kgids
nfsd: Store ex_anon_uid and ex_anon_gid as kuids and kgids
nfsd: Modify nfsd4_cb_sec to use kuids and kgids
nfsd: Handle kuids and kgids in the nfs4acl to posix_acl conversion
nfsd: Convert nfsxdr to use kuids and kgids
nfsd: Convert nfs3xdr to use kuids and kgids
...
GRE-GSO generates ip fragments with id 0,2,3,4... for every
GSO packet, which is not correct. Following patch fixes it
by setting ip-header id unique id of fragments are allowed.
As Eric Dumazet suggested it is optimized by using inner ip-header
whenever inner packet is ipv4.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dave Jones reported a lockdep splat occurring in IP defrag code.
commit 6d7b857d54 (net: use lib/percpu_counter API for
fragmentation mem accounting) added a possible deadlock.
Because percpu_counter_sum_positive() needs to acquire
a lock that can be used from softirq, we need to disable BH
in sum_frag_mem_limit()
Reported-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we handle icmp errors in each transport protocol's err_handler,
for icmp protocols, that is ping_err. Since this handler only care
of those icmp errors triggered by echo request, errors triggered
by echo reply(which sent by kernel) are sliently ignored.
So wrap ping_err() with icmp_err() to deal with those icmp errors.
Signed-off-by: Li Wei <lw@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull trivial tree from Jiri Kosina:
"Assorted tiny fixes queued in trivial tree"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (22 commits)
DocBook: update EXPORT_SYMBOL entry to point at export.h
Documentation: update top level 00-INDEX file with new additions
ARM: at91/ide: remove unsused at91-ide Kconfig entry
percpu_counter.h: comment code for better readability
x86, efi: fix comment typo in head_32.S
IB: cxgb3: delay freeing mem untill entirely done with it
net: mvneta: remove unneeded version.h include
time: x86: report_lost_ticks doesn't exist any more
pcmcia: avoid static analysis complaint about use-after-free
fs/jfs: Fix typo in comment : 'how may' -> 'how many'
of: add missing documentation for of_platform_populate()
btrfs: remove unnecessary cur_trans set before goto loop in join_transaction
sound: soc: Fix typo in sound/codecs
treewide: Fix typo in various drivers
btrfs: fix comment typos
Update ibmvscsi module name in Kconfig.
powerpc: fix typo (utilties -> utilities)
of: fix spelling mistake in comment
h8300: Fix home page URL in h8300/README
xtensa: Fix home page URL in Kconfig
...
It looks like its possible to open thousands of TCP IPv6
sessions on a server, all landing in a single slot of TCP hash
table. Incoming packets have to lookup sockets in a very
long list.
We should hash all bits from foreign IPv6 addresses, using
a salt and hash mix, not a simple XOR.
inet6_ehashfn() can also separately use the ports, instead
of xoring them.
Reported-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eric Dumazet wrote:
| Some strange crashes happen in rt6_check_expired(), with access
| to random addresses.
|
| At first glance, it looks like the RTF_EXPIRES and
| stuff added in commit 1716a96101
| (ipv6: fix problem with expired dst cache)
| are racy : same dst could be manipulated at the same time
| on different cpus.
|
| At some point, our stack believes rt->dst.from contains a dst pointer,
| while its really a jiffie value (as rt->dst.expires shares the same area
| of memory)
|
| rt6_update_expires() should be fixed, or am I missing something ?
|
| CC Neil because of https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=892060
Because we do not have any locks for dst_entry, we cannot change
essential structure in the entry; e.g., we cannot change reference
to other entity.
To fix this issue, split 'from' and 'expires' field in dst_entry
out of union. Once it is 'from' is assigned in the constructor,
keep the reference until the very last stage of the life time of
the object.
Of course, it is unsafe to change 'from', so make rt6_set_from simple
just for fresh entries.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Gao Feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sesse@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contain updates for your net-next tree, they are:
* Fix (for just added) connlabel dependencies, from Florian Westphal.
* Add aliasing support for conntrack, thus users can either use -m state
or -m conntrack from iptables while using the same kernel module, from
Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Some code refactoring for the CT target to merge common code in
revision 0 and 1, from myself.
* Add aliasing support for CT, based on patch from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Add one mutex per nfnetlink subsystem, from myself.
* Improved logging for packets that are dropped by helpers, from myself.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull in 'net' to take in the bug fixes that didn't make it into
3.8-final.
Also, deal with the semantic conflict of the change made to
net/ipv6/xfrm6_policy.c A missing rt6->n neighbour release
was added to 'net', but in 'net-next' we no longer cache the
neighbour entries in the ipv6 routes so that change is not
appropriate there.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Connection tracking helpers have to drop packets under exceptional
situations. Currently, the user gets the following logging message
in case that happens:
nf_ct_%s: dropping packet ...
However, depending on the helper, there are different reasons why a
packet can be dropped.
This patch modifies the existing code to provide more specific
error message in the scope of each helper to help users to debug
the reason why the packet has been dropped, ie:
nf_ct_%s: dropping packet: reason ...
Thanks to Joe Perches for many formatting suggestions.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When SOCK_REFCNT_DEBUG is enabled, below build error is met:
kernel/sysctl_binary.o: In function `sk_refcnt_debug_release':
include/net/sock.h:1025: multiple definition of `sk_refcnt_debug_release'
kernel/sysctl.o:include/net/sock.h:1025: first defined here
kernel/audit.o: In function `sk_refcnt_debug_release':
include/net/sock.h:1025: multiple definition of `sk_refcnt_debug_release'
kernel/sysctl.o:include/net/sock.h:1025: first defined here
make[1]: *** [kernel/built-in.o] Error 1
make: *** [kernel] Error 2
So we decide to make sk_refcnt_debug_release static to eliminate
the error.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The information of the peer's capabilities and extended capabilities are
required for the driver to perform TDLS Peer UAPSD operations and off
channel operations. This information of the peer is passed from user space
using NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command. This commit enhances
the function nl80211_set_station to pass the capability information of
the peer to the driver.
Similarly, there may be need for capability information for other modes,
so allow this to be provided with both add_station and change_station.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In many cases, userspace may need to know which of the
802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities
element") are implemented in the driver or device, to
include them e.g. in beacons, assoc request/response
or other frames. Add a new nl80211 attribute to hold
the extended capabilities bitmap for this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of modifying the HT SMPS capability field
for stations, track the SMPS mode explicitly in a
new field in the station struct and use it in the
drivers that care about it. This simplifies the
code using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers might support 80 or 160 MHz only on some
channels for whatever reason, so allow them to disable
these channel widths. Also maintain the new flags when
regulatory bandwidth limitations would disable these
wide channels.
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For HT and VHT the current bandwidth can change,
add the function ieee80211_vif_change_bandwidth()
to take care of this. It returns a failure if the
new bandwidth isn't compatible with the existing
channel context, the caller has to handle that.
When it happens, also inform the driver that the
bandwidth changed for this virtual interface (no
drivers would actually care today though.)
Changing to/from HT/VHT isn't allowed though.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Handle the operating mode notification action frame.
When the supported streams or the bandwidth change
let the driver and rate control algorithm know.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With VHT, a station can change the number of spatial
streams it can receive on the fly, not unlike spatial
multiplexing in HT. Prepare for that by tracking the
maximum number of spatial streams it can receive when
the connection is established.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For VHT, many more bandwidth changes are possible. As a first
step, stop toggling the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 flag
in the HT capabilities and instead introduce a bandwidth field
indicating the currently usable bandwidth to transmit to the
station. Of course, make all drivers use it.
To achieve this, make ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() get
the station as an argument, rather than the new capabilities,
so it can set up the new bandwidth field.
If the station is a VHT station and VHT bandwidth is in use,
also set the bandwidth accordingly.
Doing this allows us to get rid of the supports_40mhz flag as
the HT capabilities now reflect the true capability instead of
the current setting.
While at it, also fix ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() to not
ignore HT cap overrides when MCS TX isn't supported (not that it
really happens...)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add command to trigger radar detection in the driver/FW.
Once radar detection is started it should continuously
monitor for radars as long as the channel active.
If radar is detected usermode notified with 'radar
detected' event.
Scanning and remain on channel functionality must be disabled
while doing radar detection/scanning, and vice versa.
Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add new NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, which starts the Channel
Availability Check (CAC). This command will also notify the
usermode about events (CAC finished, CAC aborted, radar
detected, NOP finished).
Once radar detection has started it should continuously
monitor for radars as long as the channel is active.
This patch enables DFS for AP mode in nl80211/cfg80211.
Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
[remove WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_RADAR_DETECT again -- my mistake]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
1) Remove a duplicated call to skb_orphan() in pf_key, from Cong Wang.
2) Prepare xfrm and pf_key for algorithms without pf_key support,
from Jussi Kivilinna.
3) Fix an unbalanced lock in xfrm_output_one(), from Li RongQing.
4) Add an IPsec state resolution packet queue to handle
packets that are send before the states are resolved.
5) xfrm4_policy_fini() is unused since 2.6.11, time to remove it.
From Michal Kubecek.
6) The xfrm gc threshold was configurable just in the initial
namespace, make it configurable in all namespaces. From
Michal Kubecek.
7) We currently can not insert policies with mark and mask
such that some flows would be matched from both policies.
Allow this if the priorities of these policies are different,
the one with the higher priority is used in this case.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Intel Wireless devices are able to make a TCP connection
after suspending, sending some data and waking up when
the connection receives wakeup data (or breaks). Add the
WoWLAN configuration and feature advertising API for it.
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If user knows the location of a wowlan pattern to be matched in
Rx packet, he can provide an offset with the pattern. This will
help drivers to ignore initial bytes and match the pattern
efficiently.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[refactor pattern sending]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's not used anywhere else, so move it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tbf will need to schedule watchdog in ns. No need to convert it twice.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As it is going to be used in tbf as well, push these to generic code.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Vlad says: The whole multiple cookie keys code is completely unused
and has been all this time. Noone uses anything other then the
secret_key[0] since there is no changeover support anywhere.
Thus, for now clean up its left-over fragments.
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change struct 9p_fid and it's associated functions to
use kuid_t's instead of uid_t.
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@gmail.com>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
9p has thre strucrtures that can encode inode stat information. Modify
all of those structures to contain kuid_t and kgid_t values. Modify
he wire encoders and decoders of those structures to use 'u' and 'g' instead of
'd' in the format string where uids and gids are present.
This results in all kuid and kgid conversion to and from on the wire values
being performed by the same code in protocol.c where the client is known
at the time of the conversion.
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@gmail.com>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Modify the p9_client_rpc format specifiers of every function that
directly transmits a uid or a gid from 'd' to 'u' or 'g' as
appropriate.
Modify those same functions to take kuid_t and kgid_t parameters
instead of uid_t and gid_t parameters.
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@gmail.com>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Scans currently work by stopping the netdev tx queues but leaving the
mac80211 queues active. This stops the flow of incoming packets while
still allowing mac80211 to transmit nullfunc and probe request frames to
facilitate scanning. However, the driver may try to wake the mac80211
queues while in this state, which will also wake the netdev queues.
To prevent this, add a new queue stop reason,
IEEE80211_QUEUE_STOP_REASON_OFFCHANNEL, to be used when stopping the tx
queues for off-channel operation. This prevents the netdev queues from
waking when a driver wakes the mac80211 queues.
This also stops all frames from being transmitted, even those meant to
be sent off-channel. Add a new tx control flag,
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK, which allows frames to be transmitted
when the queues are stopped only for the off-channel stop reason. Update
all locations transmitting off-channel frames to use this flag.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are only a few drivers that use HW scan, and
all of those don't need a non-idle transition before
starting the scan -- some don't even care about idle
at all. Remove the flag and code associated with it.
The only driver that really actually needed this is
wl1251 and it can just do it itself in the hw_scan
callback -- implement that.
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The functions were added for some sort of Bluetooth
coexistence, but aren't used, so remove them again.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to be able to predict the next DTIM TBTT
in the driver, add the ability to use timing data
from beacons only with the new hardware flag
IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY and the BSS info
value sync_dtim_count which is only valid if the
timing data came from a beacon. The data can only
come from a beacon, and if no beacon was received
before association it is updated later together
with the DTIM count notification.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While technically the TSF isn't an IE, it can be
necessary to distinguish between the TSF from a
beacon and a probe response, in particular in
order to know the next DTIM TBTT, as not all APs
are spec compliant wrt. TSF==0 being a DTIM TBTT
and thus the DTIM count needs to be taken into
account as well.
To allow this, move the TSF into the IE struct
so it can be known whence it came.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no way scan BSS IEs can be NULL as even
if the allocation fails the frame is discarded.
Remove some code checking for this and document
that it is always non-NULL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add debugfs driver callbacks so drivers can add
debugfs entries for interfaces. Note that they
_must_ remove the entries again as add/remove in
the driver doesn't correspond to add/remove in
debugfs; the former is up/down while the latter
is netdev create/destroy.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, cfg80211 will copy beacon IEs from a previously
received hidden SSID beacon to a probe response entry, if
that entry is created after the beacon entry. However, if
it is the other way around, or if the beacon is updated,
such changes aren't propagated.
Fix this by tracking the relation between the probe
response and beacon BSS structs in this case.
In case drivers have private data stored in a BSS struct
and need access to such data from a beacon entry, cfg80211
now provides the hidden_beacon_bss pointer from the probe
response entry to the beacon entry.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix most kernel-doc warnings, for some reason it
seems to have issues with __aligned, don't remove
the documentation entries it considers to be in
excess due to that.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This prepares for using the spinlock instead of krefs
which is needed in the next patch to track the refs
of combined BSSes correctly.
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> [mwifiex]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To allow both of protocol-specific data and device-specific data
attached with neighbour entry, and to eliminate size calculation
cost when allocating entry, sizeof protocol-speicic data must be
multiple of NEIGH_PRIV_ALIGN. On 64bit archs,
sizeof(struct dn_neigh) is multiple of NEIGH_PRIV_ALIGN, but on
32bit archs, it was not.
Introduce NEIGH_ENTRY_SPACE() macro to ensure that protocol-specific
entry-size meets our requirement.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initial implementation of the Multiple Registration Protocol (MRP)
from IEEE 802.1Q-2011, based on the existing implementation of the
Generic Attribute Registration Protocol (GARP).
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixed-up drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/mvm/mac80211.c to change change
IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD to IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC
as requested by Johannes Berg. -- JWL
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The xfrm gc threshold can be configured via xfrm{4,6}_gc_thresh
sysctl but currently only in init_net, other namespaces always
use the default value. This can substantially limit the number
of IPsec tunnels that can be effectively used.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
As the default, we blackhole packets until the key manager resolves
the states. This patch implements a packet queue where IPsec packets
are queued until the states are resolved. We generate a dummy xfrm
bundle, the output routine of the returned route enqueues the packet
to a per policy queue and arms a timer that checks for state resolution
when dst_output() is called. Once the states are resolved, the packets
are sent out of the queue. If the states are not resolved after some
time, the queue is flushed.
This patch keeps the defaut behaviour to blackhole packets as long
as we have no states. To enable the packet queue the sysctl
xfrm_larval_drop must be switched off.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
TCP Appropriate Byte Count was added by me, but later disabled.
There is no point in maintaining it since it is a potential source
of bugs and Linux already implements other better window protection
heuristics.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000e/ethtool.c
drivers/net/vmxnet3/vmxnet3_drv.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/dvm/tx.c
net/ipv6/route.c
The ipv6 route.c conflict is simple, just ignore the 'net' side change
as we fixed the same problem in 'net-next' by eliminating cached
neighbours from ipv6 routes.
The e1000e conflict is an addition of a new statistic in the ethtool
code, trivial.
The vmxnet3 conflict is about one change in 'net' removing a guarding
conditional, whilst in 'net-next' we had a netdev_info() conversion.
The iwlwifi conflict is dealing with a WARN_ON() conversion in
'net-next' vs. a revert happening in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As Thomas pointed out, cfg80211_get_mesh() is
unused and can be removed.
Cc: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In per-station statistics, present 32bit counters are too small
for practical purposes - with gigabit speeds, it get overlapped
every few seconds.
Expand counters in the struct station_info to be 64-bit.
Driver can still fill only 32-bit and indicate in @filled
only bits like STATION_INFO_[TR]X_BYTES; in case driver provides
full 64-bit counter, it should also set in @filled
bit STATION_INFO_[TR]RX_BYTES64
Netlink sends both 32-bit and 64-bit counters, if present, to not
break userspace.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[change to also have 32-bit counters if driver advertises 64-bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With multi-channel, there's a corner case where a driver
doesn't receive a beacon soon enough to be able to sync
its timers with the AP. In this case, the only recovery
(after trying again) is to disconnect from the AP. Allow
calling ieee80211_connection_loss() for such cases. To
make that possible, modify the work function to not rely
on the IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR flag but use new
state kept in the interface instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The primary purpose of the UUIDs is to enable generation of EIR and AD
data. In these data formats the UUIDs are split into separate fields
based on whether they're 16, 32 or 128 bit UUIDs. To make the generation
of these data fields simpler this patch adds a type member to the
bt_uuid struct and assigns a value to it as soon as the UUID is added to
the kernel. This way the type doesn't need to be calculated each time
the UUID list is later iterated.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Mark existing algorithms as pfkey supported and make pfkey only use algorithms
that have pfkey_supported set.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The datagram_*_ctl functions in net/ipv6/datagram.c are IPv6-specific. Since
datagram_send_ctl is publicly exported it should be appropriately named to
reflect the fact that it's for IPv6 only.
Signed-off-by: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: James Chapman <jchapman@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending authentication/association frames they
might take a bit of time to go out because we may
have to synchronise with the AP, in particular in
the case where it's really a P2P GO. In this case
the 200ms fixed timeout could potentially be too
short if the beacon interval is relatively large.
For drivers that report TX status we can do better.
Instead of starting the timeout directly, start it
only when the frame status arrives. Since then the
frame was out on the air, we can wait shorter (the
typical response time is supposed to be 30ms, wait
100ms.) Also, if the frame failed to be transmitted
try again right away instead of waiting.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Now that mac80211 no longer uses this API, remove
it completely. If anyone needs it again, we can
revert this patch of course, but mac80211 was the
only user right now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, when the driver requires the DTIM period,
mac80211 will wait to hear a beacon before association.
This behavior is suboptimal since some drivers may be
able to deal with knowing the DTIM period after the
association, if they get it at all.
To address this, notify the drivers with bss_info_changed
with the new BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD flag when the DTIM
becomes known. This might be when changing to associated,
or later when the entire association was done with only
probe response information.
Rename the hardware flag for the current behaviour to
IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC to more accurately
reflect its behaviour. IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD is
no longer accurate as all drivers get the DTIM period
now, just not before association.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When waking up from WoWLAN, it is useful to know
what triggered the wakeup. Support reporting the
wakeup reason(s) in cfg80211 (and a pass-through
in mac80211) to allow userspace to know.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All users of xfrm_addr_cmp() use its result as boolean.
Introduce xfrm_addr_equal() (which is equal to !xfrm_addr_cmp())
and convert all users.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bring in the 'net' tree so that we can get some ipv4/ipv6 bug
fixes that some net-next work will build upon.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are some usecase when lifetime of ipv4 addresses might be helpful.
For example:
1) initramfs networkmanager uses a DHCP daemon to learn network
configuration parameters
2) initramfs networkmanager addresses, routes and DNS configuration
3) initramfs networkmanager is requested to stop
4) initramfs networkmanager stops all daemons including dhclient
5) there are addresses and routes configured but no daemon running. If
the system doesn't start networkmanager for some reason, addresses and
routes will be used forever, which violates RFC 2131.
This patch is essentially a backport of ivp6 address lifetime mechanism
for ipv4 addresses.
Current "ip" tool supports this without any patch (since it does not
distinguish between ipv4 and ipv6 addresses in this perspective.
Also, this should be back-compatible with all current netlink users.
Reported-by: Pavel Šimerda <psimerda@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updating the fragmentation queues LRU (Least-Recently-Used) list,
required taking the hash writer lock. However, the LRU list isn't
tied to the hash at all, so we can use a separate lock for it.
Original-idea-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace the per network namespace shared atomic "mem" accounting
variable, in the fragmentation code, with a lib/percpu_counter.
Getting percpu_counter to scale to the fragmentation code usage
requires some tweaks.
At first view, percpu_counter looks superfast, but it does not
scale on multi-CPU/NUMA machines, because the default batch size
is too small, for frag code usage. Thus, I have adjusted the
batch size by using __percpu_counter_add() directly, instead of
percpu_counter_sub() and percpu_counter_add().
The batch size is increased to 130.000, based on the largest 64K
fragment memory usage. This does introduce some imprecise
memory accounting, but its does not need to be strict for this
use-case.
It is also essential, that the percpu_counter, does not
share cacheline with other writers, to make this scale.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change is primarily a preparation to ease the extension of memory
limit tracking.
The change does reduce the number atomic operation, during freeing of
a frag queue. This does introduce a some performance improvement, as
these atomic operations are at the core of the performance problems
seen on NUMA systems.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fragmentation code cacheline adjusting of struct inet_frag_queue.
Take advantage of the size of struct timer_list, and move all but
spinlock_t lock, below the timer struct. On 64-bit 'lru_list',
'list' and 'refcnt', fits exactly into the next cacheline, and a
new cacheline starts at 'fragments'.
The netns_frags *net pointer is moved to the end of the struct,
because its used in a compare, with "next/close-by" elements of
which this struct is embedded into.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The globally shared rwlock, of struct inet_frags, shares
cacheline with the 'rnd' number, which is used by the hash
calculations. Fix this, as this obviously is a bad idea, as
unnecessary cache-misses will occur when accessing the 'rnd'
number.
Also small note that, moving function ptr (*match) up in struct,
is to avoid it lands on the next cacheline (on 64-bit).
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This small cacheline adjustment of struct netns_frags improves
performance significantly for the fragmentation code.
Struct members 'lru_list' and 'mem' are both hot elements, and it
hurts performance, due to cacheline bouncing at every call point,
when they share a cacheline. Also notice, how mem is placed
together with 'high_thresh' and 'low_thresh', as they are used in
the compare operations together.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is basically a revert of:
commit 5b632fe85e
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Mon Dec 3 12:56:33 2012 +0100
mac80211: introduce IEEE80211_HW_TEARDOWN_AGGR_ON_BAR_FAIL
We do not need this flag any longer, rt2x00 BAR/BA problem was fixed
correctly by wireless-testing commit:
commit 84e9e8ebd3
Author: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Date: Thu Jan 17 17:34:32 2013 +0100
rt2x00: Improve TX status handling for BlockAckReq frames
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When allocating memory for neighbour cache entry, if
tbl->entry_size is not set, we always calculate
sizeof(struct neighbour) + tbl->key_len, which is common
in the same table.
With this change, set tbl->entry_size during the table
initialization phase, if it was not set, and use it in
neigh_alloc() and neighbour_priv().
This change also allow us to have both of protocol private
data and device priate data at tha same time.
Note that the only user of prototcol private is DECnet
and the only user of device private is ATM CLIP.
Since those are exclusive, we have not been facing issues
here.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock->sk_dst_cache is protected by RCU.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock->sk_dst_cache is protected by RCU, therefore we should
use __sk_dst_get() to deref it once we lock the sock.
This fixes several sparse warnings.
Cc: linux-decnet-user@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
This batch contains netfilter updates for you net-next tree, they are:
* The new connlabel extension for x_tables, that allows us to attach
labels to each conntrack flow. The kernel implementation uses a
bitmask and there's a file in user-space that maps the bits with the
corresponding string for each existing label. By now, you can attach
up to 128 overlapping labels. From Florian Westphal.
* A new round of improvements for the netns support for conntrack.
Gao feng has moved many of the initialization code of each module
of the netns init path. He also made several code refactoring, that
code looks cleaner to me now.
* Added documentation for all possible tweaks for nf_conntrack via
sysctl, from Jiri Pirko.
* Cisco 7941/7945 IP phone support for our SIP conntrack helper,
from Kevin Cernekee.
* Missing header file in the snmp helper, from Stephen Hemminger.
* Finally, a couple of fixes to resolve minor issues with these
changes, from myself.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add API to enable drivers to implement MAC address based
access control in AP/P2P GO mode. Capable drivers advertise
this capability by setting the maximum number of MAC
addresses in such a list in wiphy->max_acl_mac_addrs.
An initial ACL may be given to the NL80211_CMD_START_AP
command and/or changed later with NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL.
Black- and whitelists are supported, but not simultaneously.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
[rewrite commit log, many cleanups]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
struct mac_address will be used by ACL related configuration ops.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since drivers can support several BSS / P2P Client
interfaces, the rssi callback needs to inform the driver
about the interface teh rssi event relates to.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
1) Add a statistic counter for invalid output states and
remove a superfluous state valid check, from Li RongQing.
2) Probe for asynchronous block ciphers instead of synchronous block
ciphers to make the asynchronous variants available even if no
synchronous block ciphers are found, from Jussi Kivilinna.
3) Make rfc3686 asynchronous block cipher and make use of
the new asynchronous variant, from Jussi Kivilinna.
4) Replace some rwlocks by rcu, from Cong Wang.
5) Remove some unused defines.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Motivation for soreuseport would be something like a web server
binding to port 80 running with multiple threads, where each thread
might have it's own listener socket. This could be done as an
alternative to other models: 1) have one listener thread which
dispatches completed connections to workers. 2) accept on a single
listener socket from multiple threads. In case #1 the listener thread
can easily become the bottleneck with high connection turn-over rate.
In case #2, the proportion of connections accepted per thread tends
to be uneven under high connection load (assuming simple event loop:
while (1) { accept(); process() }, wakeup does not promote fairness
among the sockets. We have seen the disproportion to be as high
as 3:1 ratio between thread accepting most connections and the one
accepting the fewest. With so_reusport the distribution is
uniform.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow multiple listener sockets to bind to the same port.
Motivation for soresuseport would be something like a web server
binding to port 80 running with multiple threads, where each thread
might have it's own listener socket. This could be done as an
alternative to other models: 1) have one listener thread which
dispatches completed connections to workers. 2) accept on a single
listener socket from multiple threads. In case #1 the listener thread
can easily become the bottleneck with high connection turn-over rate.
In case #2, the proportion of connections accepted per thread tends
to be uneven under high connection load (assuming simple event loop:
while (1) { accept(); process() }, wakeup does not promote fairness
among the sockets. We have seen the disproportion to be as high
as 3:1 ratio between thread accepting most connections and the one
accepting the fewest. With so_reusport the distribution is
uniform.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Definitions and macros for implementing soreusport.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the code that register/unregister l4proto to the
module_init/exit context.
Given that we have to modify some interfaces to accomodate
these changes, it is a good time to use shorter function names
for this using the nf_ct_* prefix instead of nf_conntrack_*,
that is:
nf_ct_l4proto_register
nf_ct_l4proto_pernet_register
nf_ct_l4proto_unregister
nf_ct_l4proto_pernet_unregister
We same many line breaks with it.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the code that register/unregister l3proto to the
module_init/exit context.
Given that we have to modify some interfaces to accomodate
these changes, it is a good time to use shorter function names
for this using the nf_ct_* prefix instead of nf_conntrack_*,
that is:
nf_ct_l3proto_register
nf_ct_l3proto_pernet_register
nf_ct_l3proto_unregister
nf_ct_l3proto_pernet_unregister
We same many line breaks with it.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_conntrack initialization and cleanup codes happens in pernet
operations function. This task should be done in module_init/exit.
We can't use init_net to identify if it's the right time to initialize
or cleanup since we cannot make assumption on the order netns are
created/destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The LE supported states indicate the states and state combinations that
the link layer supports. This is important information for knowing what
operations are possible when dealing with multiple connected devices.
This patch adds reading of the supported states to the HCI init
sequence.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The LE White List Size is necessary to be known before attempting to
feed the controller with any addresses intended for the white list. This
patch adds the necessary HCI command sending to the HCI init sequence.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
To be able to make the appropriate decisions for some LE procedures we
need to know the LE features that the local controller supports.
Therefore, it's important to have the LE Read Local Supported Features
HCI comand as part of the HCI init sequence.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds two helper functions to test for valid bdaddr type
values. These will be particularely useful in the mgmt code to check
that user space has passed valid values to the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This implements a socket release callback function to check
if the socket cached route got invalid during the time
we owned the socket. The function is used from udp, raw
and ping sockets.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- move ip6_nd_hdr() to its users' source files.
In net/ipv6/mcast.c, it will be called ip6_mc_hdr().
- make return type to void since this function never fails.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This also makes ndisc_opt_addr_data() and ndisc_fill_addr_option()
use ndisc_opt_addr_space().
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
XFRM_REPLAY_SEQ, XFRM_REPLAY_OSEQ and XFRM_REPLAY_SEQ_MASK
were introduced years ago but actually never used.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
ipv6_addr_is_{multicast,ll_all_nodes,ll_all_routers,isatap}()
return boolean.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be able to implement NS response offloading (in
regular operation or while in WoWLAN) drivers need
to know the IPv6 addresses assigned to interfaces.
Implement an IPv6 notifier in mac80211 to call the
driver when addresses change.
Unlike for IPv4, implement it as a callback rather
than as a list in the BSS configuration, that is
more flexible.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Depending on the driver, having ARP filtering for
some addresses may be possible. Remove the logic
that tracks whether ARP filter is enabled or not
and give the driver the total number of addresses
instead of the length of the list so it can make
its own decision.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Because of rt->n removal, we do not need neigh argument any more.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are hardwares which support offload of data packets
for example when auto ARP is enabled the hw will send
the ARP response. In such cases if WEP encryption is
configured the hw must know the default WEP key in order
to encrypt the packets correctly.
When hw_accel is enabled and encryption type is set to WEP,
the driver should get the default key index from mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
[cleanups, fixes, documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The hci_request function is blocking and cannot be called through the
usual per-HCI device workqueue (hdev->workqueue). While hci_request is
in progress any other work from the queue, including sending HCI
commands to the controller would be blocked and eventually cause the
hci_request call to time out.
This patch adds a second workqueue to be used by operations needing
hci_request and thereby avoiding issues with blocking other workqueue
users.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
CC: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For RTF_GATEWAY route, return rt->rt6i_gateway.
Otherwise, return 2nd argument (destination address).
This will be used by following patches which remove rt->n
dependency patches in ip6_dst_lookup_tail() and ip6_finish_output2().
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function, which looks up neighbour entry for an IPv6 address
without touching refcnt, will be used for patches to remove
dependency on rt->n (neighbour entry in rt6_info).
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to set/clear labels assigned to a conntrack
via ctnetlink.
To allow userspace to only alter specific bits, Pablo suggested to add
a new CTA_LABELS_MASK attribute:
The new set of active labels is then determined via
active = (active & ~mask) ^ changeset
i.e., the mask selects those bits in the existing set that should be
changed.
This follows the same method already used by MARK and CONNMARK targets.
Omitting CTA_LABELS_MASK is the same as setting all bits in CTA_LABELS_MASK
to 1: The existing set is replaced by the one from userspace.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
similar to connmarks, except labels are bit-based; i.e.
all labels may be attached to a flow at the same time.
Up to 128 labels are supported. Supporting more labels
is possible, but requires increasing the ct offset delta
from u8 to u16 type due to increased extension sizes.
Mapping of bit-identifier to label name is done in userspace.
The extension is enabled at run-time once "-m connlabel" netfilter
rules are added.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Fix the 64bit optimized version of ipv6_prefix_equal to convert the
bitmask to network byte order only after the bit-shift.
The bug was introduced in:
3867517 ipv6: 64bit version of ipv6_prefix_equal().
Signed-off-by: Fabio Baltieri <fabio.baltieri@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Increase the amount of memory usage limits for incomplete
IP fragments.
Arguing for new thresh high/low values:
High threshold = 4 MBytes
Low threshold = 3 MBytes
The fragmentation memory accounting code, tries to account for the
real memory usage, by measuring both the size of frag queue struct
(inet_frag_queue (ipv4:ipq/ipv6:frag_queue)) and the SKB's truesize.
We want to be able to handle/hold-on-to enough fragments, to ensure
good performance, without causing incomplete fragments to hurt
scalability, by causing the number of inet_frag_queue to grow too much
(resulting longer searches for frag queues).
For IPv4, how much memory does the largest frag consume.
Maximum size fragment is 64K, which is approx 44 fragments with
MTU(1500) sized packets. Sizeof(struct ipq) is 200. A 1500 byte
packet results in a truesize of 2944 (not 2048 as I first assumed)
(44*2944)+200 = 129736 bytes
The current default high thresh of 262144 bytes, is obviously
problematic, as only two 64K fragments can fit in the queue at the
same time.
How many 64K fragment can we fit into 4 MBytes:
4*2^20/((44*2944)+200) = 32.34 fragment in queues
An attacker could send a separate/distinct fake fragment packets per
queue, causing us to allocate one inet_frag_queue per packet, and thus
attacking the hash table and its lists.
How many frag queue do we need to store, and given a current hash size
of 64, what is the average list length.
Using one MTU sized fragment per inet_frag_queue, each consuming
(2944+200) 3144 bytes.
4*2^20/(2944+200) = 1334 frag queues -> 21 avg list length
An attack could send small fragments, the smallest packet I could send
resulted in a truesize of 896 bytes (I'm a little surprised by this).
4*2^20/(896+200) = 3827 frag queues -> 59 avg list length
When increasing these number, we also need to followup with
improvements, that is going to help scalability. Simply increasing
the hash size, is not enough as the current implementation does not
have a per hash bucket locking.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While a privileged program can open a raw socket, attach some
restrictive filter and drop its privileges (or send the socket to an
unprivileged program through some Unix socket), the filter can still
be removed or modified by the unprivileged program. This commit adds a
socket option to lock the filter (SO_LOCK_FILTER) preventing any
modification of a socket filter program.
This is similar to OpenBSD BIOCLOCK ioctl on bpf sockets, except even
root is not allowed change/drop the filter.
The state of the lock can be read with getsockopt(). No error is
triggered if the state is not changed. -EPERM is returned when a user
tries to remove the lock or to change/remove the filter while the lock
is active. The check is done directly in sk_attach_filter() and
sk_detach_filter() and does not affect only setsockopt() syscall.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Bernat <bernat@luffy.cx>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 3e4e4c1f ("ipv6: Introduce ip6_flow_hdr() to fill version,
tclass and flowlabel.) uses ntohl(), which should be htonl().
Found by Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To ease further DFS development regarding interface combinations, use
the interface combinations structure to test for radar capabilities.
Drivers can specify which channel widths they support, and in which
modes. Right now only a single AP interface is allowed, but as the
DFS code evolves other combinations can be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute was originally added for
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, but it is actually as useful (if not even more
useful) with NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, so process that attribute with the
connect command, too.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As per email discussion Jouni Malinen pointed out that:
"P2P message exchanges can be executed on the current operating channel
of any operation (both P2P and non-P2P station). These can be on 5 GHz
and even on 60 GHz (so yes, you _can_ do GO Negotiation on 60 GHz).
As an example, it would be possible to receive a GO Negotiation Request
frame on a 5 GHz only radio and then to complete GO Negotiation on that
band. This can happen both when connected to a P2P group (through client
discoverability mechanism) and when connected to a legacy AP (assuming
the station receive Probe Request frame from full scan in the beginning
of P2P device discovery)."
This means that P2P messages can be sent over different radio devices.
However, these should use the same P2P device address so it should be
able to provision this from user-space. This patch adds a parameter for
this to struct vif_params which should only be used during creation of
the P2P device interface.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Cc: Greg Goldman <ggoldman@broadcom.com>
Cc: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
[add error checking]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the nl80211_mesh_power_mode enumeration which holds possible
values for the mesh power mode. These modes are unknown, active,
light sleep and deep sleep.
Add power_mode entry to the mesh config structure to hold the
user-configured default mesh power mode. This value will be used
for new peer links.
Add the dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration value to the mesh config.
The awake window is a duration in TU describing how long the STA
will stay awake after transmitting its beacon in PS mode.
Add access routines to:
- get/set local link-specific power mode (STA)
- get remote STA's link-specific power mode (STA)
- get remote STA's non-peer power mode (STA)
- get/set default mesh power mode (mesh config)
- get/set mesh awake window duration (mesh config)
All config changes may be done at mesh runtime and take effect
immediately.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Bezyazychnyy <ivan.bezyazychnyy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Krinkin <krinkin.m.u@gmail.com>
[fix commit message line length, error handling in set station]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the default mesh beacon interval and DTIM period to cfg80211
and make them accessible to nl80211. This enables setting both
values when joining an MBSS.
Previously the DTIM parameter was not set by mac80211 so the
driver's default value was used.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver's resume function can't completely
restore the configuration in the device, it returns
1 from the callback which will be treated like a HW
restart request, but done directly.
In this case, also call the driver's restart_complete()
function so it can finish the reconfiguration there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports
the following type of warnings:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type'
These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc
runs in verbose mode.
To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values.
Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com>
[adjust for freq_reg_info() change]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_cmn.c
Both conflicts were simply overlapping context.
A build fix for qlcnic is in here too, simply removing the added
devinit annotations which no longer exist.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eric Dumazet pointed out that act_mirred needs to find the current net_ns,
and struct net pointer is not provided in the call chain. His original
patch made use of current->nsproxy->net_ns to find the network namespace,
but this fails to work correctly for userspace code that makes use of
netlink sockets in different network namespaces. Instead, pass the
"struct net *" down along the call chain to where it is needed.
This version removes the ifb changes as Eric has submitted that patch
separately, but is otherwise identical to the previous version.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@kvack.org>
Tested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only user is cxgb3 driver.
old_neigh is used to check device change, but it must not happen
on redirect. In this sense, we can remove old_neigh argument.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_prefix_equal() just casts its arguments and it is the only
user of __ipv6_prefix_equal().
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce __ipv6_addr_diff64() to to find the first different
bit between two addresses on 64bit architectures.
32bit version is still available as __ipv6_addr_diff32(),
and __ipv6_addr_diff() automatically selects appropriate
version.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The reg_notifier()'s return value need not be checked
as it is only supposed to do post regulatory work and
that should never fail. Any behaviour to regulatory
that needs to be considered before cfg80211 does work
to a driver should be specified by using the already
existing flags, the reg_notifier() just does post
processing should it find it needs to.
Also make lbs_reg_notifier static.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[move lbs_reg_notifier to not break compile]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move generalized version of ipv6_is_mld() to header,
and use it from ip6_mc_input().
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is not only for readability but also for optimization.
What we do here is to build the 32bit word at the beginning of the ipv6
header (the "ip6_flow" virtual member of struct ip6_hdr in RFC3542) and
we do not need to read the tclass portion of the target buffer.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
canqun zhang reported that we're hitting BUG_ON in the
nf_conntrack_destroy path when calling kfree_skb while
rmmod'ing the nf_conntrack module.
Currently, the nf_ct_destroy hook is being set to NULL in the
destroy path of conntrack.init_net. However, this is a problem
since init_net may be destroyed before any other existing netns
(we cannot assume any specific ordering while releasing existing
netns according to what I read in recent emails).
Thanks to Gao feng for initial patch to address this issue.
Reported-by: canqun zhang <canqunzhang@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Do not convert endian back and forth.
If the caller uses contant "mask" argument (and most callers do),
we can omit runtime endian conversion here.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each NFC adapter can have several links to different secure elements and
that property needs to be exported by the drivers.
A secure element link can be enabled and disabled, and card emulation will
be handled by the currently active one. Otherwise card emulation will be
host implemented.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some chips diverge from the HCI spec in their implementation of standard
features. This adds a new quirks parameter to
nfc_hci_allocate_device() to let the driver indicate its divergence.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When an adapter is removed, it will unregister itself from hci and/or
nfc core. In order to do that safely, work tasks must first be canceled
and prevented to be scheduled again, before the hci or nfc device can be
destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Using bit operations solves problems with multiple requests
and clearing state.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch removes srej_queue_next from include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h as it
is not used.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
As suggested by David, udp6_csum_init() is too big to be inlined,
move it to ipv6 static library, net/ipv6/ip6_checksum.c.
And the generic csum_ipv6_magic() too.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As per suggestion from Eric Dumazet this patch makes tcp_ecn sysctl
namespace aware. The reason behind this patch is to ease the testing
of ecn problems on the internet and allows applications to tune their
own use of ecn.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When TX aggregation is stopped, there are a few
different cases:
- connection with the peer was dropped
- session stop was requested locally
- session stop was requested by the peer
- connection was dropped while a session is stopping
The behaviour in these cases should be different, if
the connection is dropped then the driver should drop
all frames, otherwise the frames may continue to be
transmitted, aggregated in the case of a locally
requested session stop or unaggregated in the case of
the peer requesting session stop.
Split these different cases so that the driver can
act accordingly; however, treat local and remote stop
the same way and ask the driver to not send frames as
aggregated packets any more.
In the case of connection drop, the stop callback the
driver is otherwise supposed to call is no longer
required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During suspend/resume channel contexts might be
iterated even if they haven't been re-added to
the driver, keep track of this and skip them in
iteration. Also use the new status for sanity
checks.
Also clarify the fact that during HW restart all
contexts are iterated over (thanks Eliad.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of returning an error and filling a pointer
return the pointer and an ERR_PTR value in error cases.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will allow making freq_reg_info() lock-free.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To simplify the locking and not require cfg80211_mutex
(which nl80211 uses to access the global regdomain) and
also to make it possible for drivers to access their
wiphy->regd safely, use RCU to protect these pointers.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel bandwidth handling isn't really quite right,
it assumes that a 40 MHz channel is really two 20 MHz
channels, which isn't strictly true. This is the way the
regulatory database handling is defined right now though
so remove the logic to handle other channel widths.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following batch contains Netfilter fixes for 3.8-rc1. They are
a mixture of old bugs that have passed unnoticed (I'll pass these to
stable) and more fresh ones from the previous merge window, they are:
* Fix for MAC address in 6in4 tunnels via NFLOG that results in ulogd
showing up wrong address, from Bob Hockney.
* Fix a comment in nf_conntrack_ipv6, from Florent Fourcot.
* Fix a leak an error path in ctnetlink while creating an expectation,
from Jesper Juhl.
* Fix missing ICMP time exceeded in the IPv6 defragmentation code, from
Haibo Xi.
* Fix inconsistent handling of routing changes in MASQUERADE for the
new connections case, from Andrew Collins.
* Fix a missing skb_reset_transport in ip[6]t_REJECT that leads to
crashes in the ixgbe driver (since it seems to access the transport
header with TSO enabled), from Mukund Jampala.
* Recover obsoleted NOTRACK target by including it into the CT and spot
a warning via printk about being obsoleted. Many people don't check the
scheduled to be removal file under Documentation, so we follow some
less agressive approach to kill this in a year or so. Spotted by Florian
Westphal, patch from myself.
* Fix race condition in xt_hashlimit that allows to create two or more
entries, from myself.
* Fix crash if the CT is used due to the recently added facilities to
consult the dying and unconfirmed conntrack lists, from myself.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock->sk_cgrp_prioidx won't be used at all if CONFIG_NETPRIO_CGROUP=n.
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Florian Westphal reported that the removal of the NOTRACK target
(9655050 netfilter: remove xt_NOTRACK) is breaking some existing
setups.
That removal was scheduled for removal since long time ago as
described in Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
What: xt_NOTRACK
Files: net/netfilter/xt_NOTRACK.c
When: April 2011
Why: Superseded by xt_CT
Still, people may have not notice / may have decided to stick to an
old iptables version. I agree with him in that some more conservative
approach by spotting some printk to warn users for some time is less
agressive.
Current iptables 1.4.16.3 already contains the aliasing support
that makes it point to the CT target, so upgrading would fix it.
Still, the policy so far has been to avoid pushing our users to
upgrade.
As a solution, this patch recovers the NOTRACK target inside the CT
target and it now spots a warning.
Reported-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Really fix tuntap SKB use after free bug, from Eric Dumazet.
2) Adjust SKB data pointer to point past the transport header before
calling icmpv6_notify() so that the headers are in the state which
that function expects. From Duan Jiong.
3) Fix ambiguities in the new tuntap multi-queue APIs. From Jason
Wang.
4) mISDN needs to use del_timer_sync(), from Konstantin Khlebnikov.
5) Don't destroy mutex after freeing up device private in mac802154,
fix also from Konstantin Khlebnikov.
6) Fix INET request socket leak in TCP and DCCP, from Christoph Paasch.
7) SCTP HMAC kconfig rework, from Neil Horman.
8) Fix SCTP jprobes function signature, otherwise things explode, from
Daniel Borkmann.
9) Fix typo in ipv6-offload Makefile variable reference, from Simon
Arlott.
10) Don't fail USBNET open just because remote wakeup isn't supported,
from Oliver Neukum.
11) be2net driver bug fixes from Sathya Perla.
12) SOLOS PCI ATM driver bug fixes from Nathan Williams and David
Woodhouse.
13) Fix MTU changing regression in 8139cp driver, from John Greene.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (45 commits)
solos-pci: ensure all TX packets are aligned to 4 bytes
solos-pci: add firmware upgrade support for new models
solos-pci: remove superfluous debug output
solos-pci: add GPIO support for newer versions on Geos board
8139cp: Prevent dev_close/cp_interrupt race on MTU change
net: qmi_wwan: add ZTE MF880
drivers/net: Use of_match_ptr() macro in smsc911x.c
drivers/net: Use of_match_ptr() macro in smc91x.c
ipv6: addrconf.c: remove unnecessary "if"
bridge: Correctly encode addresses when dumping mdb entries
bridge: Do not unregister all PF_BRIDGE rtnl operations
use generic usbnet_manage_power()
usbnet: generic manage_power()
usbnet: handle PM failure gracefully
ksz884x: fix receive polling race condition
qlcnic: update driver version
qlcnic: fix unused variable warnings
net: fec: forbid FEC_PTP on SoCs that do not support
be2net: fix wrong frag_idx reported by RX CQ
be2net: fix be_close() to ensure all events are ack'ed
...
Pull user namespace changes from Eric Biederman:
"While small this set of changes is very significant with respect to
containers in general and user namespaces in particular. The user
space interface is now complete.
This set of changes adds support for unprivileged users to create user
namespaces and as a user namespace root to create other namespaces.
The tyranny of supporting suid root preventing unprivileged users from
using cool new kernel features is broken.
This set of changes completes the work on setns, adding support for
the pid, user, mount namespaces.
This set of changes includes a bunch of basic pid namespace
cleanups/simplifications. Of particular significance is the rework of
the pid namespace cleanup so it no longer requires sending out
tendrils into all kinds of unexpected cleanup paths for operation. At
least one case of broken error handling is fixed by this cleanup.
The files under /proc/<pid>/ns/ have been converted from regular files
to magic symlinks which prevents incorrect caching by the VFS,
ensuring the files always refer to the namespace the process is
currently using and ensuring that the ptrace_mayaccess permission
checks are always applied.
The files under /proc/<pid>/ns/ have been given stable inode numbers
so it is now possible to see if different processes share the same
namespaces.
Through the David Miller's net tree are changes to relax many of the
permission checks in the networking stack to allowing the user
namespace root to usefully use the networking stack. Similar changes
for the mount namespace and the pid namespace are coming through my
tree.
Two small changes to add user namespace support were commited here adn
in David Miller's -net tree so that I could complete the work on the
/proc/<pid>/ns/ files in this tree.
Work remains to make it safe to build user namespaces and 9p, afs,
ceph, cifs, coda, gfs2, ncpfs, nfs, nfsd, ocfs2, and xfs so the
Kconfig guard remains in place preventing that user namespaces from
being built when any of those filesystems are enabled.
Future design work remains to allow root users outside of the initial
user namespace to mount more than just /proc and /sys."
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace: (38 commits)
proc: Usable inode numbers for the namespace file descriptors.
proc: Fix the namespace inode permission checks.
proc: Generalize proc inode allocation
userns: Allow unprivilged mounts of proc and sysfs
userns: For /proc/self/{uid,gid}_map derive the lower userns from the struct file
procfs: Print task uids and gids in the userns that opened the proc file
userns: Implement unshare of the user namespace
userns: Implent proc namespace operations
userns: Kill task_user_ns
userns: Make create_new_namespaces take a user_ns parameter
userns: Allow unprivileged use of setns.
userns: Allow unprivileged users to create new namespaces
userns: Allow setting a userns mapping to your current uid.
userns: Allow chown and setgid preservation
userns: Allow unprivileged users to create user namespaces.
userns: Ignore suid and sgid on binaries if the uid or gid can not be mapped
userns: fix return value on mntns_install() failure
vfs: Allow unprivileged manipulation of the mount namespace.
vfs: Only support slave subtrees across different user namespaces
vfs: Add a user namespace reference from struct mnt_namespace
...
In (d871bef netfilter: ctnetlink: dump entries from the dying and
unconfirmed lists), we assume that all conntrack objects are
inserted in any of the existing lists. However, template conntrack
objects were not. This results in hitting BUG_ON in the
destroy_conntrack path while removing a rule that uses the CT target.
This patch fixes the situation by adding the template lists, which
is where template conntrack objects reside now.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If in either of the above functions inet_csk_route_child_sock() or
__inet_inherit_port() fails, the newsk will not be freed:
unreferenced object 0xffff88022e8a92c0 (size 1592):
comm "softirq", pid 0, jiffies 4294946244 (age 726.160s)
hex dump (first 32 bytes):
0a 01 01 01 0a 01 01 02 00 00 00 00 a7 cc 16 00 ................
02 00 03 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
backtrace:
[<ffffffff8153d190>] kmemleak_alloc+0x21/0x3e
[<ffffffff810ab3e7>] kmem_cache_alloc+0xb5/0xc5
[<ffffffff8149b65b>] sk_prot_alloc.isra.53+0x2b/0xcd
[<ffffffff8149b784>] sk_clone_lock+0x16/0x21e
[<ffffffff814d711a>] inet_csk_clone_lock+0x10/0x7b
[<ffffffff814ebbc3>] tcp_create_openreq_child+0x21/0x481
[<ffffffff814e8fa5>] tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock+0x3a/0x23b
[<ffffffff814ec5ba>] tcp_check_req+0x29f/0x416
[<ffffffff814e8e10>] tcp_v4_do_rcv+0x161/0x2bc
[<ffffffff814eb917>] tcp_v4_rcv+0x6c9/0x701
[<ffffffff814cea9f>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x70/0xc4
[<ffffffff814cec20>] ip_local_deliver+0x4e/0x7f
[<ffffffff814ce9f8>] ip_rcv_finish+0x1fc/0x233
[<ffffffff814cee68>] ip_rcv+0x217/0x267
[<ffffffff814a7bbe>] __netif_receive_skb+0x49e/0x553
[<ffffffff814a7cc3>] netif_receive_skb+0x50/0x82
This happens, because sk_clone_lock initializes sk_refcnt to 2, and thus
a single sock_put() is not enough to free the memory. Additionally, things
like xfrm, memcg, cookie_values,... may have been initialized.
We have to free them properly.
This is fixed by forcing a call to tcp_done(), ending up in
inet_csk_destroy_sock, doing the final sock_put(). tcp_done() is necessary,
because it ends up doing all the cleanup on xfrm, memcg, cookie_values,
xfrm,...
Before calling tcp_done, we have to set the socket to SOCK_DEAD, to
force it entering inet_csk_destroy_sock. To avoid the warning in
inet_csk_destroy_sock, inet_num has to be set to 0.
As inet_csk_destroy_sock does a dec on orphan_count, we first have to
increase it.
Calling tcp_done() allows us to remove the calls to
tcp_clear_xmit_timer() and tcp_cleanup_congestion_control().
A similar approach is taken for dccp by calling dccp_done().
This is in the kernel since 093d282321 (tproxy: fix hash locking issue
when using port redirection in __inet_inherit_port()), thus since
version >= 2.6.37.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In function ndisc_redirect_rcv(), the skb->data points to the transport
header, but function icmpv6_notify() need the skb->data points to the
inner IP packet. So before using icmpv6_notify() to propagate redirect,
change skb->data to point the inner IP packet that triggered the sending
of the Redirect, and introduce struct rd_msg to make it easy.
Signed-off-by: Duan Jiong <djduanjiong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull trivial branch from Jiri Kosina:
"Usual stuff -- comment/printk typo fixes, documentation updates, dead
code elimination."
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (39 commits)
HOWTO: fix double words typo
x86 mtrr: fix comment typo in mtrr_bp_init
propagate name change to comments in kernel source
doc: Update the name of profiling based on sysfs
treewide: Fix typos in various drivers
treewide: Fix typos in various Kconfig
wireless: mwifiex: Fix typo in wireless/mwifiex driver
messages: i2o: Fix typo in messages/i2o
scripts/kernel-doc: check that non-void fcts describe their return value
Kernel-doc: Convention: Use a "Return" section to describe return values
radeon: Fix typo and copy/paste error in comments
doc: Remove unnecessary declarations from Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c
various: Fix spelling of "asynchronous" in comments.
Fix misspellings of "whether" in comments.
eisa: Fix spelling of "asynchronous".
various: Fix spelling of "registered" in comments.
doc: fix quite a few typos within Documentation
target: iscsi: fix comment typos in target/iscsi drivers
treewide: fix typo of "suport" in various comments and Kconfig
treewide: fix typo of "suppport" in various comments
...
Pull networking changes from David Miller:
1) Allow to dump, monitor, and change the bridge multicast database
using netlink. From Cong Wang.
2) RFC 5961 TCP blind data injection attack mitigation, from Eric
Dumazet.
3) Networking user namespace support from Eric W. Biederman.
4) tuntap/virtio-net multiqueue support by Jason Wang.
5) Support for checksum offload of encapsulated packets (basically,
tunneled traffic can still be checksummed by HW). From Joseph
Gasparakis.
6) Allow BPF filter access to VLAN tags, from Eric Dumazet and
Daniel Borkmann.
7) Bridge port parameters over netlink and BPDU blocking support
from Stephen Hemminger.
8) Improve data access patterns during inet socket demux by rearranging
socket layout, from Eric Dumazet.
9) TIPC protocol updates and cleanups from Ying Xue, Paul Gortmaker, and
Jon Maloy.
10) Update TCP socket hash sizing to be more in line with current day
realities. The existing heurstics were choosen a decade ago.
From Eric Dumazet.
11) Fix races, queue bloat, and excessive wakeups in ATM and
associated drivers, from Krzysztof Mazur and David Woodhouse.
12) Support DOVE (Distributed Overlay Virtual Ethernet) extensions
in VXLAN driver, from David Stevens.
13) Add "oops_only" mode to netconsole, from Amerigo Wang.
14) Support set and query of VEB/VEPA bridge mode via PF_BRIDGE, also
allow DCB netlink to work on namespaces other than the initial
namespace. From John Fastabend.
15) Support PTP in the Tigon3 driver, from Matt Carlson.
16) tun/vhost zero copy fixes and improvements, plus turn it on
by default, from Michael S. Tsirkin.
17) Support per-association statistics in SCTP, from Michele
Baldessari.
And many, many, driver updates, cleanups, and improvements. Too
numerous to mention individually.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1722 commits)
net/mlx4_en: Add support for destination MAC in steering rules
net/mlx4_en: Use generic etherdevice.h functions.
net: ethtool: Add destination MAC address to flow steering API
bridge: add support of adding and deleting mdb entries
bridge: notify mdb changes via netlink
ndisc: Unexport ndisc_{build,send}_skb().
uapi: add missing netconf.h to export list
pkt_sched: avoid requeues if possible
solos-pci: fix double-free of TX skb in DMA mode
bnx2: Fix accidental reversions.
bna: Driver Version Updated to 3.1.2.1
bna: Firmware update
bna: Add RX State
bna: Rx Page Based Allocation
bna: TX Intr Coalescing Fix
bna: Tx and Rx Optimizations
bna: Code Cleanup and Enhancements
ath9k: check pdata variable before dereferencing it
ath5k: RX timestamp is reported at end of frame
ath9k_htc: RX timestamp is reported at end of frame
...
These symbols were exported for bonding device by commit 305d552a
("bonding: send IPv6 neighbor advertisement on failover").
It bacame obsolete by commit 7c899432 ("bonding, ipv4, ipv6, vlan: Handle
NETDEV_BONDING_FAILOVER like NETDEV_NOTIFY_PEERS") and removed by
commit 4f5762ec ("bonding: Remove obsolete source file 'bond_ipv6.c'").
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull cgroup changes from Tejun Heo:
"A lot of activities on cgroup side. The big changes are focused on
making cgroup hierarchy handling saner.
- cgroup_rmdir() had peculiar semantics - it allowed cgroup
destruction to be vetoed by individual controllers and tried to
drain refcnt synchronously. The vetoing never worked properly and
caused good deal of contortions in cgroup. memcg was the last
reamining user. Michal Hocko removed the usage and cgroup_rmdir()
path has been simplified significantly. This was done in a
separate branch so that the memcg people can base further memcg
changes on top.
- The above allowed cleaning up cgroup lifecycle management and
implementation of generic cgroup iterators which are used to
improve hierarchy support.
- cgroup_freezer updated to allow migration in and out of a frozen
cgroup and handle hierarchy. If a cgroup is frozen, all descendant
cgroups are frozen.
- netcls_cgroup and netprio_cgroup updated to handle hierarchy
properly.
- Various fixes and cleanups.
- Two merge commits. One to pull in memcg and rmdir cleanups (needed
to build iterators). The other pulled in cgroup/for-3.7-fixes for
device_cgroup fixes so that further device_cgroup patches can be
stacked on top."
Fixed up a trivial conflict in mm/memcontrol.c as per Tejun (due to
commit bea8c150a7 ("memcg: fix hotplugged memory zone oops") in master
touching code close to commit 2ef37d3fe4 ("memcg: Simplify
mem_cgroup_force_empty_list error handling") in for-3.8)
* 'for-3.8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup: (65 commits)
cgroup: update Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX
cgroup_rm_file: don't delete the uncreated files
cgroup: remove subsystem files when remounting cgroup
cgroup: use cgroup_addrm_files() in cgroup_clear_directory()
cgroup: warn about broken hierarchies only after css_online
cgroup: list_del_init() on removed events
cgroup: fix lockdep warning for event_control
cgroup: move list add after list head initilization
netprio_cgroup: allow nesting and inherit config on cgroup creation
netprio_cgroup: implement netprio[_set]_prio() helpers
netprio_cgroup: use cgroup->id instead of cgroup_netprio_state->prioidx
netprio_cgroup: reimplement priomap expansion
netprio_cgroup: shorten variable names in extend_netdev_table()
netprio_cgroup: simplify write_priomap()
netcls_cgroup: move config inheritance to ->css_online() and remove .broken_hierarchy marking
cgroup: remove obsolete guarantee from cgroup_task_migrate.
cgroup: add cgroup->id
cgroup, cpuset: remove cgroup_subsys->post_clone()
cgroup: s/CGRP_CLONE_CHILDREN/CGRP_CPUSET_CLONE_CHILDREN/
cgroup: rename ->create/post_create/pre_destroy/destroy() to ->css_alloc/online/offline/free()
...
With BQL being deployed, we can more likely have following behavior :
We dequeue a packet from qdisc in dequeue_skb(), then we realize target
tx queue is in XOFF state in sch_direct_xmit(), and we have to hold the
skb into gso_skb for later.
This shows in stats (tc -s qdisc dev eth0) as requeues.
Problem of these requeues is that high priority packets can not be
dequeued as long as this (possibly low prio and big TSO packet) is not
removed from gso_skb.
At 1Gbps speed, a full size TSO packet is 500 us of extra latency.
In some cases, we know that all packets dequeued from a qdisc are
for a particular and known txq :
- If device is non multi queue
- For all MQ/MQPRIO slave qdiscs
This patch introduces a new qdisc flag, TCQ_F_ONETXQUEUE to mark
this capability, so that dequeue_skb() is allowed to dequeue a packet
only if the associated txq is not stopped.
This indeed reduce latencies for high prio packets (or improve fairness
with sfq/fq_codel), and almost remove qdisc 'requeues'.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dmitry Kravkov reported packet drops for GRE packets since GRO support
was added.
There is a race in gro_cell_poll() because we call napi_complete()
without any synchronization with a concurrent gro_cells_receive()
Once bug was triggered, we queued packets but did not schedule NAPI
poll.
We can fix this issue using the spinlock protected the napi_skbs queue,
as we have to hold it to perform skb dequeue anyway.
As we open-code skb_dequeue(), we no longer need to mask IRQS, as both
producer and consumer run under BH context.
Bug added in commit c9e6bc644e (net: add gro_cells infrastructure)
Reported-by: Dmitry Kravkov <dmitry@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Dmitry Kravkov <dmitry@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If SYN-ACK partially acks SYN-data, the client retransmits the
remaining data by tcp_retransmit_skb(). This increments lost recovery
state variables like tp->retrans_out in Open state. If loss recovery
happens before the retransmission is acked, it triggers the WARN_ON
check in tcp_fastretrans_alert(). For example: the client sends
SYN-data, gets SYN-ACK acking only ISN, retransmits data, sends
another 4 data packets and get 3 dupacks.
Since the retransmission is not caused by network drop it should not
update the recovery state variables. Further the server may return a
smaller MSS than the cached MSS used for SYN-data, so the retranmission
needs a loop. Otherwise some data will not be retransmitted until timeout
or other loss recovery events.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
peer.transport_addr_list is currently only protected by sk_sock
which is inpractical to acquire for procfs dumping purposes.
This patch adds RCU protection allowing for the procfs readers to
enter RCU read-side critical sections.
Modification of the list continues to be serialized via sk_lock.
V2: Use list_del_rcu() in sctp_association_free() to be safe
Skip transports marked dead when dumping for procfs
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit f0425beda4 "mac80211: retry sending
failed BAR frames later instead of tearing down aggr" caused regression
on rt2x00 hardware (connection hangs). This regression was fixed by
commit be03d4a45c "rt2x00: Don't let
mac80211 send a BAR when an AMPDU subframe fails". But the latter
commit caused yet another problem reported in
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=42828#c22
After long discussion in this thread:
http://mid.gmane.org/20121018075615.GA18212@redhat.com
and testing various alternative solutions, which failed on one or other
setup, we have no other good fix for the issues like just revert both
mentioned earlier commits.
To do not affect other hardware which benefit from commit
f0425beda4, instead of reverting it,
introduce flag that when used will restore mac80211 behaviour before
the commit.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
[replaced link with mid.gmane.org that has message-id]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch advertise the MC_FORWARDING status for IPv4 and IPv6.
This field is readonly, only multicast engine in the kernel updates it.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
* Remove limitation in the maximum number of supported sets in ipset.
Now ipset automagically increments the number of slots in the array
of sets by 64 new spare slots, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Partially remove the generic queue infrastructure now that ip_queue
is gone. Its only client is nfnetlink_queue now, from Florian
Westphal.
* Add missing attribute policy checkings in ctnetlink, from Florian
Westphal.
* Automagically kill conntrack entries that use the wrong output
interface for the masquerading case in case of routing changes,
from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Two patches two improve ct object traceability. Now ct objects are
always placed in any of the existing lists. This allows us to dump
the content of unconfirmed and dying conntracks via ctnetlink as
a way to provide more instrumentation in case you suspect leaks,
from myself.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current SCTP stack is lacking a mechanism to have per association
statistics. This is an implementation modeled after OpenSolaris'
SCTP_GET_ASSOC_STATS.
Userspace part will follow on lksctp if/when there is a general ACK on
this.
V4:
- Move ipackets++ before q->immediate.func() for consistency reasons
- Move sctp_max_rto() at the end of sctp_transport_update_rto() to avoid
returning bogus RTO values
- return asoc->rto_min when max_obs_rto value has not changed
V3:
- Increase ictrlchunks in sctp_assoc_bh_rcv() as well
- Move ipackets++ to sctp_inq_push()
- return 0 when no rto updates took place since the last call
V2:
- Implement partial retrieval of stat struct to cope for future expansion
- Kill the rtxpackets counter as it cannot be precise anyway
- Rename outseqtsns to outofseqtsns to make it clearer that these are out
of sequence unexpected TSNs
- Move asoc->ipackets++ under a lock to avoid potential miscounts
- Fold asoc->opackets++ into the already existing asoc check
- Kill unneeded (q->asoc) test when increasing rtxchunks
- Do not count octrlchunks if sending failed (SCTP_XMIT_OK != 0)
- Don't count SHUTDOWNs as SACKs
- Move SCTP_GET_ASSOC_STATS to the private space API
- Adjust the len check in sctp_getsockopt_assoc_stats() to allow for
future struct growth
- Move association statistics in their own struct
- Update idupchunks when we send a SACK with dup TSNs
- return min_rto in max_rto when RTO has not changed. Also return the
transport when max_rto last changed.
Signed-off: Michele Baldessari <michele@acksyn.org>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make code more readable by changing CONF_NO_FCS_RECV which is read
as "No L2CAP FCS option received" to CONF_RECV_NO_FCS which means
"Received L2CAP option NO_FCS". This flag really means that we have
received L2CAP FRAME CHECK SEQUENCE (FCS) OPTION with value "No FCS".
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Before starting quering remote AMP controllers make sure
that there is local active AMP controller.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Some comparisons needs to double negation(!!) in order to make the value
of the field boolean. Add it to the macro makes the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In order to authenticate and configure an incoming SCO connection, the
BT_DEFER_SETUP option was added. This option is intended to defer reply
to Connect Request on SCO sockets.
When a connection is requested, the listening socket is unblocked but
the effective connection setup happens only on first recv. Any send
between accept and recv fails with -ENOTCONN.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When the route changes (backup default route, VPNs) which affect a
masqueraded target, the packets were sent out with the outdated source
address. The patch addresses the issue by comparing the outgoing interface
directly with the masqueraded interface in the nat table.
Events are inefficient in this case, because it'd require adding route
events to the network core and then scanning the whole conntrack table
and re-checking the route for all entry.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We used to have several queueing backends, but nowadays only
nfnetlink_queue remains.
In light of this there doesn't seem to be a good reason to
support per-af registering -- just hook up nfnetlink_queue on module
load and remove it on unload.
This means that the userspace BIND/UNBIND_PF commands are now obsolete;
the kernel will ignore them.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch modifies the conntrack subsystem so that all existing
allocated conntrack objects can be found in any of the following
places:
* the hash table, this is the typical place for alive conntrack objects.
* the unconfirmed list, this is the place for newly created conntrack objects
that are still traversing the stack.
* the dying list, this is where you can find conntrack objects that are dying
or that should die anytime soon (eg. once the destroy event is delivered to
the conntrackd daemon).
Thus, we make sure that we follow the track for all existing conntrack
objects. This patch, together with some extension of the ctnetlink interface
to dump the content of the dying and unconfirmed lists, will help in case
to debug suspected nf_conn object leaks.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
# make C=2 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__ net/ipv4/inet_hashtables.o
...
net/ipv4/inet_hashtables.c:242:7: warning: restricted __portpair degrades to integer
net/ipv4/inet_hashtables.c:242:7: warning: restricted __addrpair degrades to integer
...
Move __portpair/__addrpair from include/net/inet_hashtables.h
to include/net/sock.h where we need them in struct sock_common
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ling Ma <ling.ma.program@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As of 026359b [ipv6: Send ICMPv6 RSes only when RAs are accepted], the
logic determining whether to send Router Solicitations is identical
to the logic determining whether kernel accepts Router Advertisements.
However the condition itself is repeated in several code locations.
Unify it by introducing 'ipv6_accept_ra()' accessor.
Also, simplify the condition expression, making it more readable.
No semantic change.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 68835aba4d (net: optimize INET input path further)
moved some fields used for tcp/udp sockets lookup in the first cache
line of struct sock_common.
This patch moves inet_dport/inet_num as well, filling a 32bit hole
on 64 bit arches and reducing number of cache line misses in lookups.
Also change INET_MATCH()/INET_TW_MATCH() to perform the ports match
before addresses match, as this check is more discriminant.
Remove the hash check from MATCH() macros because we dont need to
re validate the hash value after taking a refcount on socket, and
use likely/unlikely compiler hints, as the sk_hash/hash check
makes the following conditional tests 100% predicted by cpu.
Introduce skc_addrpair/skc_portpair pair values to better
document the alignment requirements of the port/addr pairs
used in the various MATCH() macros, and remove some casts.
The namespace check can also be done at last.
This slightly improves TCP/UDP lookup times.
IP/TCP early demux needs inet->rx_dst_ifindex and
TCP needs inet->min_ttl, lets group them together in same cache line.
With help from Ben Hutchings & Joe Perches.
Idea of this patch came after Ling Ma proposal to move skc_hash
to the beginning of struct sock_common, and should allow him
to submit a final version of his patch. My tests show an improvement
doing so.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Ling Ma <ling.ma.program@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes an unused parameter (src_net) from rtnl_create_link()
method and from the method single invocation, in veth.
This parameter was used in the past when calling
ops->get_tx_queues(src_net, tb) in rtnl_create_link().
The get_tx_queues() member of rtnl_link_ops was replaced by two methods,
get_num_tx_queues() and get_num_rx_queues(), which do not get any
parameter. This was done in commit d40156aa5e by
Jiri Pirko ("rtnl: allow to specify different num for rx and tx queue count").
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/ipv6/exthdrs_core.c
Jesse Gross says:
====================
This series of improvements for 3.8/net-next contains four components:
* Support for modifying IPv6 headers
* Support for matching and setting skb->mark for better integration with
things like iptables
* Ability to recognize the EtherType for RARP packets
* Two small performance enhancements
The movement of ipv6_find_hdr() into exthdrs_core.c causes two small merge
conflicts. I left it as is but can do the merge if you want. The conflicts
are:
* ipv6_find_hdr() and ipv6_find_tlv() were both moved to the bottom of
exthdrs_core.c. Both should stay.
* A new use of ipv6_find_hdr() was added to net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_core.c
after this patch. The IPVS user has two instances of the old constant
name IP6T_FH_F_FRAG which has been renamed to IP6_FH_F_FRAG.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a BSS struct is updated, the IEs are currently
overwritten or freed. This can lead to races if some
other CPU is accessing the BSS struct and using the
IEs concurrently.
Fix this by always allocating the IEs in a new struct
that holds the data and length and protecting access
to this new struct with RCU.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a driver supports P2P GO powersave, allow it to
set the new feature flags for it and allow userspace
to configure the parameters for it. This can be done
at GO startup and later changed with SET_BSS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add some information that we have about VHT to radiotap.
This at least lets one see the MCS and NSS information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some of the chandef checking that we do in cfg80211
to check if a channel is supported or not is also
needed in mac80211, so rework that a bit and export
the functions that are needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To achieve this, limit the number of retries to
31 (instead of 255) and use the three bits that
are then free for VHT flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for reporting and calculating VHT MCSes.
Note that I'm not completely sure that the bitrate
calculations are correct, nor that they can't be
simplified.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Convert mac80211 (and where necessary, some drivers a
little bit) to the new channel definition struct.
This will allow extending mac80211 for VHT, which is
currently restricted to channel contexts since there
are no drivers using that which makes it easier. As
I also don't care about VHT for drivers not using the
channel context API, I won't convert the previous API
to VHT support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change nl80211 to support specifying a VHT (or HT)
using the control channel frequency (as before) and
new attributes for the channel width and first and
second center frequency. The old channel type is of
course still supported for HT.
Also change the cfg80211 channel definition struct
to support these by adding the relevant fields to
it (and removing the _type field.)
This also adds new helper functions:
- cfg80211_chandef_create to create a channel def
struct given the control channel and channel type,
- cfg80211_chandef_identical to check if two channel
definitions are identical
- cfg80211_chandef_compatible to check if the given
channel definitions are compatible, and return the
wider of the two
This isn't entirely complete, but that doesn't matter
until we have a driver using it. In particular, it's
missing
- regulatory checks on the usable bandwidth (if that
even makes sense)
- regulatory TX power (database can't deal with it)
- a proper channel compatibility calculation for the
new channel types
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of passing a channel pointer and channel type
to all functions and driver methods, pass a new channel
definition struct. Right now, this struct contains just
the control channel and channel type, but for VHT this
will change.
Also, add a small inline cfg80211_get_chandef_type() so
that drivers don't need to use the _type field of the
new structure all the time, which will change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As mwifiex (and mac80211 in the software case) are the
only drivers actually implementing remain-on-channel
with channel type, userspace can't be relying on it.
This is the case, as it's used only for P2P operations
right now.
Rather than adding a flag to tell userspace whether or
not it can actually rely on it, simplify all the code
by removing the ability to use different channel types.
Leave only the validation of the attribute, so that if
we extend it again later (with the needed capability
flag), it can't break userspace sending invalid data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function cfg80211_get_p2p_attr() can fail and returns
a negative error code. However, the return type is unsigned
int. The largest positive number is determined by desired_len
variable in the function, which is u16. So changing the return
type to int to allow easy error checking. Also change the type
for the attribute to enum for improved type checking.
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
[fix indentation, don't use u8 attr variable]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/pcie/tx.c
Minor iwlwifi conflict in TX queue disabling between 'net', which
removed a bogus warning, and 'net-next' which added some status
register poking code.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With priomap expansion no longer depending on knowing max id
allocated, netprio_cgroup can use cgroup->id insted of cs->prioidx.
Drop prioidx alloc/free logic and convert all uses to cgroup->id.
* In cgrp_css_alloc(), parent->id test is moved above @cs allocation
to simplify error path.
* In cgrp_css_free(), @cs assignment is made initialization.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Tested-and-Acked-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide drivers with hooks to create debugfs files when
a new station is added. This would help drivers to take
advantage of mac80211's station list infrastructure and not maintain
tedious station management code internally.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
[ifdef inline wrapper functions]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the event that an association exceeds its max_retrans attempts, we should
send an ABORT chunk indicating that we are closing the assocation as a result.
Because of the nature of the error, its unlikely to be received, but its a nice
clean way to close the association if it does make it through, and it will give
anyone watching via tcpdump a clue as to what happened.
Change notes:
v2)
* Removed erroneous changes from sctp_make_violation_parmlen
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Assign a unique proc inode to each namespace, and use that
inode number to ensure we only allocate at most one proc
inode for every namespace in proc.
A single proc inode per namespace allows userspace to test
to see if two processes are in the same namespace.
This has been a long requested feature and only blocked because
a naive implementation would put the id in a global space and
would ultimately require having a namespace for the names of
namespaces, making migration and certain virtualization tricks
impossible.
We still don't have per superblock inode numbers for proc, which
appears necessary for application unaware checkpoint/restart and
migrations (if the application is using namespace file descriptors)
but that is now allowd by the design if it becomes important.
I have preallocated the ipc and uts initial proc inode numbers so
their structures can be statically initialized.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Read Local OOB Data command can take more than 1 second on some chips.
e.g. on CSR 0a12:0001 first call to Read Local OOB Data after reset
takes about 1300ms resulting in tx timeout error.
[27698.368655] Bluetooth: hci0 command 0x0c57 tx timeout
2012-10-31 15:53:36.178585 < HCI Command: Read Local OOB Data (0x03|0x0057) plen 0
2012-10-31 15:53:37.496996 > HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 36
Read Local OOB Data (0x03|0x0057) ncmd 1
status 0x00
hash 0x92219d9b447f2aa9dc12dda2ae7bae6a
randomizer 0xb1948d0febe4ea38ce85c4e66313beba
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Drivers (e.g. wl12xx) might need to know the vif
to roc on (mainly in order to configure the
rx filters correctly).
Add the vif to the op params, and update the current
users (iwlwifi) to use the new api.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
[fix hwsim]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER command was previously used only for userspace
request for the kernel code to perform TDLS operations. However, there
are also cases where the driver may need to request operations from
userspace, e.g., when using security on the AP path. Add a new cfg80211
function for generating a TDLS operation event for drivers to request a
new link to be set up (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP) or an existing link to be
torn down (NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). Drivers can optionally use these
events, e.g., based on noticing data traffic being sent to a peer
station that is seen with good signal strength.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases, in particular for experimentation, it
can be useful to be able to add vendor namespace data
to received frames in addition to the normal radiotap
data.
Allow doing this through mac80211 by adding fields to
the RX status descriptor that describe the data while
the data itself is prepended to the frame.
Also add some example code to hwsim, but don't enable
it because it doesn't use a proper OUI identifier.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
"Whether" is misspelled in various comments across the tree; this
fixes them. No code changes.
Signed-off-by: Adam Buchbinder <adam.buchbinder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Some comments misspell "registered"; this fixes them. No code changes.
Signed-off-by: Adam Buchbinder <adam.buchbinder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
The user namespace which creates a new network namespace owns that
namespace and all resources created in it. This way we can target
capability checks for privileged operations against network resources to
the user_ns which created the network namespace in which the resource
lives. Privilege to the user namespace which owns the network
namespace, or any parent user namespace thereof, provides the same
privilege to the network resource.
This patch is reworked from a version originally by
Serge E. Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
The copy of copy_net_ns used when the network stack is not
built is broken as it does not return -EINVAL when attempting
to create a new network namespace. We don't even have
a previous network namespace.
Since we need a copy of copy_net_ns in net/net_namespace.h that is
available when the networking stack is not built at all move the
correct version of copy_net_ns from net_namespace.c into net_namespace.h
Leaving us with just 2 versions of copy_net_ns. One version for when
we compile in network namespace suport and another stub for all other
occasions.
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
The user namespace which creates a new network namespace owns that
namespace and all resources created in it. This way we can target
capability checks for privileged operations against network resources to
the user_ns which created the network namespace in which the resource
lives. Privilege to the user namespace which owns the network
namespace, or any parent user namespace thereof, provides the same
privilege to the network resource.
This patch is reworked from a version originally by
Serge E. Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The copy of copy_net_ns used when the network stack is not
built is broken as it does not return -EINVAL when attempting
to create a new network namespace. We don't even have
a previous network namespace.
Since we need a copy of copy_net_ns in net/net_namespace.h that is
available when the networking stack is not built at all move the
correct version of copy_net_ns from net_namespace.c into net_namespace.h
Leaving us with just 2 versions of copy_net_ns. One version for when
we compile in network namespace suport and another stub for all other
occasions.
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a callback for the HCI_LE_Set_Advertise_Enable command.
The callback is responsible for updating the HCI_LE_PERIPHERAL flag
updating as well as updating the advertising data flags field to
indicate undirected connectable advertising.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds support for setting basing LE advertising data. The
three elements supported for now are the advertising flags, the TX power
and the friendly name.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The core specification defines 127 as the "not available" value (well,
"reserved" for BR/EDR and "not available" for LE - but essentially the
same). Therefore, instead of testing for 0 (which is in fact a valid
value) we should be using this invalid value to test if the tx_power is
available.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The kernel uses some default metric when routes are managed. For example, a
static route added with a metric set to 0 is inserted in the kernel with
metric 1024 (IP6_RT_PRIO_USER).
It is useful for routing daemons to know these values, to be able to set routes
without interfering with what the kernel does.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the offload callbacks into its own structure.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sing GSO support is now separate, pull it out of the module
and make it its own init call.
Remove the cleanup functions as they are no longer called.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull TCPv6 offload functionality into its won file in preparation
for moving it out of the module.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch IPv6 protocol to using the new GRO/GSO calls and data.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch IPv4 code base to using the new GRO/GSO calls and data.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new data structure for IPv6 protocols that holds GRO/GSO
callbacks and a new array to track the protocols that register GRO/GSO.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new data structure for IPv4 protocols that holds GRO/GSO
callbacks and a new array to track the protocols that register GRO/GSO.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Included is a Bluetooth pull -- Gustavo says:
"These are the Bluetooth bits for inclusion in 3.8, there is basically one big
thing here which is the High Speed patches from Andrei, he did a lot of work on
A2MP and management of AMP devices. The rest are mostly clean up and bug
fixes."
Also included is an NFC pull -- Samuel says:
"With this one we have:
- pn544 p2p support.
- pn544 physical and HCI layers separation. We are getting the pn544 driver
ready to support non i2c physical layers.
- LLCP SNL (Service Name Lookup). This is the NFC p2p service discovery
protocol.
- LLCP datagram sockets (connection less) support.
- IDR library usage for NFC devices indexes assignement.
- NFC netlink extension for setting and getting LLCP link characteristics.
- Various code style fixes and cleanups spread over the pn533, LLCP, HCI and
pn544 code."
There are a couple of mac80211 pulls as well -- Johannes says:
"Please pull my mac80211-next tree to get the first round of new features
for 3.8. We have:
* finally, the mac80211 multi-channel work
* scan improvements:
- bg scan
- scan flush
- forced AP scan
* cfg80211 tracing
* a bit of new code to allow implementing SAE (secure authentication of
equals) in managed mode
Along with a few random improvements, features and fixes."
and...
"Please pull from mac80211-next (per below pull request) to get a few
updates. Most important is probably the fix for the WDS regression that
my previous pull request introduced. Other than that, I have some
tracing code, two mesh updates and a change to allow drivers to
calculate the AES CMAC subkeys without having to implement the GF_mulx
operation themselves."
On top of that are the usual updates to iwlwifi, ath9k, rt2x00,
brcmfmac, mwifiex, and a few others here and there. Of note is the
addition of the ar5523 driver, ported from an original FreeBSD driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__IPTUNNEL_XMIT() is an ugly macro, convert it to a static
inline function, so make it more readable.
IPTUNNEL_XMIT() is unused, just remove it.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to indicate their mactime is at RX completion and adjust
for this in mac80211. Also rename the existing RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU to
RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START to clarify its intent. Based on similar code by
Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
[fix docs, atheros drivers]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The xfrm gc threshold value depends on ip_rt_max_size. This
value was set to INT_MAX with the routing cache removal patch,
so we start doing garbage collecting when we have INT_MAX/2
IPsec routes cached. Fix this by going back to the static
threshold of 1024 routes.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This patch prepares ipv6_find_hdr() function so that it could be
able to skip routing headers, where segements_left is 0. This is
required to handle multiple routing header case correctly when
changing IPv6 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Ansis Atteka <aatteka@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_main.c
Minor conflict between the BCM_CNIC define removal in net-next
and a bug fix added to net. Based upon a conflict resolution
patch posted by Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Open vSwitch will soon also use ipv6_find_hdr() so this moves it
out of Netfilter-specific code into a more common location.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
During hardware restart, all interfaces are iterated even
though they haven't been re-added to the driver, document
this behaviour. The same also happens during resume, which
is even more confusing since all of the interfaces were
previously removed from the driver. Make this optional so
drivers relying on the current behaviour can still use it,
but to let drivers that don't want this behaviour disable
it.
Also convert all API users, keeping the old semantics
except in hwsim, where the new normal ones are desired.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver requests a restart (reconfiguration) it
gets all the normal method calls, but can't really tell
why they're happening. Call a new restart_complete op
in the driver when the restart completes, so it could
keep its own state about the restart and clear it there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
6431cbc25f(Create a mechanism for upward inetpeer propagation into routes)
introduces these codes, but this mechanism is never enabled since
rt6i_peer_genid always is zero whether it is not assigned or assigned by
rt6_peer_genid(). After 5943634fc5 (ipv4: Maintain redirect and PMTU info
in struct rtable again), the ipv4 related codes of this mechanism has been
removed, I think we maybe able to remove them now.
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While connected to a GO, parse the P2P NoA attribute
and pass the CT Window and opportunistic powersave
parameters to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Parsing the P2P attributes can be tricky as their
contents can be split across multiple (vendor) IEs.
Thus, it's not possible to parse them like IEs (by
returning a pointer to the data.) Instead, provide
a function that copies the attribute data into a
caller-provided buffer and returns the size needed
(useful in case the buffer was too small.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The commit:
commit 5e760230e4
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Fri Nov 4 11:18:17 2011 +0100
cfg80211: allow registering to beacons
allowed only a single process to register for beacon events
per wiphy. This breaks cases where a user may want two or
more VIFs on a wiphy and run a seperate hostapd process on
each vif.
This patch allows multiple beacon listeners, fixing the
regression.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This command triggers a new callback: set_mcast_rate(). It enables
the user to change the rate used to send multicast frames for vif
configured as IBSS or MESH_POINT
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As suggested by Eric, we could introduce a helper function
for ipv6 too, to avoid checking if rt is NULL before
dst_release().
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can save a test in ip_rt_put(), considering dst_release() accepts
a NULL parameter, and dst is first element in rtable.
Add a BUILD_BUG_ON() to catch any change that could break this
assertion.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lots of points in the sctp_cmd_interpreter function treat the sctp_cmd_t arg as
a void pointer, even though they are written as various other types. Theres no
need for this as doing so just leads to possible type-punning issues that could
cause crashes, and if we remain type-consistent we can actually just remove the
void * member of the union entirely.
Change Notes:
v2)
* Dropped chunk that modified SCTP_NULL to create a marker pattern
should anyone try to use a SCTP_NULL() assigned sctp_arg_t, Assigning
to .zero provides the same effect and should be faster, per Vlad Y.
v3)
* Reverted part of V2, opting to use memset instead of .zero, so that
the entire union is initalized thus avoiding the i164 speculative load
problems previously encountered, per Dave M.. Also rewrote
SCTP_[NO]FORCE so as to use common infrastructure a little more
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For passive TCP connections using TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT facility,
we incorrectly increment req->retrans each time timeout triggers
while no SYNACK is sent.
SYNACK are not sent for TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT that were established (for
which we received the ACK from client). Only the last SYNACK is sent
so that we can receive again an ACK from client, to move the req into
accept queue. We plan to change this later to avoid the useless
retransmit (and potential problem as this SYNACK could be lost)
TCP_INFO later gives wrong information to user, claiming imaginary
retransmits.
Decouple req->retrans field into two independent fields :
num_retrans : number of retransmit
num_timeout : number of timeouts
num_timeout is the counter that is incremented at each timeout,
regardless of actual SYNACK being sent or not, and used to
compute the exponential timeout.
Introduce inet_rtx_syn_ack() helper to increment num_retrans
only if ->rtx_syn_ack() succeeded.
Use inet_rtx_syn_ack() from tcp_check_req() to increment num_retrans
when we re-send a SYNACK in answer to a (retransmitted) SYN.
Prior to this patch, we were not counting these retransmits.
Change tcp_v[46]_rtx_synack() to increment TCP_MIB_RETRANSSEGS
only if a synack packet was successfully queued.
Reported-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Cc: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Cc: Elliott Hughes <enh@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The actual parameter order of hci_get_route is (dst, src) and not (src,
dst). All current callers use the right order but the header file shows
the parameters in the wrong order.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Since we have started to use local_amp_id for local AMP
Controller Id it makes sense to rename ctrl_id to remote_amp_id
since it represents remote AMP controller Id.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving HCI Phylink Complete event run amp_physical_cfm
which initialize BR/EDR L2CAP channel associated with High Speed
link and run l2cap_physical_cfm which shall send L2CAP Create
Chan Request.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Disconnect logical link for high speed channel hs_hchan
associated with L2CAP channel chan.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
After physical link is created logical link needs to be created.
The process starts after L2CAP channel is created and L2CAP
Configuration Response with result PENDING is received.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch fixes sending an unnecessary HCI_Write_SSP_Mode command if
the command has already been sent as part of the default HCI init
sequence.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds a flag to be used for LE GAP Peripheral role. In this
role undirected advertising will be enabled and operations not allowed
in Peripheral role (such as scanning and initiating connections) will be
disallowed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds missing feature test macros needed for various use cases
and also sorts the macros according to the feature bit location in the
feature mask (for easy lookup).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Even before channel contexts/multi-channel, having a
single global TX power limit was already problematic,
in particular if two managed interfaces connected to
two APs with different power constraints. The channel
context introduction completely broke this though and
in fact I had disabled TX power configuration there
for drivers using channel contexts.
Change everything to track TX power per interface so
that different user settings and different channel
maxima are treated correctly. Also continue tracking
the global TX power though for compatibility with
applications that attempt to configure the wiphy's
TX power globally.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The TX power setting is currently per wiphy (hardware
device) but with multi-channel capabilities that doesn't
make much sense any more.
Allow drivers (and mac80211) to advertise support for
per-interface TX power configuration. When the TX power
is configured for the wiphy, the wdev will be NULL and
the driver can still handle that, but when a wdev is
given the TX power can be set only for that wdev now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this one we have:
- pn544 p2p support.
- pn544 physical and HCI layers separation. We are getting the pn544 driver
ready to support non i2c physical layers.
- LLCP SNL (Service Name Lookup). This is the NFC p2p service discovery
protocol.
- LLCP datagram sockets (connection less) support.
- IDR library usage for NFC devices indexes assignement.
- NFC netlink extension for setting and getting LLCP link characteristics.
- Various code style fixes and cleanups spread over the pn533, LLCP, HCI and
pn544 code.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)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=OC0R
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.8-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-3.0
This is the first NFC pull request for 3.8
With this one we have:
- pn544 p2p support.
- pn544 physical and HCI layers separation. We are getting the pn544 driver
ready to support non i2c physical layers.
- LLCP SNL (Service Name Lookup). This is the NFC p2p service discovery
protocol.
- LLCP datagram sockets (connection less) support.
- IDR library usage for NFC devices indexes assignement.
- NFC netlink extension for setting and getting LLCP link characteristics.
- Various code style fixes and cleanups spread over the pn533, LLCP, HCI and
pn544 code.
A number of places in the mesh code don't check that
the frame data is present and in the skb header when
trying to access. Add those checks and the necessary
pskb_may_pull() calls. This prevents accessing data
that doesn't actually exist.
To do this, export ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen() to be
able to use it in mac80211.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following changeset contains updates for IPVS from Jesper Dangaard
Brouer that did not reach the previous merge window in time.
More specifically, updates to improve IPv6 support in IPVS. More
relevantly, some of the existing code performed wrong handling of the
extensions headers and better fragmentation handling.
Jesper promised more follow-up patches to refine this after this batch
hits net-next. Yet to come.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a consequence the NFC device IDs won't be increasing all the time,
as IDR provides the first available ID.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The driver now has all HCI stuff isolated in one file, and all the
hardware link specifics in another. Writing a pn544 driver on top of
another hardware link is now just a matter of adding a new file for that
new hardware specifics.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Set the local general bytes and default value for NFCIP1
Target/Initiator registries if the protocol is NFC-DEP
Signed-off-by: Arron Wang <arron.wang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be
necessary to start operating as an AP, some of
which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver
method to make such failures easier to handle,
and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
sock_update_classid() assumes that the update operation always are
applied on the current task. sock_update_classid() needs to know on
which tasks to work on in order to be able to migrate task between
cgroups using the struct cgroup_subsys attach() callback.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: <netdev@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <cgroups@vger.kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The classid type used throughout the kernel is u32.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: <netdev@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <cgroups@vger.kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently sctp allows for the optional use of md5 of sha1 hmac algorithms to
generate cookie values when establishing new connections via two build time
config options. Theres no real reason to make this a static selection. We can
add a sysctl that allows for the dynamic selection of these algorithms at run
time, with the default value determined by the corresponding crypto library
availability.
This comes in handy when, for example running a system in FIPS mode, where use
of md5 is disallowed, but SHA1 is permitted.
Note: This new sysctl has no corresponding socket option to select the cookie
hmac algorithm. I chose not to implement that intentionally, as RFC 6458
contains no option for this value, and I opted not to pollute the socket option
namespace.
Change notes:
v2)
* Updated subject to have the proper sctp prefix as per Dave M.
* Replaced deafult selection options with new options that allow
developers to explicitly select available hmac algs at build time
as per suggestion by Vlad Y.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the reading of the LE advertising channel TX power to
the HCI init sequence of LE-capable controllers. This data will be used
e.g. for inclusion in the advertising data packets when advertising is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Channel moves are triggered by changes to the BT_CHANNEL_POLICY
sockopt when an ERTM or streaming-mode channel is connected.
Moves are only started if enable_hs is true.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The move response command includes a result code indicating
"pending", "success", or "failure" status. A pending result is
received when the remote address is still setting up a physical link,
and will be followed by success or failure. On success, logical link
setup will proceed. On failure, the move is stopped. The receiver of
a move channel response must always follow up by sending a move
channel confirm command.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
On an AMP controller, hci_chan maps to a logical link. When a channel
is being moved, the logical link may or may not be connected already.
The hci_chan->state is used to determine the existance of a useable
logical link so the link can be either used or requested.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
An L2CAP channel using high speed continues to be associated with a
BR/EDR l2cap_conn, while also tracking an additional hci_conn
(representing a physical link on a high speed controller) and hci_chan
(representing a logical link). There may only be one physical link
between two high speed controllers. Each physical link may contain
several logical links, with each logical link representing a channel
with specific quality of service.
During a channel move, the destination channel id, current move state,
and role (initiator vs. responder) are tracked and used by the channel
move state machine. The ident value associated with a move request
must also be stored in order to use it in later move responses.
The active channel is stored in local_amp_id.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Expose a function for the AES-CMAC subkey calculation
to drivers. This is the first step of the AES-CMAC
cipher key setup and may be required for CMAC hardware
offloading.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Each nexthop is added like a single route in the routing table. All routes
that have the same metric/weight and destination but not the same gateway
are considering as ECMP routes. They are linked together, through a list called
rt6i_siblings.
ECMP routes can be added in one shot, with RTA_MULTIPATH attribute or one after
the other (in both case, the flag NLM_F_EXCL should not be set).
The patch is based on a previous work from
Luc Saillard <luc.saillard@6wind.com>.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix two build error introduced by commit 63dca2c0:
"ipvs: Fix faulty IPv6 extension header handling in IPVS"
First build error was fairly trivial and can occur, when
CONFIG_IP_VS_IPV6 is disabled.
The second build error was tricky, and can occur when deselecting
both all Netfilter and IPVS, but selecting CONFIG_IPV6. This is
caused by "kernel/sysctl_binary.c" including "net/ip_vs.h", which
includes "linux/netfilter_ipv6/ip6_tables.h" causing include
of "include/linux/netfilter/x_tables.h" which then cannot find
the typedef nf_hookfn.
Fix this by only including "linux/netfilter_ipv6/ip6_tables.h" in
case of CONFIG_IP_VS_IPV6 as its already used to guard the usage
of ipv6_find_hdr().
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Reported-by: Yuanhan Liu <yuanhan.liu@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Pull updates from Jesper Dangaard Brouer for IPVS mostly targeted
to improve IPv6 support (7 commits):
ipvs: Trivial changes, use compressed IPv6 address in output
ipvs: IPv6 extend ICMPv6 handling for future types
ipvs: Use config macro IS_ENABLED()
ipvs: Fix faulty IPv6 extension header handling in IPVS
ipvs: Complete IPv6 fragment handling for IPVS
ipvs: API change to avoid rescan of IPv6 exthdr
ipvs: SIP fragment handling
The struct sock *other one seem to be unused. Grep and make do not object.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When assigning amp_mgr in hci_conn (type AMP_LINK) get also reference.
In hci_conn_del those references would be put for both conn types
AMP_LINK and ACL_LINK associated with amp_mgr.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Initialization of beacon transmission in IBSS mode depends
on whether a new BSS is being created or joined. When joining
an existing IBSS network, beaconing has to start only after
a TSF-sync has happened - this is explained in 11.1.4.
Introduce a new parameter in the BSS information structure to
indicate creator/joiner mode.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add an NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH flag that causes old bss cache
entries to be flushed on scan completion. This is useful for
collecting guaranteed fresh scan/survey result (e.g. on resume).
For normal scan, flushing only happens on successful completion
of a scan; i.e. it does not happen if the scan is aborted.
For scheduled scan, previous scan results are flushed everytime
when we get new scan results.
This feature is enabled by default. Drivers can disable it by
unsetting the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH flag.
Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[invert polarity of feature flag to account for old kernels]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a flags word to direct and scheduled scan requests; it will
be used for control of optional behaviours such as flushing the
bss cache prior to doing a scan.
Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Save the AP's VHT capabilities (in managed
mode) and make them available to the driver
in the station information.
Unlike HT capabilities, they aren't restricted
to the common capabilities, so drivers must be
aware of their own capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
[fix endian conversion bug ...]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
SAE extends Authentication frames with fields that are not information
elements. NL80211_ATTR_IE is not suitable for these, so introduce a new
attribute that can be used to specify the fields needed for SAE in
station mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
[change to verify that SAE is only used with authenticate command]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers may need to iterate the active channel
contexts, export an iterator function to allow
that. To make it possible, use RCU-safe list
functions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On each channel that the device is operating on, it
may need to listen using one or more chains depending
on the SMPS settings of the interfaces using it. The
previous channel context changes completely removed
this ability (before, it was available as the SMPS
mode).
Add per-context tracking of the required static and
dynamic RX chains and notify the driver on changes.
To achieve this, track the chains and SMPS mode used
on each virtual interface and update the channel
context whenever this changes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel
on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type
and other properties can change.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel context are the foundation for multi-channel
operation. They are are immutable and are re-created
(or re-used if other interfaces are bound to a certain
channel and a compatible channel type) on channel
switching.
This is an initial implementation and more features
will come in separate patches.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[some changes including RCU protection]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Avoid situation when we are on associate state in mac80211 and
on disassociate state in cfg80211. This can results on crash
during modules unload (like showed on this thread:
http://marc.info/?t=134373976300001&r=1&w=2) and possibly other
problems.
Reported-by: Pedro Francisco <pedrogfrancisco@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Check flags type in switch statement and handle new frame
type ACL_COMPLETE used for High Speed data over AMP.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When DEFER_SETUP is set defer() will trigger an authorization
request to the userspace.
l2cap_chan_no_defer() is meant to be used when one does not want to
support DEFER_SETUP (A2MP for example).
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Handle AMP link when setting up disconnect timeout.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
hci_chan will be identified by handle used in logical link creation
process. This handle is used in AMP ACL-U packet handle field.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When AMP_LINK timeouts execute HCI_OP_DISCONN_PHY_LINK as analog to
HCI_OP_DISCONNECT for ACL_LINK.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Add flag to request that output route should be
returned with known rt_gateway, in case we want to use
it as nexthop for neighbour resolving.
The returned route can be cached as follows:
- in NH exception: because the cached routes are not shared
with other destinations
- in FIB NH: when using gateway because all destinations for
NH share same gateway
As last option, to return rt_gateway!=0 we have to
set DST_NOCACHE.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new flag to remember when route is via gateway.
We will use it to allow rt_gateway to contain address of
directly connected host for the cases when DST_NOCACHE is
used or when the NH exception caches per-destination route
without DST_NOCACHE flag, i.e. when routes are not used for
other destinations. By this way we force the neighbour
resolving to work with the routed destination but we
can use different address in the packet, feature needed
for IPVS-DR where original packet for virtual IP is routed
via route to real IP.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two Flush Timeouts: one is old Flush Timeot Option
which is 2 octets and the second is Flush Timeout inside EFS
which is 4 octets long.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Maximum PDU size is defined by new BT Spec as 1492 octets.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Add direction parameter to phylink_add since it is anyway set later.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Add ctrl_id parameter to amp_ctrl_add since we always set it
after function ctrl is created.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Pull networking changes from David Miller:
"The most important bit in here is the fix for input route caching from
Eric Dumazet, it's a shame we couldn't fully analyze this in time for
3.6 as it's a 3.6 regression introduced by the routing cache removal.
Anyways, will send quickly to -stable after you pull this in.
Other changes of note:
1) Fix lockdep splats in team and bonding, from Eric Dumazet.
2) IPV6 adds link local route even when there is no link local
address, from Nicolas Dichtel.
3) Fix ixgbe PTP implementation, from Jacob Keller.
4) Fix excessive stack usage in cxgb4 driver, from Vipul Pandya.
5) MAC length computed improperly in VLAN demux, from Antonio
Quartulli."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (26 commits)
ipv6: release reference of ip6_null_entry's dst entry in __ip6_del_rt
Remove noisy printks from llcp_sock_connect
tipc: prevent dropped connections due to rcvbuf overflow
silence some noisy printks in irda
team: set qdisc_tx_busylock to avoid LOCKDEP splat
bonding: set qdisc_tx_busylock to avoid LOCKDEP splat
sctp: check src addr when processing SACK to update transport state
sctp: fix a typo in prototype of __sctp_rcv_lookup()
ipv4: add a fib_type to fib_info
can: mpc5xxx_can: fix section type conflict
can: peak_pcmcia: fix error return code
can: peak_pci: fix error return code
cxgb4: Fix build error due to missing linux/vmalloc.h include.
bnx2x: fix ring size for 10G functions
cxgb4: Dynamically allocate memory in t4_memory_rw() and get_vpd_params()
ixgbe: add support for X540-AT1
ixgbe: fix poll loop for FDIRCTRL.INIT_DONE bit
ixgbe: fix PTP ethtool timestamping function
ixgbe: (PTP) Fix PPS interrupt code
ixgbe: Fix PTP X540 SDP alignment code for PPS signal
...
Suppose we have an SCTP connection with two paths. After connection is
established, path1 is not available, thus this path is marked as inactive. Then
traffic goes through path2, but for some reasons packets are delayed (after
rto.max). Because packets are delayed, the retransmit mechanism will switch
again to path1. At this time, we receive a delayed SACK from path2. When we
update the state of the path in sctp_check_transmitted(), we do not take into
account the source address of the SACK, hence we update the wrong path.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit d2d68ba9fe (ipv4: Cache input routes in fib_info nexthops.)
introduced a regression for forwarding.
This was hard to reproduce but the symptom was that packets were
delivered to local host instead of being forwarded.
David suggested to add fib_type to fib_info so that we dont
inadvertently share same fib_info for different purposes.
With help from Julian Anastasov who provided very helpful
hints, reproduced here :
<quote>
Can it be a problem related to fib_info reuse
from different routes. For example, when local IP address
is created for subnet we have:
broadcast 192.168.0.255 dev DEV proto kernel scope link src
192.168.0.1
192.168.0.0/24 dev DEV proto kernel scope link src 192.168.0.1
local 192.168.0.1 dev DEV proto kernel scope host src 192.168.0.1
The "dev DEV proto kernel scope link src 192.168.0.1" is
a reused fib_info structure where we put cached routes.
The result can be same fib_info for 192.168.0.255 and
192.168.0.0/24. RTN_BROADCAST is cached only for input
routes. Incoming broadcast to 192.168.0.255 can be cached
and can cause problems for traffic forwarded to 192.168.0.0/24.
So, this patch should solve the problem because it
separates the broadcast from unicast traffic.
And the ip_route_input_slow caching will work for
local and broadcast input routes (above routes 1 and 3) just
because they differ in scope and use different fib_info.
</quote>
Many thanks to Chris Clayton for his patience and help.
Reported-by: Chris Clayton <chris2553@googlemail.com>
Bisected-by: Chris Clayton <chris2553@googlemail.com>
Reported-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Chris Clayton <chris2553@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking changes from David Miller:
1) GRE now works over ipv6, from Dmitry Kozlov.
2) Make SCTP more network namespace aware, from Eric Biederman.
3) TEAM driver now works with non-ethernet devices, from Jiri Pirko.
4) Make openvswitch network namespace aware, from Pravin B Shelar.
5) IPV6 NAT implementation, from Patrick McHardy.
6) Server side support for TCP Fast Open, from Jerry Chu and others.
7) Packet BPF filter supports MOD and XOR, from Eric Dumazet and Daniel
Borkmann.
8) Increate the loopback default MTU to 64K, from Eric Dumazet.
9) Use a per-task rather than per-socket page fragment allocator for
outgoing networking traffic. This benefits processes that have very
many mostly idle sockets, which is quite common.
From Eric Dumazet.
10) Use up to 32K for page fragment allocations, with fallbacks to
smaller sizes when higher order page allocations fail. Benefits are
a) less segments for driver to process b) less calls to page
allocator c) less waste of space.
From Eric Dumazet.
11) Allow GRO to be used on GRE tunnels, from Eric Dumazet.
12) VXLAN device driver, one way to handle VLAN issues such as the
limitation of 4096 VLAN IDs yet still have some level of isolation.
From Stephen Hemminger.
13) As usual there is a large boatload of driver changes, with the scale
perhaps tilted towards the wireless side this time around.
Fix up various fairly trivial conflicts, mostly caused by the user
namespace changes.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1012 commits)
hyperv: Add buffer for extended info after the RNDIS response message.
hyperv: Report actual status in receive completion packet
hyperv: Remove extra allocated space for recv_pkt_list elements
hyperv: Fix page buffer handling in rndis_filter_send_request()
hyperv: Fix the missing return value in rndis_filter_set_packet_filter()
hyperv: Fix the max_xfer_size in RNDIS initialization
vxlan: put UDP socket in correct namespace
vxlan: Depend on CONFIG_INET
sfc: Fix the reported priorities of different filter types
sfc: Remove EFX_FILTER_FLAG_RX_OVERRIDE_IP
sfc: Fix loopback self-test with separate_tx_channels=1
sfc: Fix MCDI structure field lookup
sfc: Add parentheses around use of bitfield macro arguments
sfc: Fix null function pointer in efx_sriov_channel_type
vxlan: virtual extensible lan
igmp: export symbol ip_mc_leave_group
netlink: add attributes to fdb interface
tg3: unconditionally select HWMON support when tg3 is enabled.
Revert "net: ti cpsw ethernet: allow reading phy interface mode from DT"
gre: fix sparse warning
...
Pull user namespace changes from Eric Biederman:
"This is a mostly modest set of changes to enable basic user namespace
support. This allows the code to code to compile with user namespaces
enabled and removes the assumption there is only the initial user
namespace. Everything is converted except for the most complex of the
filesystems: autofs4, 9p, afs, ceph, cifs, coda, fuse, gfs2, ncpfs,
nfs, ocfs2 and xfs as those patches need a bit more review.
The strategy is to push kuid_t and kgid_t values are far down into
subsystems and filesystems as reasonable. Leaving the make_kuid and
from_kuid operations to happen at the edge of userspace, as the values
come off the disk, and as the values come in from the network.
Letting compile type incompatible compile errors (present when user
namespaces are enabled) guide me to find the issues.
The most tricky areas have been the places where we had an implicit
union of uid and gid values and were storing them in an unsigned int.
Those places were converted into explicit unions. I made certain to
handle those places with simple trivial patches.
Out of that work I discovered we have generic interfaces for storing
quota by projid. I had never heard of the project identifiers before.
Adding full user namespace support for project identifiers accounts
for most of the code size growth in my git tree.
Ultimately there will be work to relax privlige checks from
"capable(FOO)" to "ns_capable(user_ns, FOO)" where it is safe allowing
root in a user names to do those things that today we only forbid to
non-root users because it will confuse suid root applications.
While I was pushing kuid_t and kgid_t changes deep into the audit code
I made a few other cleanups. I capitalized on the fact we process
netlink messages in the context of the message sender. I removed
usage of NETLINK_CRED, and started directly using current->tty.
Some of these patches have also made it into maintainer trees, with no
problems from identical code from different trees showing up in
linux-next.
After reading through all of this code I feel like I might be able to
win a game of kernel trivial pursuit."
Fix up some fairly trivial conflicts in netfilter uid/git logging code.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace: (107 commits)
userns: Convert the ufs filesystem to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert the udf filesystem to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert ubifs to use kuid/kgid
userns: Convert squashfs to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert reiserfs to use kuid and kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert jfs to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert jffs2 to use kuid and kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert hpfs to use kuid and kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert btrfs to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert bfs to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert affs to use kuid/kgid wherwe appropriate
userns: On alpha modify linux_to_osf_stat to use convert from kuids and kgids
userns: On ia64 deal with current_uid and current_gid being kuid and kgid
userns: On ppc convert current_uid from a kuid before printing.
userns: Convert s390 getting uid and gid system calls to use kuid and kgid
userns: Convert s390 hypfs to use kuid and kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert binder ipc to use kuids
userns: Teach security_path_chown to take kuids and kgids
userns: Add user namespace support to IMA
userns: Convert EVM to deal with kuids and kgids in it's hmac computation
...
Pull cgroup updates from Tejun Heo:
- xattr support added. The implementation is shared with tmpfs. The
usage is restricted and intended to be used to manage per-cgroup
metadata by system software. tmpfs changes are routed through this
branch with Hugh's permission.
- cgroup subsystem ID handling simplified.
* 'for-3.7' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup:
cgroup: Define CGROUP_SUBSYS_COUNT according the configuration
cgroup: Assign subsystem IDs during compile time
cgroup: Do not depend on a given order when populating the subsys array
cgroup: Wrap subsystem selection macro
cgroup: Remove CGROUP_BUILTIN_SUBSYS_COUNT
cgroup: net_prio: Do not define task_netpioidx() when not selected
cgroup: net_cls: Do not define task_cls_classid() when not selected
cgroup: net_cls: Move sock_update_classid() declaration to cls_cgroup.h
cgroup: trivial fixes for Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt
xattr: mark variable as uninitialized to make both gcc and smatch happy
fs: add missing documentation to simple_xattr functions
cgroup: add documentation on extended attributes usage
cgroup: rename subsys_bits to subsys_mask
cgroup: add xattr support
cgroup: revise how we re-populate root directory
xattr: extract simple_xattr code from tmpfs
Add GRO capability to IPv4 GRE tunnels, using the gro_cells
infrastructure.
Tested using IPv4 and IPv6 TCP traffic inside this tunnel, and
checking GRO is building large packets.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a new include file (include/net/gro_cells.h), to bring GRO
(Generic Receive Offload) capability to tunnels, in a modular way.
Because tunnels receive path is lockless, and GRO adds a serialization
using a napi_struct, I chose to add an array of up to
DEFAULT_MAX_NUM_RSS_QUEUES cells, so that multi queue devices wont be
slowed down because of GRO layer.
skb_get_rx_queue() is used as selector.
In the future, we might add optional fanout capabilities, using rxhash
for example.
With help from Ben Hutchings who reminded me
netif_get_num_default_rss_queues() function.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we skipped the merge window for 3.6-rc1 for the tty tree, everything
is now settled down and working properly, so we are ready for 3.7-rc1.
Here's the patchset, it's big, but the large changes are removing a
firmware file and adding a staging tty driver (it depended on the tty
core changes, so it's going through this tree instead of the staging
tree.)
All of these patches have been in the linux-next tree for a while.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.19 (GNU/Linux)
iEYEABECAAYFAlBp36oACgkQMUfUDdst+yk4WgCdEy13hot8fI2Lqnc7W0LKu7GX
4p8AoLTjzrXhLosxdijskDQ9X1OtjrxU
=S5Ng
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'tty-3.6' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty
Pull TTY changes from Greg Kroah-Hartman:
"As we skipped the merge window for 3.6-rc1 for the tty tree,
everything is now settled down and working properly, so we are ready
for 3.7-rc1. Here's the patchset, it's big, but the large changes are
removing a firmware file and adding a staging tty driver (it depended
on the tty core changes, so it's going through this tree instead of
the staging tree.)
All of these patches have been in the linux-next tree for a while.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
Fix up more-or-less trivial conflicts in
- drivers/char/pcmcia/synclink_cs.c:
tty NULL dereference fix vs tty_port_cts_enabled() helper function
- drivers/staging/{Kconfig,Makefile}:
add-add conflict (dgrp driver added close to other staging drivers)
- drivers/staging/ipack/devices/ipoctal.c:
"split ipoctal_channel from iopctal" vs "TTY: use tty_port_register_device"
* tag 'tty-3.6' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty: (235 commits)
tty/serial: Add kgdb_nmi driver
tty/serial/amba-pl011: Quiesce interrupts in poll_get_char
tty/serial/amba-pl011: Implement poll_init callback
tty/serial/core: Introduce poll_init callback
kdb: Turn KGDB_KDB=n stubs into static inlines
kdb: Implement disable_nmi command
kernel/debug: Mask KGDB NMI upon entry
serial: pl011: handle corruption at high clock speeds
serial: sccnxp: Make 'default' choice in switch last
serial: sccnxp: Remove mask termios caps for SW flow control
serial: sccnxp: Report actual baudrate back to core
serial: samsung: Add poll_get_char & poll_put_char
Powerpc 8xx CPM_UART setting MAXIDL register proportionaly to baud rate
Powerpc 8xx CPM_UART maxidl should not depend on fifo size
Powerpc 8xx CPM_UART too many interrupts
Powerpc 8xx CPM_UART desynchronisation
serial: set correct baud_base for EXSYS EX-41092 Dual 16950
serial: omap: fix the reciever line error case
8250: blacklist Winbond CIR port
8250_pnp: do pnp probe before legacy probe
...
This patch removes core_data member from hci_dev struct as it is unused.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Here is another batch of updates intended for 3.7...
Highlights include an hci_connect re-write in Bluetooth, HCI/LLC
layer separation in NFC, removal of the raw pn544 NFC driver, NFC LLCP
raw sockets support, improved IBSS auth frame handling in mac80211,
full-MAC AP mode notification support in mac80211, a lot of attention
paid to brcmfmac, and the usual level of updates to iwlwifi, ath9k,
mwifiex, and rt2x00, and various other updates.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/team/team.c
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
net/batman-adv/bat_iv_ogm.c
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c
net/ipv4/route.c
net/l2tp/l2tp_netlink.c
The team, fib_frontend, route, and l2tp_netlink conflicts were simply
overlapping changes.
qmi_wwan and bat_iv_ogm were of the "use HEAD" variety.
With help from Antonio Quartulli.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce the number of times we scan/skip the IPv6 exthdrs.
This patch contains a lot of API changes. This is done, to avoid
repeating the scan of finding the IPv6 headers, via ipv6_find_hdr(),
which is called by ip_vs_fill_iph_skb().
Finding the IPv6 headers is done as early as possible, and passed on
as a pointer "struct ip_vs_iphdr *" to the affected functions.
This patch reduce/removes 19 calls to ip_vs_fill_iph_skb().
Notice, I have choosen, not to change the API of function
pointer "(*schedule)" (in struct ip_vs_scheduler) as it can be
used by external schedulers, via {un,}register_ip_vs_scheduler.
Only 4 out of 10 schedulers use info from ip_vs_iphdr*, and when
they do, they are only interested in iph->{s,d}addr.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
IPVS now supports fragmented packets, with support from nf_conntrack_reasm.c
Based on patch from: Hans Schillstrom.
IPVS do like conntrack i.e. use the skb->nfct_reasm
(i.e. when all fragments is collected, nf_ct_frag6_output()
starts a "re-play" of all fragments into the interrupted
PREROUTING chain at prio -399 (NF_IP6_PRI_CONNTRACK_DEFRAG+1)
with nfct_reasm pointing to the assembled packet.)
Notice, module nf_defrag_ipv6 must be loaded for this to work.
Report unhandled fragments, and recommend user to load nf_defrag_ipv6.
To handle fw-mark for fragments. Add a new IPVS hook into prerouting
chain at prio -99 (NF_IP6_PRI_NAT_DST+1) to catch fragments, and copy
fw-mark info from the first packet with an upper layer header.
IPv6 fragment handling should be the last thing on the IPVS IPv6
missing support list.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
IPv6 packets can contain extension headers, thus its wrong to assume
that the transport/upper-layer header, starts right after (struct
ipv6hdr) the IPv6 header. IPVS uses this false assumption, and will
write SNAT & DNAT modifications at a fixed pos which will corrupt the
message.
To fix this, proper header position must be found before modifying
packets. Introducing ip_vs_fill_iph_skb(), which uses ipv6_find_hdr()
to skip the exthdrs. It finds (1) the transport header offset, (2) the
protocol, and (3) detects if the packet is a fragment.
Note, that fragments in IPv6 is represented via an exthdr. Thus, this
is detected while skipping through the exthdrs.
This patch depends on commit 84018f55a:
"netfilter: ip6_tables: add flags parameter to ipv6_find_hdr()"
This also adds a dependency to ip6_tables.
Originally based on patch from: Hans Schillstrom
kABI notes:
Changing struct ip_vs_iphdr is a potential minor kABI breaker,
because external modules can be compiled with another version of
this struct. This should not matter, as they would most-likely
be using a compiled-in version of ip_vs_fill_iphdr(). When
recompiled, they will notice ip_vs_fill_iphdr() no longer exists,
and they have to used ip_vs_fill_iph_skb() instead.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Cleanup patch.
Use the IS_ENABLED macro, instead of having to check
both the build and the module CONFIG_ option.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Have not converted the proc file output to compressed IPv6 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
It seems sk_init() has no value today and even does strange things :
# grep . /proc/sys/net/core/?mem_*
/proc/sys/net/core/rmem_default:212992
/proc/sys/net/core/rmem_max:131071
/proc/sys/net/core/wmem_default:212992
/proc/sys/net/core/wmem_max:131071
We can remove it completely.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Shan Wei <davidshan@tencent.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Linux tunnels were written before RFC6040 and therefore never
implemented the corner case of ECN getting set in the outer header
and the inner header not being ready for it.
Section 4.2. Default Tunnel Egress Behaviour.
o If the inner ECN field is Not-ECT, the decapsulator MUST NOT
propagate any other ECN codepoint onwards. This is because the
inner Not-ECT marking is set by transports that rely on dropped
packets as an indication of congestion and would not understand or
respond to any other ECN codepoint [RFC4774]. Specifically:
* If the inner ECN field is Not-ECT and the outer ECN field is
CE, the decapsulator MUST drop the packet.
* If the inner ECN field is Not-ECT and the outer ECN field is
Not-ECT, ECT(0), or ECT(1), the decapsulator MUST forward the
outgoing packet with the ECN field cleared to Not-ECT.
This patch moves the ECN decap logic out of the individual tunnels
into a common place.
It also adds logging to allow detecting broken systems that
set ECN bits incorrectly when tunneling (or an intermediate
router might be changing the header).
Overloads rx_frame_error to keep track of ECN related error.
Thanks to Chris Wright who caught this while reviewing the new VXLAN
tunnel.
This code was tested by injecting faulty logic in other end GRE
to send incorrectly encapsulated packets.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
batostr is not needed anymore since for printing Bluetooth
addresses we use %pMR specifier.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving HCI Command Status event for Accept Physical Link
execute HCI Write Remote AMP Assoc with data saved from A2MP Create
Physical Link Request.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving A2MP Create Physical Link message execute HCI
Accept Physical Link command to AMP controller.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Channel Selected event indicates that link information data is available.
Read it with Read Local AMP Assoc command. The data shall be sent in the
A2MP Create Physical Link Request.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When there is no remote AMP controller found fallback to normal
L2CAP sequence.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving HCI Command Status after HCI Create Physical Link
execute HCI Write Remote AMP Assoc command to AMP controller.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving A2MP Get AMP Assoc Response execute HCI Create Physical
Link to AMP controller. Define function which will run when receiving
HCI Command Status.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Function calculates AMP keys using hmac_sha256 helper. Calculated keys
are Generic AMP Link Key (gamp) and Dedicated AMP Link Key with
keyID "802b" for 802.11 PAL.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Choose which L2CAP connection to establish by checking support
for HS and remote side supported features.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Create remote AMP controllers structure. It is used to keep information
about discovered remote AMP controllers by A2MP protocol.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Define physical link structures. Physical links are represented by
hci_conn structure. For BR/EDR we use type ACL_LINK and for AMP
we use AMP_LINK.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving A2MP Get AMP Assoc Request execute Read Local AMP Assoc
HCI command to AMP controller. If the AMP Assoc data is larger than it
can fit to HCI event only fragment is read. When all fragments are read
send A2MP Get AMP Assoc Response.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving A2MP Get Info Request execute Read Local AMP Info HCI
command to AMP controller with function to be executed upon receiving
command complete event. Function will handle A2MP Get Info Response.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Create amp_mgr_list global list which will be used by different
hci devices to find amp_mgr.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Add a few definitions to hci.h
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
xmit callback provided by a driver encapsulates upper layers
data and sends it to the hardware. So, HCI does not know the
exact amount of data being sent and thus can't handle partially
sent frames properly.
Therefore, the driver must return 0 for completely sent frame or
negative for failure.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The previous shdlc HCI driver and its header are removed from the tree.
PN544 now registers directly with HCI and passes the name of the llc it
requires (shdlc).
HCI instantiation now allocates the required llc instance. The llc is
started when the HCI device is brought up.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This is used by HCI drivers such as the one for the pn544 which require
communications between HCI and the chip to use shdlc.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This is a passthrough llc. It can be used by HCI drivers that don't
need link layer control. HCI will then write directly to the driver, and
driver will deliver incoming frames directly to HCI without any
processing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The LLC layer manages modules that control the link layer protocol (such
as shdlc) between HCI and an HCI driver. The driver must simply specify
the required llc when it registers with HCI.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This enables the completion callback to be called from a different
context, preventing a possible deadlock if the callback resulted in the
invocation of a nested call to the currently locked nfc_dev.
This is also more in line with the im_transceive nfc_ops for NFC Core or
NCI drivers which already behave asynchronously.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This method initiates execution of an HCI cmd. Result will be delivered
through an asynchronous callback.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
NFC is using a number of custom ordered workqueues w/ WQ_MEM_RECLAIM.
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM is unnecessary unless NFC is gonna be used as transport
for storage device, and all use cases match one work item to one
ordered workqueue - IOW, there's no actual ordering going on at all
and using system_nrt_wq gives the same behavior.
There's nothing to be gained by using custom workqueues. Use
system_nrt_wq instead and drop all the custom ones.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
During NFC-DEP target activation, store the remote
general bytes to be used later in dep_link_up.
When dep_link_up is called, activate the NFC-DEP target,
and forward the remote general bytes.
When dep_link_down is called, deactivate the target.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
